WO2023144599A1 - Cooking appliance and control method - Google Patents

Cooking appliance and control method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023144599A1
WO2023144599A1 PCT/IB2022/056387 IB2022056387W WO2023144599A1 WO 2023144599 A1 WO2023144599 A1 WO 2023144599A1 IB 2022056387 W IB2022056387 W IB 2022056387W WO 2023144599 A1 WO2023144599 A1 WO 2023144599A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
washing
bin
cover
transmission
driving
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2022/056387
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邓强
李泽涌
李佳宏
Original Assignee
浙江苏泊尔家电制造有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210096322.5A external-priority patent/CN116530819A/en
Priority claimed from CN202220259923.9U external-priority patent/CN218128120U/en
Priority claimed from CN202210093264.0A external-priority patent/CN116530834A/en
Priority claimed from CN202220235369.0U external-priority patent/CN217565735U/en
Application filed by 浙江苏泊尔家电制造有限公司 filed Critical 浙江苏泊尔家电制造有限公司
Publication of WO2023144599A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023144599A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00Cooking-vessels
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J36/00Parts, details or accessories of cooking-vessels
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47JKITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J36/00Parts, details or accessories of cooking-vessels
    • A47J36/06Lids or covers for cooking-vessels

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of kitchen appliances, in particular to a cooking appliance and a control method thereof.
  • Background technology Existing cooking utensils such as automatic rice cookers are usually separately provided with a washing bin, and the bottom of the washing bin is provided with a washing bin opening and a washing bin cover for closing the washing bin opening.
  • the stirring piece is set in the washing bin, and the driving device such as a motor can be connected with the stirring piece through a mechanical connection structure such as a shaft and a coupling and drive it to rotate around the axis.
  • the present invention provides a cooking utensil, which includes a pot body, a pot cover that fits on the pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly provided on the pot cover
  • the washing bin assembly includes: a main body of the washing bin, which forms a washing chamber with a discharge port; a mounting seat, part or all of which is movable along a straight line or relative to the washing material
  • the main body of the bin is rotatable around the first axis of rotation;
  • the washing bin cover is arranged on the mounting seat and can move together with the mounting seat; and the matching part is arranged on the mounting seat seat;
  • the transmission assembly includes: a transmission main body; and a driving part, the driving part is arranged on the transmission main body, wherein, the fitting part and the driving part are both magnetic components, and the fitting part and the driving part There is a magnetic force between the parts, when the state of the driving part is changed to change the magnetic force between the matching part and the driving part, part or all of the mounting seat
  • a magnetic force connection can be generated between the mounting base and the transmission assembly, so that part or all of the mounting bases can be driven by magnetic force to move in a straight line or rotate relative to the main body of the washing bin.
  • the magnitude of the magnetic force is changed, which can be increased or decreased, or the presence or absence of the magnetic force is changed, which can be from non-existent to present or from present to non-existent.
  • the cover of the washing bin can be opened and closed under the action of different magnitudes of magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port can be realized.
  • part or all of the mounts can be rotated by magnetic force to realize washing or blanking operations.
  • a non-contact transmission is formed between the washing bin assembly and the transmission assembly, and there is no mechanical connection structure such as a shaft or a coupling between the two, so that when washing in the washing chamber, the washing The feed water exists in a space isolated from the transmission components and does not contact the transmission components. In this way, it is possible to prevent the transmission components from being soiled by washing water.
  • the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience.
  • the user intends to clean the washing bin assembly he only needs to remove it from the pot cover for cleaning, which is convenient for the user.
  • the washing bin cover can be opened and closed under the action of different magnitudes of magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port can be realized.
  • the magnetic member includes at least one of magnet, electromagnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel.
  • the translational fitting and translational drive can generate a permanent magnetic field, an electromagnetic field, or be magnetized by a magnetic field.
  • at least one of the translation fitting and the translation drive is a magnet.
  • the translation matching part is a magnet
  • the translation driving part is a magnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel or the translation fitting and the translation driving part are both magnets; or the translation fitting is iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic- Ferritic duplex steel, the translational drive part is a magnet.
  • both the translation fitting and the translation driving part are magnets
  • a greater magnetic force can exist between the translation fitting and the translation driving part and the state is stable;
  • ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel due to iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic
  • the magnetism of bulk duplex steel is not affected by high temperature, so it can avoid the high temperature during cooking from affecting the magnetism of translational fittings, so that its performance remains unchanged.
  • the magnitude of the magnetic force between the two is controlled by changing the distance between the translation matching part and the translation driving part, so that the washing compartment cover is opened and closed.
  • at least one of the translation fitting part and the translation driving part is an electromagnet, wherein when the energization state of the electromagnet is changed, the washing bin cover moves linearly to open and Close the discharge opening.
  • the magnitude, cutoff and/or direction of the current can be controlled to change the magnitude and/or presence or absence of the magnetic force, and generate magnetic attraction and/or magnetic repulsion to move the washing bin cover.
  • the position of the translational driving part and the translational matching part are corresponding, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite or the same.
  • the magnetic force between the translational driving part and the translational matching part can be a magnetic attraction force and/or a magnetic repulsion force.
  • the washing bin cover is in the closed position or the open position in an initial state.
  • the discharge port can be in a normally closed state or a normally open state.
  • the washing bin cover is arranged at the bottom of the mounting base, and the washing bin cover is located below the discharge opening when the washing bin cover is in the open position, and the mounting base can move up and down.
  • the relationship between the magnetic force on the washing bin cover and the gravity of the load connected to the washing bin cover can be designed to control the up and down movement of the washing bin cover.
  • the washing bin assembly further includes: a rotating fitting, the rotating fitting is arranged on the mounting seat; and a stirring member is located in the washing chamber and connected to the mounting Seat, the installation seat is rotatable around the first rotation axis relative to the main body of the washing bin, and the agitator is rotatable with the installation seat relative to the main body of the washing bin around the first rotation axis ;
  • the transmission assembly further includes: a rotary drive member, the rotary drive member is provided on the transmission main body, wherein, the transmission main body is rotatable around a second rotation axis relative to the washing bin main body;
  • the stirring member and the rotating matching member are magnets, and when the transmission body rotates, the stirring member rotates under the action of the magnetic force between the rotating driving member and the rotating matching member.
  • the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience.
  • a magnetic force connection can be generated between the mounting base and the transmission assembly, so that the transmission assembly can drive the washing bin cover to move in a straight line.
  • the transmission assembly and the washing bin cover can realize cooperative movement through magnetic force.
  • the washing bin cover can be opened and closed by the magnetic force, thereby realizing the action of opening and closing the discharge port. And further realize the non-contact transmission between the washing bin assembly and the transmission assembly.
  • both the stirring member and the washing bin cover are connected to the mounting base, only one driving device for driving the rotation of the transmission main body can be provided to realize the action of throwing the material during washing and dropping.
  • the first axis of rotation is collinear with the second axis of rotation. As a result, the stirring member can rotate more smoothly.
  • the washing chamber is symmetrical to the center, the central axis of the washing chamber is collinear with the first rotation axis, and/or the washing chamber is cylindrical in shape.
  • the agitator can rotate at the center line of the washing chamber, and the washing effect is good; and the overall structure of the washing bin assembly is compact, which is conducive to product miniaturization.
  • a plurality of rotating fittings are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the mounting seat, and a plurality of rotation driving members are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission main body.
  • the mounting base can receive magnetic force at multiple positions in the circumferential direction, so that the magnetic force received by the mounting base in the circumferential direction can be balanced.
  • the rotating fitting is located inside the washing chamber.
  • the magnetic force for rotating the stirring member can be provided from the inside of the washing cavity, and the external structure of the cooking utensil is simple, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product.
  • a limiting component is also included, the mounting base rotates around the limiting component, and the limiting component abuts against surfaces of the mounting base opposite to each other. Thereby, the rotation of the mounting seat can be constrained so that the mounting seat is not deflected and keeps rotating about the axially extending first rotational axis.
  • the transmission body is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape, and/or the mounting base is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape.
  • the mounting base includes a first mounting base and a second mounting base connected to the first mounting base, the first mounting base is located radially inside the second mounting base and opposite to the
  • the second installation seat is movable along a straight line, the stirring member, the washing bin cover and the translation fitting are arranged on the first installation seat, and the rotation fitting is arranged on the second installation seat,
  • the first mount can rotate with the second mount.
  • the position of the rotating fitting in the axial direction can remain unchanged, and it is more convenient to move the transmission body based on the position of the rotating fitting; the second mounting seat can drive the first mounting seat to rotate together without affecting the position of the first mounting seat Move in a straight line.
  • the base of the installation base is provided with a cover installation part protruding in the axial direction
  • the washing bin cover is provided with a cover installation hole
  • the cover installation part is located in the cover installation hole
  • the stirring member Connected to the cover installation part the washing bin cover is located between the stirring member and the base of the installation seat.
  • the washing bin cover can be limited between the agitator and the base of the mounting base, thereby restricting the movement of the washing bin cover in the axial direction.
  • an installation seal is provided between the cover installation part and the hole wall of the cover installation hole. As a result, the gap between the washing bin cover and the cover installation part can be sealed, the sealing effect can be improved, and water leakage can be further avoided.
  • the material washing bin assembly further includes a material opening seal, the material opening sealing member is arranged on the outer periphery of the material washing bin cover, and when the material washing bin cover is in the closed position, the The material opening seal is in contact with the main body of the washing bin at the discharge opening.
  • the washing bin assembly further includes a bin body base, the bin body base is connected to the washing bin body, the second mounting base is supported on the bin body base and is located on the radially outward of the first mount.
  • the second mounting seat can be arranged on the main body of the washing bin.
  • one of the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat is provided with a seat guide groove, and the seat guide groove extends in the axial direction, and the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat
  • the other one is provided with a seat guide, the seat guide is located in the seat guide groove and is aligned with the seat guide groove
  • Straight lines are movable.
  • the first mounting base can rotate together with the second mounting base, and on the other hand, the first mounting base can keep moving along a straight line to avoid displacement.
  • the second mounting base is provided with an upward-facing seat limiting surface for supporting the first mounting base upward. Thereby, the moving position of the first installation base in the axial direction can be limited, and an upward supporting force can be provided.
  • the transmission main body is configured in the shape of a turntable and includes a transmission top wall and a transmission side wall connected to the transmission top wall, the transmission side wall extends vertically, and the rotation driving member is arranged on the transmission The side wall, the translation drive part is arranged on the transmission top wall. Therefore, the transmission assembly has a simple structure and is convenient for manufacture.
  • both the rotating fitting and the translation fitting are located inside the washing chamber, and the rotating driving member is located radially inward of the rotating fitting when in the driving position. Therefore, the external structure of the cooking appliance is simple, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product; and the structure of the transmission assembly can be simpler.
  • the transmission main body can be isolated from the washing water, so as to prevent the transmission main body from being polluted and difficult to clean.
  • the stirring member is arranged on the cylindrical part of the installation seat.
  • the position of the stirring element does not affect the setting of the rotating and translational fittings.
  • the underside of the base of the installation base is provided with a first buckle extending radially inward
  • the washing bin cover is provided with a second buckle extending radially outward
  • the second buckle It is engaged with the first buckle
  • the mounting base is rotatable relative to the material washing bin cover.
  • the agitating member and the washing bin cover are constructed as one piece, and the washing bin cover is connected to the base of the mounting base.
  • the washing bin cover can not only realize the closing of the discharge port but also realize the action of throwing the material during washing and blanking.
  • the transmission assembly further includes a mounting bracket and a rotary driving device, the rotary driving device is arranged on the mounting bracket, and its output shaft is connected with the transmission main body so that the transmission main body Body rotation.
  • the charged rotary drive device can be arranged at a position other than the washing bin assembly, which is convenient for the user to clean the washing bin assembly, and there is no need to consider the waterproofing of the transmission assembly during the manufacturing stage of the washing bin assembly.
  • the storage mechanism and the feeding mechanism, the pot body is located on the first side of the main frame, so
  • the feeding mechanism is used to transport the ingredients in the storage mechanism to the washing chamber
  • the storage mechanism, the feeding mechanism and the transmission assembly are all located on the first side of the main frame and
  • a fresh water tank and a dirty water tank are also included above the washing bin assembly, and the clean water tank and the dirty water tank are arranged on a second side of the main frame different from the first side.
  • the feeding mechanism can be close to the storage mechanism, occupying space, and can use gravity to make the material automatically enter the washing chamber through the feeding mechanism, without additional driving devices such as feeding pumps and feeding pipelines, which reduces the cost;
  • the arrangement is more reasonable, the height of the product can be reduced, the structure of the cooking utensil can be simplified, and it is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product.
  • the present invention also provides a control method for a cooking appliance, the cooking appliance includes a pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly, and the washing bin assembly includes a washing bin main body, a washing bin cover and a cover mounting seat , the main body of the washing bin forms a washing chamber and has a material inlet and a discharge port.
  • the step of performing feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force, so as to keep the washing bin cover at the closed position.
  • the washing bin cover and the bin cover mounting seat can bear the weight of relatively large materials and water, and the washing bin cover has a good closing effect, so that the washing chamber is kept separated from the cooking chamber in the pot body during the feeding. , to prevent material and water from entering the cooking cavity before the material is dropped.
  • a step of preparing for feeding is also included before the step of performing feeding, increasing the first magnetic force, so that the cover of the washing bin moves upward from the open position to the closed position.
  • the washing bin cover can be driven magnetically to move to close the discharge opening.
  • the method further includes increasing the first magnetic force, so that the washing compartment cover moves upwards from the open position to the closed position.
  • the washing bin assembly includes an agitating member, and in the step of performing washing and/or performing discharging, the transmission assembly is controlled to drive the agitating member to rotate for washing and/or discharging.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet
  • the control method further includes increasing or turning on a current to increase the first magnetic force; or, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet
  • the control The method also includes controlling the transmission assembly to move downward to increase the first magnetic force. Therefore, in the solution of the electromagnet, the closing of the cover of the washing bin can be realized by changing the state of the current, and in the solution of the magnet, the closing of the cover of the washing bin can be realized by reducing the distance between the transmission assembly and the mounting seat of the cover off.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet
  • the control method further includes reducing the current or cutting off the current to reduce the first magnetic force; or, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet
  • the control method It also includes controlling the transmission assembly to move upwards to reduce the first magnetic force. Therefore, in the solution of the electromagnet, the opening of the washing bin cover can be realized by changing the state of the current, and in the solution of the magnet, the washing bin cover can be realized by increasing the distance between the transmission assembly and the cover mounting seat open.
  • the transmission assembly includes a translational drive
  • the washing bin assembly includes a translational fitting
  • the translational fitting is connected to the bin cover mounting seat
  • the translational fitting is connected to the
  • the translation drive part is a magnetic component
  • the first magnetic force exists between the translation fitting part and the translation drive part. Therefore, the magnetic component can be used to generate a magnetic force for driving the washing bin cover to move, realizing the bin Magnetic coupling between cover mount and drive assembly.
  • the transmission assembly includes a rotating drive member
  • the washing bin assembly includes a rotating fitting
  • the rotating fitting is connected to the mounting base of the stirring member, and both the rotating fitting and the rotating driving member is a magnet
  • the second magnetic force exists between the rotating fitting and the rotating driving member.
  • the magnetic force used to drive the stirring element to rotate can be generated by the magnet, so as to realize the magnetic connection between the stirring element mounting base and the transmission assembly.
  • the agitating member is connected to the washing bin cover, and the control method includes driving the washing bin cover together with the agitating member to move between the open position and the closed position.
  • the washing bin cover and the stirring member can be driven to move together, so that only one driving device for driving the rotation of the main body of the transmission assembly can be provided, so that the action of washing and throwing the material can be realized, simplifying the installation of the product structure.
  • the transmission assembly has a first driving position corresponding to the closed position of the material washing bin cover and a second driving position corresponding to the opening position of the material washing bin cover
  • the control method includes controlling the The transmission assembly is moved to the first driving position to prepare for material rejection during washing, and the transmission assembly is controlled to move to the second driving position to prepare for material rejection during blanking.
  • control method includes controlling the transmission assembly to move upwards from the first driving position to the second driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover moves from the The closed position moves down to the open position. Therefore, the transmission assembly can be directly switched from the washing station to the blanking work, and at the same time, the opening of the discharge port can be realized. This switching method requires less operation and can improve work efficiency.
  • the transmission assembly also has a non-driving position located above the second driving position, and the transmission assembly is controlled to move upwards from the first driving position to the non-driving position by a first distance L1 to reduce the
  • the first magnetic force causes the washing bin cover to move downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity; and controls the transmission assembly to move downward from the non-driving position by a second distance L2 to the first Two driving positions, wherein the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2.
  • the switching of the two driving positions can be realized only by adjusting the up and down position of the transmission assembly. This switching method is easy to operate, and through the switching method, not only the opening of the discharge port, the washing station and the blanking station can be realized.
  • the washing bin assembly includes a stirring member mounting seat, the stirring member is arranged on the stirring member mounting seat and both are rotatable relative to the main body of the washing bin, the cover mounting seat and the
  • the stirring member mounting seat is formed as one piece, and the stirring member and the washing bin cover are separate components and connected to each other, or the stirring member and the washing bin cover are formed as one piece.
  • the cover mounting base and the agitator mounting base are separate components and are set independently; the control method further includes independently driving the washing bin cover to the open position and the closed position between, and/or independently drive the agitator in rotation.
  • the switch of the washing bin cover and the rotation of the agitator can be independently controlled, and the control process is simple.
  • the cooking appliance further includes a feeding bin, the feeding bin has a feeding channel for transporting solid materials, and the step of performing feeding includes controlling the feeding bin to move downward so that the feeding channel A cooperating position communicated with the washing chamber for feeding materials into the washing chamber.
  • the step of performing feeding also includes moving the feeding bin upwards to a position where the feeding channel is not communicated with the washing chamber after the material transfer is completed.
  • the feeding bin and the washing chamber can be switched between the connected state and the non-communicating state, so that the up and down movement of the feeding bin can control and terminate the feeding.
  • the cooking utensil further includes a material feeding bin having a water inlet channel, and the step of performing material feeding includes supplying water to the washing chamber through the water inlet channel; thus, it is possible to simultaneously deliver ingredients and water, which saves the working time of washing materials and makes the work efficiency of washing materials higher.
  • the cooking appliance further includes a water inlet assembly, the water inlet assembly includes a water inlet pipe and a water pump, and the control method includes controlling the water inlet assembly to supply water to the washing chamber. Thereby, automatic water intake can be facilitated, and user's operation is convenient.
  • the cooking appliance further includes a feeding bin, and the control method further includes controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move along a straight line.
  • the movement of the feeding bin can put the transmission assembly in place to the material washing station and the material blanking station, which can simplify the operation process of material washing and improve the working efficiency of material washing.
  • the cooking appliance includes a body assembly, the feeding bin and the transmission assembly are arranged on the body assembly, and the feeding bin and/or the transmission assembly are partly or completely stored in the body at the storage position Inside the assembly; the control method further includes, before the step of feeding materials, controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move down from the storage position to the mating position; and/or the control method further includes in the After performing the blanking step, the feeding bin is controlled to drive the transmission assembly to move upward from the mating position to the storage position.
  • the feeding bin and transmission assembly can be moved to the initial position to be partially or completely accommodated inside the body assembly, leaving a space above the washing bin assembly so that the washing bin assembly and/or pot body Placement and access are not limited by space, and are easier to operate, preventing the feeding bin and transmission components from being bumped or damaged.
  • the step of performing the blanking it also includes: performing a cooking operation; or, performing a cooking operation after performing N times of feeding, washing, draining and blanking steps in a cycle, where N is the amount of material selected by the user Decide. Therefore, it is possible to cook directly after washing the material once to obtain less appetite, or to cook after washing the material multiple times to obtain more appetite.
  • the cooking utensil further includes a siphon pipe, the siphon pipe communicates with the drain outlet of the main body of the washing bin, and the performing the draining step includes supplying water to the washing chamber to the inside of the washing chamber.
  • the water level is higher than the highest part of the siphon pipe to trigger siphon drainage. Therefore, the siphon principle can be used to realize automatic drainage, and the drainage effect is better, and there is no need to rely on the drainage valve for drainage, and there is no need to set the drainage valve separately, which reduces the manufacturing cost.
  • it also includes controlling a rotation driving device to drive a part of the transmission assembly to rotate. Thereby, the rotation of the transmission assembly can be controlled by controlling the rotary drive.
  • the washing bin assembly includes a holding member and a holding fitting member, the holding fitting member is provided on the cover mounting seat, both the holding member and the holding fitting member are magnetic members and between them There is a magnetic force between them, so that the washing bin cover is in the closed position in the initial state.
  • the discharge port is kept closed by magnetic force, so that the discharge port is in a normally closed state.
  • the discharge port can be kept closed to isolate the space of the pot body from the outside world, which can prevent foreign matters such as dust and insects from entering the pot body, thereby improving the cooking time
  • the pot body will not be polluted and kept clean, and the food in the pot body will not be polluted when the cooking appliance is cooking, and the heat preservation effect is good, which is conducive to improving the cooking efficiency.
  • the magnetic member includes at least one of magnet, electromagnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel.
  • the magnetic attraction member can generate a permanent magnetic field, an electromagnetic field, or be magnetized by the action of a magnetic field.
  • it also includes adding water to the washing chamber to add water to the pot body after the step of performing the blowdown.
  • water can be added to the pot body through the washing chamber for cooking after the sewage discharge and before the material is dropped, or during the material being dropped, or after the material is dropped.
  • the cover mounting seat and the washing bin cover are formed as one piece, so that the washing bin cover receives the magnetic force from the transmission assembly, and the washing bin cover can be easily driven by the magnetic force to move. And/or the cover mounting seat is installed on the main body of the washing bin.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the unloading state
  • Fig. 5 is the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1 A cross-sectional view of the utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in the state of completion of feeding and washing
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. A cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in the first blanking state
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the second blanking state
  • FIG. 10 is a three-dimensional exploded view of a part of the washing system shown in FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 11 is a part of the feeding mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 20 is a sectional view taken along line B-B in FIG. 18;
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view of an embodiment taken along line A-A in FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 22 is A sectional view of another embodiment taken along line A-A in FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 23 is a sectional view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a second embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state;
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10
  • FIG. 20 is a sectional view taken along line B-B in FIG. 18
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view of an embodiment taken along line A-A in FIG. 5
  • FIG. 22 is A sectional view of another embodiment taken
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram 23 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in a state ready for feeding;
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 23, wherein the cooking utensil is in a feeding state;
  • 25, a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C;
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a third embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state;
  • FIG. 28 is a sectional view of the cooking appliance shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 27 A cross-sectional view of a part, wherein the cooking utensil is in a state ready for feeding;
  • FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 27, wherein the cooking utensil is in a blanking state;
  • Figure 30A is another cross-sectional view similar to Figure 30, wherein the mount is in a rotated state;
  • Figure 31 is a perspective view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state;
  • 32 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in an initial state;
  • FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 27, wherein the cooking utensil is in a blanking state;
  • FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in a first ready-to-feed state ;
  • FIG. 34 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31 , wherein the cooking utensil is in a second state ready for feeding;
  • FIG. 35 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31 , wherein the cooking utensil is in Cutting state;
  • Fig. 36 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in the state of completion of feeding and washing;
  • Fig. 34 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in a first ready-to-feed state ;
  • FIG. 34 is a sectional view of
  • FIG. 37 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in Ready for blanking state;
  • Figure 38 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in the first blanking state;
  • Figure 39 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 31, wherein The cooking utensil is in the second blanking state;
  • Fig. 40 is a sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the initial state;
  • Fig. 41 is a sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig.
  • First Embodiment Figures 1 to 22 show a first embodiment of the cooking appliance 1, referring to Figures 1 and 2, the cooking appliance 1 includes a body assembly 11 and a pot assembly.
  • the bottom of the body assembly 11 has a base 12, and the pot assembly can be placed on the base 12 and can be removed from the base 12, so that the pot assembly can be placed on any desired position, such as on a dining table.
  • the pot body assembly includes a pot body 2, an inner pot 3 arranged in the pot body 2 and a pot cover 4 that is closed on the pot body 2.
  • the pot body 2 is detachably seated on the base 12.
  • the inner pot 3 is removably placed in the pot body 2.
  • the pot cover 4 is detachably connected to the pot body 2.
  • the pot cover 4 can be disassembled from the pot body 2 as a whole, so that it is convenient for the user to remove the entire pot cover 4 from the pot body 2 and clean the pot cover 4.
  • the base 12 is usually provided with a heating device and a power supply module for supplying power to the heating device.
  • the power supply module can supply power to the heating device, so that the heating device can heat the inner pot 3 in the pot body.
  • the heating device is electromagnetic heating.
  • the heating device may include a coil disk and a coil wound on the coil disk, so that when the When powered on, the heating device can generate heat to heat the inner pot 3. It can be understood that in other embodiments not shown, the heating device can also be configured in other structures, such as electric heating wire heating and the like.
  • the feed channel is used to transport solid material.
  • Both the feeding port 111 and the feeding port 112 are arranged on the side wall of the feeding bin 110.
  • the feeding bin 110 also has a water inlet 113, a water outlet 114 arranged below the water inlet 113, and a water inlet channel extending vertically between the water inlet 113 and the water outlet 114.
  • the water inlet 113 is arranged on the side wall of the feeding bin 110, and the outlet 112 is arranged at the bottom of the feeding bin 110.
  • the feeding bin 110 is at least movable between the first position (such as the initial state shown in FIG. 2 ) and the second position (such as the ready-to-feed state shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • the feeding bin 110 when the feeding bin 110 is in the first position, the feeding channel of the feeding bin 110 is not connected with the outlet and the inlet 201 (described below) of the washing bin assembly 200. As shown in Figure 4, the feeding bin 110 also has an additional position. When the feeding bin is in the additional position, the feed port 111 of the feeding bin 110 is connected with the outlet of the storage bin 13, and the solid material enters the feeding channel of the feeding bin and passes through the The material outlet 112 discharges and enters the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200.
  • the feeding bin 110 is roughly configured as a columnar structure, and the feeding port 111 is an arc-shaped opening extending along the circumferential direction of the feeding bin 110.
  • the feeding bin 110 is movable between the second position (such as the ready blanking state shown in FIG. 3 ) and an additional position (the blanking state shown in FIG. 4 ), and in the second position (such as the ready blanking state shown in FIG.
  • the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 will be switched from a closed state to a connected state, that is, the feeding port 111 of the feeding bin 110 is opened, and at the same time, The discharge port 112 of the feeding bin 110 is also opened, therefore, the material in the storage bin 13 can be sent
  • the feeding channel of the silo 110 is fed into the washing silo assembly 200. Washing bin assembly As shown in FIGS.
  • the cooking appliance 1 also includes a washing bin assembly 200, and the washing bin assembly 200 is arranged in the pot cover 4.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 includes a washing bin main body 210 with a discharge port 212.
  • the washing bin main body 210 has a washing chamber 211, and the washed materials in the washing chamber 211 can be discharged through the discharge port 212.
  • the main body 210 of the washing bin also has a material inlet 201, and the materials in the feeding bin 110 mentioned above can enter the washing chamber 211 through the inlet 201.
  • the feed port 201 is located above the discharge port 212.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 includes a side wall portion 6.
  • the side wall part 6 is arranged on the pot cover 4 and forms a washing bin main body 210, and the side wall part 6 encloses a washing chamber 211 with a discharge port 212.
  • the side wall portion 6 is formed as a part of the pot cover 4, that is to say, the side wall portion 6 and the pot cover 4 are integrally formed as an integral piece.
  • the side wall 6 can be set to extend vertically, even if the washing chamber 211 has the same width from top to bottom, it can also be set to extend obliquely from top to bottom toward the inside of the washing chamber 211, that is, the washing chamber 211 is wide at the bottom and narrow at the top. , to reduce material residues.
  • the inner surface of the side wall part 6 is set as a smooth surface to further reduce material residue.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 also includes a stirring member 19 arranged in the washing bin cavity and a washing bin cover 270 arranged under the stirring member 19.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is located at the top and is in the closed position covering the discharge port 212; The open position, at this time the material in the washing chamber 211 can fall into the inner pot 3 through the discharge port 212 .
  • the agitator is fixed and supported on the first mount, and the two ends of the washing bin cover 270 are in contact with the agitator 19 and the first mount 220 respectively, and the axial degrees of freedom at both ends are simultaneously controlled by the agitator. 19 and the first mounting seat 220 are constrained, and the agitator 19 and the washing bin cover 270 can be in the open position to move between the on and off positions.
  • Stirring member 19 can be rotatable with respect to material washing bin cover 270.
  • the stirring member 19 can also be fixedly connected to the washing material bin cover 270, that is, the washing material bin cover 270 can rotate together with the stirring member 19. That is to say, when the agitator 19 rotates, the washing bin cover 270 may or may not rotate.
  • the agitator 19 can be rotated during washing and throwing operations.
  • the stirring member 19 is configured in the shape of a turntable and is provided with a tapered guide surface, the guiding surface is inclined in the axial direction and slopes outward along the radial direction of the stirring member 19 from top to bottom.
  • the cooking appliance 1 further includes a transmission assembly 300, and the transmission assembly 300 can move along a straight line. Specifically, the transmission assembly 300 can be engaged with the feeding bin 110 so that the transmission assembly 300 can move between the first position (as shown in FIG. 2 ) and the second position (as shown in FIG. 3 ) together with the feeding bin 110.
  • the transmission assembly 300 can drive at least a part of the washing bin assembly 200 to rotate, for example, at least the agitator 19 can be rotated to complete the process of washing and/or throwing off the material; and can drive the agitator 19 and the washing bin cover 270 — move together between the open position and the closed position, to complete the process of blanking and draining.
  • the transmission assembly 300 is set in the storage mechanism or the feeding mechanism 100. Especially, the transmission assembly 300 is not arranged on the pot cover 4.
  • the feeding bin 110 also has additional positions. When the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, it is closer to the washing chamber 211.
  • the feeding bin 110 has a feeding channel for transporting solid materials, and the feeding channel is not connected to the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211 in the first position and the second position.
  • the transmission assembly 300 does not move accordingly.
  • the feeding bin 110 when the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, it can protrude relative to the transmission assembly 300 and extend into the washing chamber 211.
  • the feeding channel of the feeding bin 110 can communicate with both the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211.
  • the feeding bin 110 can drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward.
  • the transmission assembly 300 can move downward together with the feeding bin 110 when it moves downward by virtue of its own gravity.
  • the linkage support surface 131 can be configured as a slope inclined in the vertical direction.
  • the illustrated embodiment shows that the linkage support surface 131 is an annular tapered surface, specifically along the radial direction of the linkage member 130 from top to bottom. Outer slope.
  • the feeding mechanism 100 also includes a linear drive device 120.
  • the linear drive device 120 can be connected with the feeding bin 110, and is used to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line.
  • the feeding bin 110 is provided with a screw hole 115 extending vertically, and the feeding mechanism 100 also includes a screw 121.
  • the screw 121 can be connected to the output shaft of the linear drive device 120, and is located in the screw hole 115. When the output shaft rotates, the screw 121 can move relative to the feeding bin 110 in the screw hole 115, so that the feeding bin 110 moves up and down.
  • the feeding mechanism 100 also includes a fixed bracket 122, a fixed seat 123 and a fixed platen 124.
  • the fixing bracket 122 is located in the storage bin 13 and can be connected to the storage bin 13.
  • the fixed platen 124 is located on the side opposite to the fixed seat 123 of the linear drive device 120, ie the lower side.
  • the fixed platen 124 can be connected with the fixed seat 123, for example, the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123 are provided with screw holes, the fixed support 122 is provided with a screw post 127 extending downward, and the screws pass through the screw holes of the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123 And locked to the screw column 127 o
  • the end of the screw 121 is sandwiched between the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123.
  • An outlet of the storage bin 13 can be formed between the bottom of the fixing bracket 122 and the inner bottom surface of the storage bin 13. The outlet is located on one side of the fixed bracket 122.
  • the fixing bracket 122 is provided with an outlet seal 125 on the side corresponding to the outlet.
  • the outlet seal 125 can abut against the side wall of the feeding bin 110 to prevent materials from entering the feeding mechanism 100.
  • the fixed bracket 122 is also provided with guides extending vertically at intervals. Xiangzhu 128 o
  • the top of the feeding bin 110 is provided with guiding protrusions 116 at intervals, and the guiding protrusions 116 protrude from the side wall of the feeding bin 110.
  • the guide protrusions 116 are located between the guide columns 128 arranged at intervals and are movable along the guide columns 128, so as to avoid the displacement of the feeding bin 110 during the movement.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 also includes a washing bin fitting 230 and a mount 240.
  • the transmission assembly 300 includes a transmission main body 310 and a washing bin driver 320.
  • the transmission body 310 is rotatable relative to the washing bin body 210 around the second rotation axis Ax2.
  • the transmission body 310 is engageable with the feeding bin 110 and is rotatable relative to the feeding bin 110.
  • the washing bin driving part 320 is arranged on the transmission main body 310, for example, it can be installed to the transmission main body 310 by means of screw connection or the like.
  • the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 can produce a synchronous movement stroke, and the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 can produce a cooperative movement, so that only one driving device for driving the feeding bin 110 to move can be provided. After the three linear movements of the feeding bin 110 , the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 are completed, the movement of the feeding bin 110 and the opening and closing of the discharge port 212 can be realized. And only one driving device for driving the transmission main body 310 to rotate can realize the action of throwing the material during washing and blanking.
  • the washing bin fitting 230 may include a translation fitting 231.
  • the translation fitting 231 is located on the mounting base 240.
  • the washing bin driving part 320 may include a translation driving part 32L, and the translation driving part is arranged on the transmission main body 310.
  • Both the translation driving part 321 and the translation matching part 231 are magnetic components, and there may be a magnetic force between them.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is in the open position of opening the discharge port 212 and the closure of the cover discharge port 212 Move between locations.
  • the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 can realize cooperative movement through magnetic force.
  • the washing bin cover 270 When the transmission main body 310 is moved, the washing bin cover 270 can be opened and/or closed by magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port 212 can be realized.
  • the washing bin cover 270 when the state of the translational driving member 321 is changed, the washing bin cover 270 moves from the open position to the closed position. Thus, with the aid of the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation drive 321, the washing bin cover 270 can be closed.
  • the washing bin cover 270 when the state of the translational driving member 321 is changed, the washing bin cover 270 moves from the closed position to the open position.
  • the opening of the washing bin cover 270 can be realized.
  • the magnetic member may include at least one of a magnet, an electromagnet, iron, a turntable, a drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual phase steel.
  • the magnets can be permanent magnets.
  • at least one of the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 may be a magnet.
  • the translation matching part 231 is a magnet
  • the translation driving part 321 is a magnet, an electromagnet, iron, a car standard, a drill, a ferritic steel, a martensitic steel, or an austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel.
  • both the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 are magnets, so that a relatively large magnetic force can exist between the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 and the state is stable.
  • the translation fitting part 231 is iron, lathe, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic duplex steel
  • the translation driving part 321 is a magnet.
  • the magnetism of iron, lathe, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel is not affected by high temperature, it can avoid the high temperature during cooking from affecting the translational fitting 231 Magnetic, so that its properties remain unchanged.
  • at least one of the translation fitting part 231 and the translation driving part 321 is an electromagnet.
  • the transmission side wall 312 extends vertically, and the translation drive 321 is arranged on the transmission top wall. 311, the rotation driving member 322 is arranged on the transmission side wall 312.
  • the translational driving part 321 is arranged on the transmission main body 310 through at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-membrane injection molding.
  • the translational driving member 321 in the illustrated embodiment is detachably mounted to the transmission body 310 by fasteners such as screws.
  • the height of the transmission main body 310 in the first driving position is lower than that in the second driving position. Further, the first driving position is located above the second driving position.
  • the washing bin fitting 230 can be located outside the washing chamber 211, that is, the rotating fitting 232 and the translation fitting 231 are located outside the washing chamber 211.
  • the rotating driving part 322 is located radially outside of the rotating matching part 232.
  • the structure of the washing bin assembly 200 of the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 13 to 17.
  • the mounting base 240 includes a first mounting base 220 and a second mounting base 250 connected to the first mounting base 220 o
  • the first mounting base 220 is located at the radial inner side of the second mounting base 250 and is movable along a straight line relative to the second mounting base 250.
  • the stirring member 19, the washing bin cover 270 and the translation fitting 231 can be located on the first installation seat 220.
  • the rotating fitting 232 can be disposed on the second mount 250.
  • the first mount 220 can rotate with the second mount 250.
  • the first mounting seat 220 is the mounting seat of the stirring element and also the mounting seat of the cover, that is to say, the mounting seat of the stirring element and the mounting seat of the cover are integrally formed.
  • the mounting base for the stirring element and the mounting base for the cover can be separate components, which can be set independently and move independently.
  • the first mount 220 may include a mount base 221 and a mount barrel 222 connected to the mount base 221. Agitator 19 and washing bin cover 270 are located on mounting base 221.
  • the installation seat tube part 222 is located on the radially outer side of the washing chamber 211, and its bottom is provided with seat openings 224 at intervals in the circumferential direction, so that the material falls into the inner pot 3 through the seat openings 224 when dropping.
  • the translation matching part 231 is arranged on the top of the mounting seat cylinder part 222, so that there may be a small distance between the translation fitting part 231 and the translation driving part 321, which can generate enough magnetic force to make the washing bin cover 270 move up and down .
  • the translation fitting 231 is arranged on the mounting seat 240 by at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-membrane injection molding. As shown in FIG.
  • the translation fitting 231 can be pre-embedded in the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat, for example, molded in the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat through an in-film injection molding process.
  • the translation fitting 231 can also be detachably mounted to the mounting seat barrel 222 by fasteners such as screws.
  • the top surface of the mounting seat cylinder part 222 is provided with a downwardly recessed mounting groove, and the translation fitting part 231 is fixed in the mounting groove.
  • the translation fitting 231 may be provided with multiple block-shaped components, or provided with one circular ring-shaped component, etc.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 also includes a bin main body base 217.
  • the bin main body base 217 is located below the washing bin main body 210 and is detachably connected to the washing bin main body 210 by means such as a fastening connection.
  • the second mounting base 250 is supported on the bin main body base 217 below it.
  • the projections of the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 on a plane parallel to the axial direction have a first overlapping area.
  • the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 are in the The projection on the plane parallel to the axis has a second repopulation area.
  • the first repopulation area can be greater than the second overlapping area.
  • the plurality of rotating driving parts 322 and the plurality of rotating matching parts 232 can be arranged in one or two rows in the axial direction. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG.
  • the washing bin main body 210 may further include a bin main body top wall 216, an inner side wall 214 connected to the bin main body top wall 216, and an outer side wall 215 (FIG. 15), these three constitute the above-mentioned side wall portion 6.
  • the inner side wall 214 is radially inward of and spaced radially from the outer side wall 215.
  • the inner wall 214 encloses the second mounting seat 250 of the washing chamber 21L and the mounting seat cylinder portion 222 is located between the inner wall 214 and the outer wall 215.
  • One of the first mounting seat 220 and the second mounting seat 250 may be provided with a seat guide groove 223 extending in the axial direction, and the other of the first mounting seat 220 and the second mounting seat 250 may be provided with a
  • the seat guide part 251 is located in the seat guide groove 223 and can move along a straight line relative to the seat guide groove 223 .
  • the bin body base 217 supports the first mount 220 upward.
  • 16 shows that the mounting seat cylinder portion 222 is provided with a seat guide groove 223, and the second mounting seat 250 is provided with a seat guide portion 251.
  • the top surface of the seat guide portion 251 is the seat limit surface 252.
  • the second mounting base 250 is provided with a seat guide groove 223, and the mounting base cylinder portion 222 is provided with a seat guide portion 251.
  • the bottom surface of the seat guide groove 223 is the seat limit surface 252.
  • the cylindrical portion 222 of the mounting base may include an upper portion of the cylindrical portion and a lower portion of the cylindrical portion.
  • the material port seal 261 When the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position, the material port seal 261 is in contact with the washing bin main body 210 at the discharge port 212. Thus, the washing bin cover 270 is under pressure and does not rotate relative to the first mounting base 220 and the stirring member 19. when washing bin When the cover 270 is in the closed position, the material opening seal 261 can seal the gap between the material washing bin cover 270 and the washing material bin main body 210, so as to prevent washing water from leaking out of the gap when washing materials.
  • the washing bin cover 270 When the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position and the agitator 19 rotates, the washing bin cover 270 remains stationary relative to the washing bin main body 210, that is, the relative position with the washing bin main body 210 remains unchanged, and will not move with the agitating member.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is arranged on the side of the mounting base 221 facing the washing chamber 211, specifically on the upper side of the mounting base 221.
  • the mounting base 221 can be rotatable relative to the washing bin cover 270.
  • the outer peripheral portion of the washing bin cover 270 may be provided with a cover groove 273 recessed radially inward.
  • the cover groove 273 is annular.
  • a portion of spout seal 261 can sit within cover groove 273.
  • the inlet seal 261 can be located below the main body 210 of the washing bin.
  • the bottom surface of the side wall 6 can abut against the spout seal 261, specifically, the bottom surface of the inner side wall 214 can abut against the spout seal 261.
  • the spout seal 261 is pressed downwards.
  • the inner surface of the side wall portion 6 can be in contact with the feed port seal 261, and the friction between the feed port seal 261 and the side wall portion 6 can limit the movement of the washing bin cover 270. turn.
  • the bottom of the main body 210 of the washing bin is provided with a main body arc-shaped surface 218, and the main body arc-shaped surface 218 can abut against the material port seal 261.
  • the cover installation part 263 can be located in the cover installation hole 264.
  • An installation seal 262 is provided between the cover installation portion 263 and the wall of the cover installation hole 264 to seal the gap between the installation seat base 221 and the washing bin cover 270.
  • the cover installation part 263 is provided with a radially recessed installation part groove 265, which is installed
  • the mounting seal 262 is located in the groove 265 of the mounting portion.
  • An abutment boss is provided in the cover installation hole 264, and the abutment boss is provided with a seat arc surface 274 facing the groove 265 of the installation part, so as to increase the contact area between the installation seal 262 and the cover installation hole 264, and improve the sealing effect.
  • the stirring member 19 can be located on the side opposite to the base 221 of the mounting base 270 of the washing bin cover 270, specifically the upper side. That is to say, the washing bin cover 270 is located between the stirring member 19 and the base 221 of the installation seat.
  • the stirring member 19 is connected to the lid mounting portion 263.
  • One of the stirring member 19 and the cover installation part 263 may be provided with a connection protrusion, and the other of the two may be provided with a connection groove, and the connection protrusion is located in the connection groove.
  • Fasteners such as screws may be attached through the mount base 221 to the attachment bosses to connect the stirrer 19 to the mount base 221.
  • the washing bin cover 270, the mounting seat base 221, the stirring member 19 and the feed port seal 261 are combined together.
  • the washing bin cover 270, the installation part The base 221, the agitator 19 and the feed port seal 261 block the discharge port 212 together.
  • the agitator 19 and the bottom 211 of the mounting seat rotate together, neither the washing bin cover 270 nor the feed opening seal 261 rotates, that is, the relative position to the washing bin main body 210 remains unchanged.
  • the discharge port 212 can be blocked in other ways, such as the washing bin cover 270 alone blocking the discharge port 212, or the washing bin cover 270 can be combined with one of the sealing member, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat or A plurality of discharge openings 212 are blocked together.
  • One or more of the sealing member, the stirring member 19, and the mounting seat can move synchronously with the washing bin cover 270, that is, move together to open and close the discharge port 212 together.
  • One or more of the sealing member, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat can also be moved separately from the washing bin cover 270 to open and close the discharge port 212.
  • the seal can be arranged on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, some mounting seats, and the main body of the washing bin to better seal the discharge port 212.
  • the blocking method of this kind of discharge port 212 is to open and close part of the discharge port 212 through the washing bin cover 270, which also belongs to the opening position and cover of the washing bin cover 270 when the discharge port 212 is opened. The case of moving between the closed positions of the discharge opening 212.
  • the washing bin cover 270 can also be integrally formed with the mounting seat.
  • the discharge port 212 is blocked together by the washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19, and further, a seal is also included, and the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the sealing member are used to block the discharge port 212 together, A seal can be provided on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin main body, so as to better seal the discharge port 212.
  • the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat are formed into one piece.
  • the discharge port 212 is blocked together by the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat, further, a seal is also included, and the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat and the sealing member are sealed together.
  • the sealing member can be arranged on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat, and the main body of the washing bin.
  • the blocking method of the above discharge port 212 belongs to opening and closing part of the discharge port 212 through the washing bin cover 270, and also belongs to the opening position and closing of the washing bin cover 270 when the discharge port 212 is opened.
  • the movement between the closed positions of the discharge port 212 also belongs to the case where the washing bin cover 270 opens and closes the discharge port 212 .
  • the washing bin cover 270 can be kept in the closed position by magnetic connection in the initial state.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 may also include a holding member 237 and a holding fitting member 238.
  • the holding member 237 can be arranged on the main body 210 of the washing bin. In other implementations not shown, the holding member 237 can be arranged on the mounting bracket.
  • the installation support frame is connected with the pot cover 4.
  • the installation support frame can be a separate support frame directly fixed on the pot cover 4.
  • Both the retaining member 237 and the retaining engagement member 238 are magnetic members. At least one of the holding member 237 and the holding fitting member 238 is a magnet.
  • the holding member 237 is a magnet
  • the holding member 238 is at least one of magnets, iron, car standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel
  • the holding member 237 It is at least one of iron, car standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel
  • the retaining matching member 238 is a magnet.
  • the feed port 212 can be kept closed to isolate the space of the inner pot 3 from the outside world, and prevent foreign matter such as dust and insects from entering the inner pot 3, so that the inner pot 3 is not polluted and kept clean when the cooking utensil 1 is not working. 1.
  • the retaining member 237 can be arranged up and down with the retaining mating member 238 and have magnetic poles facing each other. On the contrary, the magnetic force between them is magnetic attraction.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is held in the closed position by the magnetic force between the retaining member 237 and the retaining mating member 238.
  • the retaining member 237 is located above the retaining fit member 238.
  • the holding member 237 can be pre-embedded in the main body 210 of the washing bin, for example, formed in the main body 210 of the washing bin through an in-film injection molding process.
  • the holding member 237 can also be detachably mounted to the washing bin main body 210 by fasteners such as screws.
  • a retaining member 237 may be provided on the top wall 216 of the bin body.
  • the retaining fitting member 238 and the translation fitting 231 are integrally formed.
  • the retaining fitting member 238 and the translation fitting member 231 are separate members.
  • the upper end surface of the translation fitting 231 may have an included angle a with the side end surface of the rotation fitting 232, where 30° ⁇ a ⁇ 150°, for example, a is 30°. , 50. , 70. , 80. , 90. , 100. , 110. , 120. , 130. , 150. wait.
  • 85° ⁇ a ⁇ 95° o the magnetic fields generated by the translational fitting 231 and the rotating fitting 232 are independent and do not interfere with each other as much as possible.
  • the transmission assembly 300 may also include a transmission support 330 , a mounting bracket 340 and a rotation drive device 30L.
  • the transmission support 330 can be located in the central hole 313 of the main body. And connected with the transmission main body 310 .
  • the transmission body 310 is rotatable relative to the transmission support 330.
  • the mounting bracket 340 is located above the transmission main body 310 and can be connected with the transmission support 330, for example, the two can be connected together by fasteners such as screws.
  • the rotary driving device 301 can be arranged on the mounting bracket 340, and its output shaft is connected with the transmission body 310 to make the transmission body 310 rotate.
  • the installation bracket 340 supports the rotary drive device 301 upwards.
  • the rotary drive device 301 can move along a straight line with the transmission body 310, so that the charged rotary drive device 301 can be arranged at a position other than the pot cover 4.
  • the transmission support 330 may have a support support surface 332 facing downward, and the support support surface 332 is used to abut against the linkage support surface 13L.
  • the support surface 332 of the seat can be adapted to the shape of the linkage support surface 131, for example, it can also be configured as a slope inclined in the vertical direction, and can be, for example, an annular tapered surface.
  • the transmission support 330 can be provided with a support center hole 331 and a radially outwardly extending support boss 333 o It can be understood that the center hole 331 of the support is located at the center of the transmission support 330.
  • the feeding bin 110 can be located in the central hole 331 of the support, and the supporting surface 332 of the support is arranged around the central hole 331 of the support.
  • the top of the transmission body 310 can be located between the support boss 333 and the mounting bracket 340, which can limit the linear movement of the transmission body 310 relative to the transmission support 330.
  • the top of the transmission body 310 can be provided with an upwardly protruding gear part 314, and the gear part 314 surrounds the center hole 331 of the support and has a ring of teeth.
  • the output shaft is provided with a transmission gear 302, and the teeth of the transmission gear 302 mesh with the teeth of the gear part 314.
  • the illustrated embodiment schematically shows that there is one transmission gear 302 between the output shaft and the gear part 314, however, the number of transmission gears 302 is not limited, and can be set to two or more as required.
  • the mounting bracket 340 may be provided with a bracket guiding portion 341, and the bracket guiding portion 341 extends along the vertical direction.
  • the storage bin 13 can be correspondingly provided with a vertically extending guide wall 102, at least a part of the guide wall 102 is located inside the storage bin 13 and connected to the fixed bracket 122, so as to isolate the transmission structure from the space for storing ingredients. open.
  • the mounting bracket 340 may include a bracket base 342 and a bracket stand 343 above the bracket base 342.
  • the bracket base 342 can be provided with a bracket guide part 34L integrally formed with it.
  • the bracket guide part 341, for example, can include three walls connected in sequence, and the bracket stand 343 is located in a roughly square area surrounded by these three walls. And the bracket stand 343 is detachably connected to the bracket base 342 by fasteners such as screws.
  • the rotary drive 301 is mounted to the bracket stand 343 and is also located within the bracket guide 341.
  • the middle part of the bracket stand 343 is provided with a support tube, and the output shaft of the rotary driving device 301 is located in the support tube.
  • the lower end of the support tube is connected to the transmission gear 302 to limit the axial movement of the transmission gear 302.
  • the first axis of rotation Ax1 may be collinear with the second axis of rotation Ax2.
  • the washing cavity 211 is configured to be symmetrical about the center, for example, the shape of the washing cavity 211 can be cylindrical.
  • the central axis of the washing chamber 211 is collinear with the first axis of rotation Ax1.
  • the first axis of rotation Ax1 and the second axis of rotation Ax2 may both extend vertically.
  • the central axis of the washing chamber 211 can also be along the vertical to extend.
  • a plurality of rotating fittings 232 may be arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat 240, specifically, arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the second mounting seat 250.
  • a plurality of rotating driving members 322 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body 310.
  • the plurality of rotating fittings 232 have the same magnetism, and are arranged symmetrically around the center of the first rotating axis Ax1.
  • the magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating driving parts 322 are the same, and they are arranged symmetrically around the center of the second rotating axis Ax2.
  • a plurality of rotating fittings 232 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat 240; a plurality of rotating driving members 322 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body 310. In this way, the magnetic force received by the second mounting seat 250 in the circumferential direction can be equal and uniform, so that the first rotation axis Ax1 and the second rotation axis Ax2 can be kept collinear.
  • the magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating fittings 232 can also be different, but the number of rotating fittings 232 with different magnetic properties must be equal.
  • the different magnetic rotating fittings 232 are arranged evenly and at intervals on the premise that the numbers are equal.
  • a group of first magnetic rotating fittings may be arranged first, and then another group of magnetic rotating fittings may be arranged. Then set a set of first magnetic rotating fittings, and then set a second set of magnetic rotating fittings, so that the intervals are repeated to ensure that the rotating fittings of adjacent two groups have different magnetic properties but the same number, and the number of magnetic bodies in each group
  • the quantity is the same and is greater than or equal to 1, which can be flexibly set according to needs, for example, the quantity can be two, three, four, five or six, and so on.
  • the total number of rotating fittings 232 can be two and evenly arranged, one of the magnets facing outward is the N pole, and the other magnet is facing outward as the S pole.
  • there are 4 groups of rotating fittings each group has 3 magnets, and the magnetic poles of one group of 3 magnets facing outward can be set as N poles, and the adjacent group of 3 magnets facing outward
  • the magnetic poles are all set as S poles, and the outward magnetic poles of the rotating fittings are respectively NNN, SSS, NNN, and SSS.
  • the magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating driving parts 322 matched therewith also need to be different, but the numbers need to be equal and they need to be arranged evenly and at intervals.
  • there are 16 rotating driving parts in total which can be set into 4 groups, and the magnetic poles facing outward of one group of 4 magnets are all set as N poles, and the magnetic poles of the 4 adjacent magnets facing outward are all set as N poles. If it is set as the S pole, the magnetic poles facing outward of the rotary driving member are NNNN, SSSS, NNNN, and SSSS respectively.
  • the washing bin assembly 200 can also include limiting parts.
  • the mounting base 240 rotates around the limiting component, and the opposing surfaces of the limiting component and the mounting base 240 abut against each other.
  • the second mounting base 250 drives the first mounting base 220 to rotate around the limiting component
  • the limiting component includes the inner wall 214 and the outer wall 215 of the main body 210 of the washing bin.
  • the transmission main body 310 is configured in a center-symmetrical shape, specifically a turntable shape as described above.
  • the mount 240 is configured as a centrosymmetric shape. Specifically, both the first mount 220 and the second mount 250 are cylindrical in shape.
  • the mounting base 240 and the stirring member 19 can be separate components, specifically the first mounting base 220 and the stirring component 19 are separate components, so as to facilitate the installation of the washing bin cover 270. As shown in FIG.
  • the rotating driving member 322 corresponds to the radial position of the rotating matching member 232, and The magnetic poles facing each other are opposite.
  • the magnetic force between the rotating driving part 322 and the rotating matching part 232 is a magnetic attraction force
  • the stirring part 19 is rotated by the magnetic attraction force.
  • the rotary driving member 322 when the rotary driving member 322 is in the driving position, it is radially offset from the rotating matching member 232, and the magnetic poles facing each other are the same.
  • the magnetic force between the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 is a magnetic repulsion force, and the stirring member 19 is rotated by the magnetic repulsion force.
  • the transmission side wall 312 has a plurality of transmission installation surfaces 315 arranged in the circumferential direction ( FIG. 10 ), the transmission installation surfaces 315 are flat and extend vertically, and the rotary driving member 322 is installed on the transmission installation surfaces 315 .
  • a plurality of rotating fittings 232 are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission body 310.
  • the second mounting seat 250 has a plurality of seat mounting surfaces 253 arranged in the circumferential direction.
  • the seat mounting surfaces 253 are flat and extend vertically.
  • the rotating fitting 232 is mounted to the seat mounting surfaces 253.
  • One of the rotating matching member 232 and the rotating driving member 322 can be arranged in one row, and the other of the two can be arranged in two rows at vertical intervals.
  • the rotating fittings 232 and the rotating driving members 322 may both be provided in a row, and one of them may be in the shape of a vertically arranged elongated bar.
  • Pot cover back Referring to Fig. 13 to Fig. 15, the pot cover 4 includes a pot cover main body and a washing bin main body 210 connected to the pot cover main body.
  • the main body of the pot cover and the side wall portion 6 of the main body 210 of the washing bin are constructed as one piece, and the base 217 of the bin main body is detachably connected to the main body of the pot cover.
  • the pot cover 4 is provided with a sewage discharge structure connected with the sewage outlet 213 of the washing bin main body 210 and the sewage tank 48, and is used to discharge the washing water to the sewage tank 48.
  • the sewage structure has There is a sewage pipe 10, and the sewage pipe 10 includes a sewage channel 105, a pipe joint 106 and a sewage pipe 107 arranged on the side wall 6.
  • the sewage channel 105 communicates with the sewage outlet 213 and the pipe joint 106, and one end of the sewage pipe 107 is connected to the pipe joint 106, and the other end extends to the waste water tank 48.
  • the sewage pipe 10 may include a siphon pipe with an inverted U-shaped structure.
  • the sewage channel 105 can be configured in an inverted U shape as a siphon pipe.
  • the position of the pipe joint 106 is located in the middle of the side wall portion 6.
  • siphon drainage can be realized.
  • the sewage discharge structure can be configured such that the position of the sewage discharge outlet 213 is flush with or higher than the position of the sewage discharge channel. Thereby, gravity drainage can be realized.
  • This embodiment can automatically flow from the washing chamber 211 to the drainage sewage tank 48 through the height difference of the water, avoiding the use of a water pump, which can reduce the number of internal parts of the cooking appliance 1 and reduce production costs.
  • the pot cover 4 may include a pot cover main body and a detachable cover (not shown) detachably connected to the pot cover main body. Part or all of the sewage pipes 10 are detachably or non-detachably arranged on the detachable cover. When the user intends to clean the sewage pipe 10, the detachable cover can be removed for cleaning.
  • the cooking appliance 1 also includes a water inlet component for supplying water to the washing chamber 211.
  • the water inlet assembly may include a clean water tank 81 and a water inlet pipe (not shown).
  • the outlet of the clean water tank 81 can communicate with the water inlet 113 of the feeding bin 110 through the water inlet pipe, and an electric control valve can be arranged between the two to control the water inlet, for example.
  • the clean water in the clean water tank 81 can flow automatically to the feeding bin 110 through the height difference of the water, or be transported to the feeding bin 110 by a water pump.
  • the clean water tank 81 is detachably arranged on the body assembly 11, so that it is convenient for the user to add water.
  • the clean water tank 81 is arranged close to the material storage mechanism and is located above the dirty water tank 48.
  • the water inlet pipe can be located in the storage mechanism.
  • the water pump can also be located in the storage mechanism.
  • the body assembly 11 also includes a main frame 101.
  • the pot body 2 is located on the first side of the main frame 101.
  • the feeding mechanism 100 is used to transport the food materials in the storage mechanism to the material washing chamber 21L. above. Arranged in this way, the feeding mechanism 100 can be close to the storage mechanism, occupying space, and can use gravity to make the material automatically enter the washing chamber 211 through the feeding mechanism 100, without additional driving devices such as feeding pumps and feeding pipelines, which reduces the cost.
  • the structure of the cooking appliance 1 is simplified, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product; the transmission assembly 300 can be connected from the washing chamber
  • the top of 211 drives the stirring member 19, so that the charged driving device can be arranged at a position other than the pot cover 4, which is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover 4 and the washing bin assembly 200.
  • the water inlet component and the sewage component can be arranged on the second side of the main frame 101 different from the first side.
  • the clean water tank 81 and the dirty water tank 48 are arranged on the second side of the main frame 101.
  • FIG. 1 shows that the first side and the second side of the main chassis 101 face away from each other.
  • the clean water tank 81 can correspond to the upper and lower positions of the sewage tank 48, that is, the clean water tank 81 is located directly above the sewage tank 48.
  • the clear water in the clear water tank 81 can flow to the feeding bin by itself through the height difference of the water, without a water pump for boosting.
  • the cooking appliance 1 may also include a main board and a display board.
  • the display panel can be arranged on the storage mechanism, specifically the front side of the storage bin 13.
  • a control panel may be provided on the outside of the display panel.
  • the main board can be arranged in the main frame 101. The main board is located above the dirty water tank 48, and the side of the clean water tank 81 facing the pot body 2.
  • the sewage tank 48 may be provided with a top opening for receiving sewage and pouring water from the sewage pipe 10.
  • the cooking appliance 1 may also include a charging device.
  • the charging device is arranged on the main frame 101, not on the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2.
  • the electrified device includes a driving device, a main board, a heating device, a display board, etc. for driving part of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate and move in a straight line.
  • the charging device can be set at a position other than the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2, which is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover 4, the washing bin assembly 200 and the inner pot of the pot body 2, and the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2 There is no need to consider the waterproofing of live devices during the manufacturing stage.
  • a control method is provided. The control method is realized by the control device of the above-mentioned cooking appliance.
  • control method includes at least the following steps: S1 prepares for feeding, S2 executes feeding, S3 executes washing, S4 executes blowdown, S5 executes blanking, S6 executes reset, etc.
  • the control unit is configured to control the cooking appliance to perform the above steps.
  • the washing bin cover 270 Before performing material feeding, it is necessary to determine whether the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position. For the illustrated embodiment, the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position (as shown in FIG. 2 ) in the initial state, and under this solution, no action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 during the process of preparing materials.
  • the feeding bin and the transmission assembly 300 need to be moved from the storage position to the mating position.
  • the matching positions may be the first driving position, the second driving position and the additional position.
  • the control device controls the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move downward from the storage position to the distribution position. fit position. Specifically, in order to directly wash the materials after feeding, the control transmission assembly 300 moves downward from the storage position to the first driving position.
  • S2 Perform material feeding to send materials and water into the material washing chamber 211 through the material inlet.
  • Performing the feeding step includes increasing the first magnetic force to keep the wash bin cover 270 in the closed position. This enables the washing bin cover 270 and the bin cover mounting seat to bear the weight of larger materials and water.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position in the initial state, and in this solution, the first magnetic force can be increased.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet.
  • the control method further includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force.
  • the control device changes the state of the current to realize the closing of the washing bin cover 270 .
  • the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet.
  • the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move downward to increase the first magnetic force, specifically to move downward to the first driving position.
  • the control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, so as to realize the closing of the material washing compartment cover 270 .
  • the first magnetic force has been increased in the step of preparing for loading materials, thus, the first magnetic force does not need to be increased again in the step of loading materials.
  • the step of feeding materials includes performing unloading, which is used to send materials into the washing chamber 21L.
  • the control device controls the feeding bin 110 to move down to a matching position where the feeding channel communicates with the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211.
  • the additional position (as shown in FIG. 4 ) is used to send the materials in the storage bin 13 into the washing chamber 211 .
  • the feeding bin 110 extends into the material washing chamber 211 through the material inlet 201 , the material inlet 111 located on its side wall can communicate with the storage bin 13 , and the material outlet 112 located on its side wall can communicate with the material washing chamber 211 .
  • the control device controls the feeding bin 110 to move upwards to a position where the feeding channel is not communicated with the washing chamber 211, such as the first driving position in the second position (as shown in Figure 5) ⁇ Carry out the feeding step Including performing water intake and supplying water to the washing chamber 211.
  • water is supplied to the washing chamber 211 through the water inlet channel of the feeding bin 110 and the material inlet 201 .
  • the order of water supply and cutting is not in particular order. It is preferable to feed water after feeding, or feed water first, or feed water during feeding to save time.
  • the water outlet 113 is located on the lower surface of the feeding bin 110.
  • the position where the feeding bin 110 is located above the washing chamber 211 can be used as a position communicating with the washing chamber 211, such as an additional position, A first drive position and a second drive position. When the feeding bin 110 is in these positions, water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211.
  • the water in the fresh water tank 81 can be supplied into the washing chamber 211 through the water inlet pipe and the water inlet channel of the feeding bin 110 .
  • the water inlet assembly may include a water inlet pipe and a water pump, and the control method includes controlling the water inlet assembly to supply water to the washing chamber 211.
  • the control device can control the water pump to start water intake and stop water intake.
  • water can be directly supplied to the washing chamber 211 via a water inlet device such as a water inlet pipe.
  • the control transmission assembly 300 can drive the agitator 19 to rotate to carry out the operation of throwing the material during washing.
  • the control method also includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move to the first driving position to prepare for throwing the material during washing. It can be understood that if the transmission assembly 300 has already moved to the first driving position during the step of preparing for feeding materials and executing the step of feeding materials, this operation does not need to be performed during the step of washing materials.
  • the control device controls the transmission assembly at the first driving position 300 drives the mounting seat of the stirring element to drive the stirring element 19 to rotate for washing operation.
  • the transmission assembly 300 has a second magnetic force between the first driving position and the mounting seat of the stirring member.
  • the transmission assembly 300 drives the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate.
  • the transmission main body 310 at the first driving position is controlled to rotate around the second rotation axis, and the agitator mounting seat is subjected to circumferential magnetic force to rotate together with the transmission main body 310 around the second rotation axis, so as to drive the Stirrer 19 rotates.
  • the transmission assembly 300 and the stirring member 19 rotate synchronously, and the rotation of the stirring member 19 can realize washing.
  • the second mounting base 250 is subjected to the second magnetic force from the transmission assembly 300, and when the transmission body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 rotates, the first mounting base 220 as the stirring member mounting base is under the action of the second magnetic force Rotate together with the second mounting base 250 to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate.
  • feeding-water-washing water can also be fed during the feeding process. , and wash the material after entering the water; it can also be to enter the water before the material is unloaded, and to wash the material after the material is unloaded; it can also be to unload the material and enter the water during the washing process, etc.
  • the drainage method can be gravity drainage and siphon drainage.
  • the step of performing drainage also includes supplying water to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the siphon pipe, so as to trigger siphon drainage.
  • the blanking step of this embodiment includes reducing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing cover 270 moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity, and the cleaned material into the pot.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to open the discharge port 212, so that the opening action of the washing bin cover 270 can be easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the washing water can be avoided from dirtying the transmission assembly 300 , Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet
  • the control method further includes reducing the current or cutting off the current to reduce the first magnetic force; the control device changes the state of the current to realize the opening of the washing bin cover 270 .
  • the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet
  • the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward to reduce the first magnetic force.
  • the control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, so as to realize the opening of the washing compartment cover 270 .
  • the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move to the second driving position to prepare for material throwing during material blanking.
  • the transmission assembly 300 is controlled to move from the first driving position to the second driving position.
  • the switching of the transmission assembly 300 between the first driving position and the second driving position includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upwards by a first distance L1 from the first driving position to the non-driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin Lid 270 moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity.
  • the transmission assembly 300 is controlled to move down the second distance L2 from the non-driving position to the second driving position, and the washing bin cover 270 remains in the open position.
  • the material washing bin cover 270 is in the open position, the material washing chamber 211 communicates with the inner pot 3 .
  • the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2.
  • the second driving position is located above the first driving position.
  • Such control can not only realize the opening of the discharge port 212 and the switching between the material washing station and the material blanking station, so that the material washing process can be carried out smoothly, but also can reduce the height of the transmission body 310, and optimize the cooking utensil 1. structure.
  • the control method of this embodiment can design the height of the transmission assembly 300 to a desired smaller size.
  • the first distance L1 may be 6mm ⁇ 100mm, for example, 6mm, 10mm, 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 50mm, 60mm, 70mm, 80mm, 90mm, 100mm.
  • the difference L1-L2 between the first distance and the second distance can be 5mm ⁇ 20mm, for example, 5mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, mm, 16mm, 18mm, 20mm.
  • the transmission body of the transmission assembly 300 of this solution The height of 310 can be reduced by a value less than or equal to the first distance L1, which is equal to the distance L1 from the open position of the washing bin cover 270, relative to the switching method of directly moving it from the first driving position to the second driving position.
  • the height of the transmission body 310 is reduced by a dimension equal to the first distance L1, and the first distance L1 is greater than that of the movement of the washing bin cover 270 from the open position to the closed position.
  • the height of the transmission body 310 is reduced by a dimension smaller than the first distance L1.
  • the first distance L1 may be 20mm ⁇ 30mm.
  • a preferred example is that the first distance L1 is 25mm, and the second distance is 20mm.
  • Another preferred example is that the first distance L1 is 25 mm, and the second distance is 5 mm.
  • the beneficial effects of this control method will be described below in a comparative manner.
  • the stroke of the washing bin cover 270 moving between the open position and the closed position is a, as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the stroke a is generally related to the ratio of the size of the washing bin cover 270 to the size of the discharge opening.
  • the stroke of the transmission body 310 moving between the washing station and the blanking station is bo, and the effective coupling width between the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 is L.
  • the thickness of the bin body top wall 216 of the washing bin body 210 is t, as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the height of the transmission assembly 300, specifically the height of the transmission body 310 is H, as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the stroke b1 includes the stroke a.
  • the height Hl L+bl+t.
  • the distance D (as shown in FIG. 1 ) between the transmission assembly 300 and the main body 210 of the washing bin 4 on the pot cover 4 can increase the dimension a, so that the pot body 2 and the pot cover 4 Easy to place and take.
  • the reduced dimension a of the transmission assembly 300 can be designed to reduce the overall height of the cooking utensil 1, and to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the pot cover 4 Adjust the distance D to an appropriate value.
  • stroke a 20mm
  • stroke bl 22mm
  • coupling width L 10mm
  • thickness t 6mm
  • the transmission assembly 300 located at the second driving position is controlled to drive the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate together.
  • the transmission assembly 300 has a second magnetic force between the first driving position and the mounting seat of the stirring element. Through the second magnetic force, the transmission assembly 300 drives the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate.
  • the transmission main body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 at the second driving position is controlled to rotate around the second rotation axis, and the stirrer mounting seat is subjected to circumferential magnetic force to rotate together with the transmission main body 310 around the second rotation axis, thereby driving the stirrer 19 Rotate thereupon to realize the action of throwing the material during blanking, so as to drop the material in the washing chamber 211 into the inner pot 3.
  • S6 Perform reset to reset the washing bin cover 270, the transmission assembly 300 and the feeding bin 110.
  • the reset action can be performed in any stage after blanking.
  • water can be added to the inner pot 3 before reset, and the washing bin cover 270, transmission assembly 300 and feeding bin 110 can be reset after adding water.
  • reset after cooking Reset of the washing bin cover 270: The washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the closed position in the initial state, and when it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, then It is necessary to perform a reset of the washing bin cover 270 .
  • Executing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move from the second driving position to the first driving position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the open position to the closing position by upward magnetic force to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 .
  • the feeding bin 110 can be controlled to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the matching position to the storage position, so as to reset the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 o
  • the feeding bin 110 and/or the transmission assembly 300 are in the storage position Some or all of them are housed inside the body components.
  • the feeding bin 110 is substantially all or most stored inside the body assembly at the storage position, and the rotary drive device 301 of the transmission assembly 300 is almost all or mostly stored inside the body assembly.
  • the control method further includes: controlling the feeding bin 110 to move up and down to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move along a straight line; controlling the linear drive device 120 to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line; controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down together with the rotary drive device To move, specifically to control the feeding bin 110 to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down together with the rotary drive device; to control the rotary drive device 301 to drive a part of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate, specifically to control the rotary drive device 301 to drive the transmission body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate.
  • the movement of the transmission assembly 300 is realized by controlling the movement of the feeding bin 110 .
  • the control device controls the linear drive device 120 to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line, and the feeding bin 110 is engageable with the transmission assembly 300 to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down.
  • the feeding bin 110 is controlled to move upward to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward together to the storage position.
  • the rotation driving device 301 is controlled to drive the transmission main body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate, thereby driving the material washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19 on it to rotate.
  • the agitator 19 and the material washing bin cover 270 are both arranged on the first mount 250, and in this embodiment, the control method further includes driving the material washing bin cover 270 together with the agitator 19 in the open position and closed Move between locations.
  • the cover mounting base and the agitator mounting base are separate components and are set independently.
  • the control method further includes independently driving the washing bin cover 270 to move between the open position and the closed position. , and independently drive the stirring member 19 to rotate.
  • Add water to the washing chamber 211 to add water to the pot body after performing the blowdown step. Water can be added to the inner pot 3 via the washing chamber 211 after the sewage discharge and before the material is discharged, or during or after the material is discharged.
  • the cooking operation is performed directly after performing the blanking step.
  • the control unit can control the cooking utensil to cycle through the steps of feeding, washing, draining, and dropping among the above steps, and the specific number of cycles is determined by the amount of material selected by the user. For example, when one cup of rice is selected, the above steps are cycled once; when two cups of rice are selected, the above steps are cycled twice; when N cups of rice are selected, the above steps are cycled N times. Enter the cooking step after N steps.
  • the entire cleaning process of the cooking appliance 1 in the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2-9 : As shown in FIG. 2 , the cooking appliance 1 is in an initial state.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are all in the initial position in the first position, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are not connected, and the washing bin cover 270 is in the Close position.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2 2 G1+G2, wherein F1 is the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation driving part 321; F2 is the holding member 237 and the holding fit member 238 between the magnetic Force; G1 is the total weight of the washing bin cover 270 and the follow-up load that moves along with it in a straight line.
  • the linear driving device 120 can firstly drive the screw 121 to move, so that the screw 121 can drive the feeding bin 110 to move down to the first driving position in the second position.
  • the cooking utensil 1 is in a state of preparing for feeding.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are all in the first driving position in the second position, and the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still not connected, and the washing bin Lid 270 is still in the closed position.
  • the washing bin Lid 270 is still in the closed position.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, wherein F1 and F2 are the largest, namely Flmax, F2max, and G2 is the same as the initial state.
  • the washing bin cover 270 is subjected to an upward magnetic force and the washing bin assembly 200 is magnetically connected in a radial direction.
  • the linear drive device 120 can continue to drive the screw 121 to move, the feeding bin 110 continues to move downwards and extends into the washing chamber 211 without the transmission assembly 300 moving accordingly.
  • the cooking utensil 1 is in an unloading state.
  • the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position
  • the transmission assembly 300 is in the first driving position in the second position
  • the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still connected
  • the washing The lid 270 is still in the closed position.
  • the material in the storage bin 13 enters the feeding bin 110 through the material inlet 111, and then enters the material washing chamber 211 through the material outlet 112 to perform the unloading action.
  • the amount of material flowing into the washing chamber 211 can be calculated by time, and the cooking appliance controls the time that the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position according to the amount of material required by the user, so as to realize quantitative feeding.
  • Water can also be supplied to the washing chamber 211 in this loading state, and the loading and water supply can be performed at the same time, or the water supply action can be performed after the loading is completed.
  • the clean water in the clean water tank 81 enters the feeding bin 110 through the pipeline and the water inlet 113, and then enters the washing chamber 211 through the water outlet 114.
  • the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, wherein F1 and F2 are Flmax and F2max, and G2 is the weight of water and materials.
  • the linear driving device 120 drives the screw 121 to move again, and the screw 121 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the first driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211, or in the state shown in FIG. 4 , water can be supplied to the washing chamber.
  • the weight of G2 increases.
  • the rotation driving device 301 can drive the transmission body 310 to rotate, and then the rotation driving member 322 cooperates with the rotation
  • the magnetic force between the components 232 can drive the second mounting base 250 to rotate, and then drive the first mounting base 220 and the stirring component 19 on it to rotate together to perform washing action.
  • the water level in the washing chamber 211 is lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10 during washing.
  • a separate electromagnetic valve for opening and closing the sewage outlet 213 can be set, and whether to drain water can be directly controlled by directly controlling the opening and closing state of the electromagnetic valve.
  • the water level in the material chamber 211 must be lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe.
  • the washing action when the washing action is completed and the water is intended to be drained, water is first supplied to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10, and the siphon principle is used for drainage. And the highest position of the drainage channel will have a velocity head, thereby forming a full flow of the sewage pipe 10 .
  • the water level in the washing chamber 211 was higher than the water level of the water outlet 114 of the sewage pipe 107.
  • the outlet of the sewage pipe 107 will have a velocity head at this time, which can drain the water in the washing bin.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, where F1 and F2 are Flmax and F2max, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water. If necessary, water can also be added after draining for cooking; in this case, G2 is the weight of the material and water after absorbing water.
  • the linear drive device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the intermediate position in the first position, as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2 ⁇ G1+G2, wherein F1 decreases, that is, FKFlmax.
  • F2 is F2max, and G2 is the same as when the drainage is completed. Due to F1+F2 ⁇ G1+G2, the force on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced, it cannot be kept in the closed position and will move downward, and the discharge port 212 will be opened.
  • the cooking appliance switches from the state shown in FIG. 6 to the state shown in FIG.
  • the washing bin cover 270 moves down to the open position, and during this process F1 continues to decrease, and F2 decreases.
  • the washing bin cover 270 has been in the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, some materials and/or water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease.
  • the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2VG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax.
  • F2 is the smallest, ie F2min
  • G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water.
  • the linear driving device 120 drives the screw 121 to move the transmission body 310 downward from the middle position to the second driving position in the second position.
  • the cooking utensil 1 is in a blanking state.
  • the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2VG1+G2, where FKFlmax.
  • F2 is F2min
  • G2 is the same as the state shown in Figure 7 The same, so that during the blanking process, the washing bin cover 270 is always kept in the open position.
  • the rotating drive device 301 drives the transmission main body 310 to rotate again, so that the agitator 19 rotates, starts to throw the material, and performs a material dropping action, and the material falls into the inner pot 3 quickly under the action of centrifugal force.
  • G2 continues to decrease during material rejection.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F291+G2, wherein FKFlmax.
  • F2 is F2min
  • G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water.
  • the difference between F1+F2 and G1+G2 can be 30g at this time .
  • the linear drive device 120 continues to drive the screw 121 to make the transmission body 310 start from the second drive position.
  • this process F1 increases, at this time there is a distance d2 between the translation driving part 321 and the translation matching part 231, d2 is less than d1, the force of the washing bin cover 270
  • the relationship is F1+F2>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, F2 is F2max, and G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water, so that the washing bin cover 270 will be moved upward to the closed position by magnetic force, as shown in Figure 3 for example, Realize the reset of the material washing bin cover 270.
  • the cooking utensil switches from the state shown in Figure 9 to the state shown in Figure 3 very quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards to the closed position, and in this process F1 continues to increase to Flmax, F2 increases to F2max, G2 and Figure 3 9 states are the same, at this time F1+F2>G1+G2.
  • O can repeatedly execute each action in the process from blanking to blanking, and realize multiple times of material washing; that is, repeatedly execute each state shown in Figure 3 to Figure 9 .
  • the linear drive device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the initial position in the first position, as shown in FIG. 2 , to realize the reset of the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 .
  • F1 is reduced to a small value, and may even be close to or equal to 0.
  • F2 is F2max, and G2 is in the same state as in FIG.
  • the cooking utensil of 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated.
  • the cooking appliance of the second embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment except for the transmission structure, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 . Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity.
  • the discharge port 212 is normally open.
  • the translation matching part 231 is disposed outside the washing chamber 211 .
  • the rotating matching part 232 and the stirring part 19 are arranged inside the washing chamber 211 .
  • the switch of the washing bin cover 270 and the rotation of the agitator 19 can be independent of each other without affecting each other.
  • the washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19 are arranged on different installation seats 240 .
  • the rotary driving part 322 is located radially inside the rotary matching part 232 in the driving position.
  • the mount 240 includes a first mount 220 and a second mount 250 .
  • the first mounting seat 220 is located on the radially outside of the washing chamber 211, specifically the radially outside of the inner wall 214, and the radially inside of the outer wall.
  • the second mounting base 250 is located inside the washing chamber 211 .
  • the washing bin cover 270 and the translation fitting 231 are arranged on the first installation seat 220 , and the stirring member 19 and the rotation fitting 232 are arranged on the second installation seat 250 . Therefore, in this embodiment, the first mounting base 220 and the second mounting base 250 are separate components and are set independently and move independently. seat.
  • the material washing bin cover 270 blocks the discharge port 212, that is, the material discharge port 212 can be completely covered only by the material washing bin cover 270.
  • the transmission main body 310 includes a first transmission main body 310a and a second transmission main body 310bo. The first transmission main body 310a and the second transmission main body 310b are movable relative to the washing bin main body 210 between a non-driving position and a driving position.
  • the second transmission body 310b is rotatable relative to the washing bin body 210 around the second rotation axis Ax2.
  • the second transmission main body 310b has a driving position, and the rotating driving member 322 is located at the radial inner side of the rotating matching member 232 in the driving position. Therefore, in this embodiment, the first transmission main body 310a and the second transmission main body 310b are separate components and are set independently.
  • the cooking appliance 1 may also include a driving device (not shown) for driving the first transmission body 310a to move in a straight line, a driving device (not shown) for driving the second transmission body 310b to move in a straight line, and a driving device (not shown) for driving the second transmission body 310b to move in a straight line.
  • the first mounting base 220 includes a mounting base cylinder portion 222, and the washing bin cover 270 is located at the bottom of the mounting base cylinder portion 222.
  • the washing bin cover 270 and the first mounting seat 220 are integrally formed. If needed and/or desired, the washing bin cover 270 and the first mount 220 may be separate components.
  • the washing bin main body 210 includes a tank part 225 forming a receiving tank 226 , the tank part 225 is located in the washing chamber 211 , and the second transmission main body 310b is located in the receiving tank 226 .
  • the second mounting seat 250 is a cylindrical member with a bottom wall, and the groove portion 225 is located in the second mounting seat 250 .
  • the second mounting base 250 is rotatably disposed on the tank portion 225 .
  • the second mounting seat 250 can be engaged with the radially outer surface of the groove body portion 225 .
  • the second mounting base 250 and the stirring member 19 are integrally formed. If needed and/or desired, the second mounting base 250 and the stirring member 19 can be separate components and fixedly connected to the second mounting base 250 o
  • the second mounting base 250 rotates around the tank portion 225, There is a predetermined gap between the two in the radial direction, so that the rotation of the second installation base 250 can be unconstrained on the plane where the radial direction is located. As shown in FIG.
  • the washing bin main body 210 includes a tank part 225 forming a receiving tank 226 , the tank part 225 is located in the washing chamber 211 , and the transmission main body 310 is located in the receiving tank 226 .
  • the groove part 225 is located in the mounting seat cylinder part 222 .
  • the installation base 240 is movably disposed on the tank part 225 , specifically, the installation base 240 moves along a straight line relative to the tank part 225 and rotates around the tank part 225 .
  • the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat can be engaged with the radially outer surface of the groove portion 225 .
  • the mounting base 240 and the material washing bin cover 270 are separate components.
  • the plurality of rotation driving members 322 may be arranged asymmetrically around the second rotation axis Ax2.
  • a cooking appliance according to a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 39 .
  • the cooking appliance of the fourth embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment except for the transmission structure, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 . Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity.
  • the discharge port 212 is normally open.
  • washing bin cover 270 moves linearly together with the stirring member 19 and rotates with the stirring member 19 .
  • rotary drive Member 322 is located radially inwardly of rotationally fitting member 232 in the drive position.
  • the translational driving part 321 and the rotating driving part 322 are disposed on the same transmission body 310, that is to say, the first transmission body and the second transmission body are integrally formed.
  • the mounting base 240 is located in the washing chamber 211, and includes the mounting base 221 and the mounting base barrel 222 connected to the mounting base 221.
  • the washing bin cover 270 and the translational fitting 231 can be arranged on the mounting base 221 for rotational fit.
  • the member 232 is disposed on the top of the mounting base cylinder portion 222 .
  • the rotation driving device 301 is disposed on the mounting bracket 340 , and its output shaft is connected with the transmission body 310 to rotate the transmission body 310 .
  • the output shaft is directly inserted into the installation hole of the transmission body 310 .
  • the control method of this embodiment is roughly the same as the control method of the first embodiment, the main difference is:
  • the step of preparing for feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards from the open position to the closed position. This realizes that the washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to move to close the discharge port, and the closing action of the washing bin cover 270 is easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the transmission assembly 300 can be avoided from being dirty by washing water. Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet.
  • the control method also includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force.
  • the control device changes the state of the current to realize the closing of the washing compartment cover 270.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet.
  • the control method also includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move downward to increase the first magnetic force, specifically to move downward to the first driving position.
  • the control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, thereby realizing the closing of the washing compartment cover 270.
  • the stirring member mounting seat receives the second magnetic force from the transmission assembly 300.
  • the stirring member mounting seat drives the stirring member 19 to rotate under the action of the second magnetic force.
  • S6 Execute reset.
  • the washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the open position in the initial state. When it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, the process of performing reset No action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 in the middle. If the material washing bin cover 270 is currently in the closed position, then the washing material bin cover 270 needs to be reset.
  • Performing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the first driving position, for example, directly moving upward to the storage position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the closed position to the open position by gravity to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 . Furthermore, when the feeding bin 110 is controlled to drive the transmission assembly 300 to reset together, the washing bin cover 270 is also reset at the same time.
  • Other steps are substantially the same as the control steps of the first embodiment, and are briefly described for brevity. The whole washing process of this embodiment is roughly the same as that of the first embodiment, so it will be briefly described for the sake of brevity. The difference is that the discharge port of this embodiment is opened in the initial state, and the washing bin cover 270 needs to be closed first. Specifically, Fig.
  • the cooking appliance is in the initial state, at this time, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are in the initial position in the first position, and the washing bin cover 270 is in the open position.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move down to the first driving position, as shown in FIG. 33 .
  • F1 increases; in the state shown in Figure 33, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FDG1+G2, where G2 is the same as the initial state.
  • the water supply operation is performed in at least one of the states shown in FIGS. 33 to 35 .
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, wherein F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of water and materials.
  • the feeding bin 110 moves upwards to the first driving position, as shown in FIG. 36.
  • the silo cover 270 rotates to perform the action of throwing away materials during washing. Drainage after washing.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water.
  • G2 is the weight of the material and water after absorbing water.
  • the actions of water supply, material rejection and drainage during washing can be performed repeatedly to realize multiple washing of a single material.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move upward to the middle position, as shown in FIG. 37 .
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is Fl ⁇ G1+G2, wherein Fl decreases, that is, FKFlmax, G2 is the same as when the drainage is completed. Due to FKG1+G2, the force on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced, and it cannot be kept in the closed position and will move downward.
  • the cooking appliance switches from the state shown in FIG. 37 to the state shown in FIG. 38 very quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves down to the open position, and F1 continues to decrease during this process.
  • the material washing bin cover 270 has been positioned at the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, some materials and/or water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease.
  • the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax, G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water.
  • the transmission body 310 moves downward from the middle position to the second driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 39 .
  • washing bin cover 270 can be closed. That is, the cooking appliance is switched from the state shown in FIG. 39 to the state shown in FIG. 34 . Move the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 to the first driving position so that the washing bin cover 270 moves to the closed position shown in FIG. description of. This moment, the cooking cavity between the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2 is closed.
  • closing the washing material compartment cover 270 can prevent the heat from being taken away by a large amount of steam, and can quickly heat up the cooking cavity in the early stage; and when the water boils, avoid foam overflowing into the material washing cavity 211, so that after cooking, washing Stains such as starch remain in the material cavity 211, which affects the user experience.
  • the cooking appliance can be switched from the state shown in FIG. 34 to the state shown in FIG. 32 , that is, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are moved upward to the initial position.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that The washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot remain in the closed position, so it moves downwards to the open position. That is, the resetting of the feeding bin 110, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 is completed. Since the discharge port 212 is opened, the washing cavity 211 can be used as a steam channel during cooking.
  • a separate steam valve can be eliminated, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the pot cover 4, facilitate production and manufacture, and facilitate product miniaturization.
  • Another solution is to perform a reset action directly, that is, to switch the cooking appliance from the state shown in FIG. 39 to the state shown in FIG. 32 .
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move upward to reset.
  • a cooking appliance according to a fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 40 to 46 .
  • the cooking appliance of the fifth embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment, except that the washing bin cover 270 is set to be in an open position in an initial state.
  • the discharge port 212 is normally open. Furthermore, the present embodiment does not provide a holding member and a holding fitting member, thus, the washing bin cover 270 is in an open position in an initial state.
  • the control method of this embodiment is roughly the same as the control method of the first embodiment, the main difference is:
  • the step of preparing for feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards from the open position to the closed position. This realizes that the washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to move to close the discharge port, and the closing action of the washing bin cover 270 is easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the transmission assembly 300 can be avoided from being dirty by washing water. Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience.
  • the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet.
  • the control method also includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force.
  • the washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the open position in the initial state. When it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, the process of performing reset No action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 in the middle. If the material washing bin cover 270 is currently in the closed position, then the washing material bin cover 270 needs to be reset. Performing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the first driving position, for example, directly moving upward to the storage position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the closed position to the open position by gravity to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 .
  • the linear drive device 120 can drive the screw 121 to move, so that the screw 121 can drive the feeding bin 110 to move downward to the first driving position in the second position, and the transmission assembly 300 also moves downward accordingly.
  • the cooking utensil is in the first ready state for feeding.
  • the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the inlet port 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still not connected.
  • F1 increases; in the state shown in FIG. 41, the washing bin cover
  • the force relationship of 270 is F1>G1+G2, where G2 is the same as the initial state same.
  • the rotation driving device 301 drives the transmission main body 310 to rotate, and then the magnetic force between the rotation driving part 322 and the rotation matching part 232 can drive the second mounting base 250 to rotate, and then drive the first mounting base 220 and The agitator 19 on it rotates together to perform washing action.
  • the water level in the washing chamber 211 is lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10 during washing.
  • a separate electromagnetic valve for opening and closing the sewage outlet 213 can be set, and whether to drain water can be directly controlled by directly controlling the opening and closing state of the electromagnetic valve.
  • the water level in the material chamber 211 must be lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe.
  • the washing action when the washing action is completed and the water is intended to be drained, water is first supplied to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10, and the siphon principle is used for drainage. And the highest position of the drainage channel will have a velocity head, thereby forming a full flow of the sewage pipe 10 .
  • the water level in the washing chamber 211 was higher than the water level of the water outlet 114 of the sewage pipe 107.
  • the outlet of the sewage pipe 107 will have a velocity head at this time, which can drain the water in the washing bin. Drainage after washing.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water.
  • clean water can also be added into the material washing cavity 211 after draining for cooking; in this case, G2 is the weight of the material and the clean water after absorbing water.
  • the actions of water supply, washing and draining can be performed repeatedly to realize multiple washings of a single material.
  • the washing bin cover 270 has been positioned at the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, part of the material or part of the material and water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease.
  • the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax, G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water.
  • the rotating drive device 301 can drive the transmission main body 310 to rotate again, so that the stirring member 19 rotates and starts to throw the material, and the material falls rapidly under the action of centrifugal force. Put into the inner pot3. G2 continues to decrease during material rejection.
  • the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are moved to the first driving position to move the washing bin cover 270 to the closed position shown in FIG. 42.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FDG1+G2 Wherein F1 is Flmax, G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water, so that the force of the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced and cannot be kept in the open position, so it moves upward to the closed position.
  • the steam inlet 202 is closed, and the pot cover 4 and the The cooking chamber between the pots 2 is closed.
  • closing the material washing compartment cover 270 can prevent the heat from being taken away by the steam through the steam inlet 202, which can quickly heat up the cooking cavity in the early stage and speed up the cooking speed.
  • the exhaust action can also be selected during cooking, that is, the cooking utensil can be switched from the state shown in FIG. 42 to the state shown in FIG. 40 or FIG. , during this process, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot be kept at the closed position, so it moves downward to the open position.
  • the separate steam valve can be eliminated, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the pot cover 4, facilitate production and manufacture, and facilitate product miniaturization.
  • the washing bin 270 can be closed, that is, switched to the state shown in FIG. 42 , or the washing bin 270 can not be closed, and remain in the state shown in FIG. 40 or FIG.
  • the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot be kept at the closed position, so it moves downward to the open position. That is, the resetting of the feeding bin 110, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 is completed.
  • This solution can ensure the heat preservation effect in the cooking chamber, and can prevent foam from overflowing into the washing chamber 211 when the water boils, so that after cooking, starch and other stains remain in the washing chamber 211, affecting user experience.
  • Another solution is to perform a reset action directly after the state shown in FIG. 46, that is, to switch the cooking utensil from the state shown in FIG. 46 to the state shown in FIG. .
  • the discharge port 212 can also be closed at any time as required.
  • the discharge port 212 needs to be closed, as long as the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly are moved downward to the position shown in FIG. 41, the washing bin cover 270 Then move upwards and close the discharge port 212 thereupon.
  • the discharge port 212 can also be opened as required after the discharge port is closed during the cooking process.
  • water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211 at any stage in the whole washing work.
  • a feeding device that can communicate with the washing chamber 211 can be provided, and the feeding device can not move relative to the storage bin 13 , and a feeding member such as a rotating screw is arranged in the feeding device to supply materials to the washing chamber 211 .
  • a feeding member such as a rotating screw is arranged in the feeding device to supply materials to the washing chamber 211 .
  • the force relationship mentioned in this article can be understood as the force relationship of the components composed of the washing bin cover 270 and the follower load that moves along a straight line with it.
  • washing bin cover 270 For the sake of brevity, it is simply referred to as the washing bin cover 270; similarly, the description of the magnetic force, force, magnetic force, gravity and other forces used in this article to describe the washing bin cover 270 can be understood as the washing bin cover 270 and its linear movement.
  • Various descriptions of the force of the components constituted by the dynamic load for the sake of brevity, simply use the washing bin cover 270
  • the fact that the washing bin cover 270 is subjected to a magnetic force is understood to mean that the assembly constituted by the washing bin cover 270 and the follower load that moves linearly therewith is subject to a magnetic force.
  • the sequence of steps in the method of the embodiment of the present invention may be adjusted, combined or deleted according to actual needs.

Abstract

A cooking appliance (1) and a control method therefor. The cooking appliance (1) comprises a pot body (2), a pot lid (4) fitting on the pot body (2) in a covering manner, a material washing chamber assembly (200) arranged on the pot lid (4), and a transmission assembly (300), wherein the material washing chamber assembly (200) comprises a material washing chamber lid (270), a mounting base (240) and a fitting member (230); the transmission assembly (300) comprises a transmission main body (310) and a drive member (320); the fitting member (230) and the drive member (320) are both magnetic members; and when the state of the drive member (320) is changed so as to change the magnetic force between the fitting member (230) and the drive member (320), the mounting base (240) partially or completely moves in a straight line or rotates around a first rotation axis relative to the material washing chamber main body (210). The control method at least comprises the following steps: performing feeding to feed a material and water into a material washing cavity via a material inlet (201); performing material washing to wash the material in the material washing cavity (211); performing sewage discharge to discharge sewage from the material washing cavity (211); and performing material dropping, specifically, reducing a first magnetic force between the mounting base (240) and the transmission assembly (300), so that the material washing chamber lid (270) moves downwards from a closing position to an opening position due to gravity, and the washed material falls into the pot body (2).

Description

烹饪 器具和控 制方法 技术 领域 本发 明涉及厨 房用电 器的技术 领域, 具体而言涉及一种 烹饪器 具及其控 制方 法。 背景 技术 已有 的诸 如自动 电饭煲 等烹饪 器具 , 其通常单独设 置有 洗料仓 , 洗料 仓 的底部设 置有 洗料仓 口和封 闭洗料 仓口 的洗料仓 盖。 为了实现洗料 , 会 设 置有搅拌 件。搅拌件 设置于 洗料仓 内,诸如电 机等驱 动装置 能够通 过轴 、 联接 器等机 械连接 结构 与搅拌 件相连 并驱动 其绕轴 线旋转 。 为了实现 洗料 仓 口的打 开和关 闭, 轴、 联接器等机 械连接 结构还 与洗料 仓盖相 连接 , 以 驱动 洗料 仓盖上 下移动 。 由 于洗料 仓盖与 驱动装 置之 间采用 的是机械 传动 方式, 并且机械连接 结构 位于 洗料仓 内, 因此, 这些机械 连接结 构必 然会接触 到洗 料水, 使机 械连 接结构 变脏 , 需要人为清 洗, 用户体验 感较差 。 而且 ,在已有的诸如 电饭煲 等烹饪 器具中,其通常 单独设置 有洗料 装置。 待 烹饪的物料 可以在 洗料装置 中进行 清洗, 以方便用户的使用 。 物料的清洗 过程 一般包括 入料 、 洗料和落料, 执行落料 时需打开 洗料仓盖 , 然而由于洗 料仓 盖与驱动 装置之 间采用 的是机械传 动方式 , 并且机械连接 结构位于 洗料 仓 内, 因此, 洗料仓盖的打开 动作效 率低, 且执行该动 作的结 构复杂 , 需要 人为 清洗, 用户体验感较差 。 因此 , 需要一种烹饪 器具和控 制方法 , 以至少部分地解 决以上 问题。 发明 内容 在发 明内容部 分中引入 了一 系列简化 形式的概 念, 这将在具体 实施方式 部分 中进一 步详细说 明。 本发明的发 明内容部 分并不 意味着要 试图限 定出所 要求 保护的技 术方案 的关键特 征和必要 技术特 征, 更不意味着 试图确定 所要 求保 护的技 术方案的 保护范 围。 为至 少部分地 解决上 述问题 ,本发明提供 了一种烹饪 器具,其包括 锅体、 盖合 于锅体 的锅盖、 设于锅盖 的洗料仓 组件和传 动组件 , 所述 洗料仓组 件包括 : 洗料仓 主体, 所述洗料仓主体 形成具有 排料 口的洗料腔 ; 安装座 , 部分或全部 所述安装 座沿直 线可移 动或相对 于所述 洗料仓 主体 围绕第一 旋转轴 线可旋转 ; 洗料仓 盖, 所述洗料仓 盖设于 所述安 装座并且 可随所 述安装座 一起 移动 ; 以及 配合件 , 所述配合件设 于所述 安装座; 所述 传动组件 包括: 传动主 体; 以及 驱动件 , 所述驱动件设 于所述传 动主体 , 其中 , 所述配合件和 所述驱 动件均为 磁性构件 , 所述配合件 和所述驱 动 件之 间存在磁 力, 当改变所述驱动件 的状态 以改变 配合件和 所述驱动 件之 间 的磁 力时, 部分或全部所述 安装座 沿直线移 动或相对 于所述 洗料仓 主体围绕 所述 第一旋转 轴线旋 转。 根据 本方案 , 通过设置配合件 和驱动 件, 安装座与传 动组件 之间可 以产 生磁 力连接 , 使得可以通过 磁力驱动 部分或 全部安装 座沿直 线移动 或相对于 所述 洗料仓 主体旋转 。 当改变驱动件 的状态 时, 磁力的大小 被改变 , 可以是 增大 或减小 , 或者磁力的有 无被改变 , 可以是从无到 有或从 有到无 。 例如, 洗料 仓盖受 不同大小 的磁力作 用可 以被打开 和关闭 , 由此可以实现排 料口开 合的 动作。 或者, 部分或全部安装座 受磁力 作用可 以旋转 , 以实现洗料或 落 料的 操作。 并且 由于磁 力连接 , 洗料仓组件与传 动组件 之间构成 了无接 触式传动 , 两者 之间不存 在诸如 轴、 联接器等机 械连接 结构, 使得当在 洗料腔 内进行洗 料时 , 洗料水存在于 与传动 组件隔 离开的空 间内, 不接触传动组件 。 由此, 可以 避免洗料 水弄脏 传动组件 。 相对于机械 传动方 式, 无接触式传动 方式无 需对 传动结 构进行清 洗, 这可以提升 用户的体 验感 。 此外, 当用户意欲对洗 料仓 组件进 行清洗 时, 只需将其从锅 盖拆下 即可进行 清洗, 从而可以方便用 户的 使用。 可选 地,所述配合件 包括平 动配合件 ,所述平动配 合件设 于所述安 装座, 所述 驱动件 包括平动 驱动件 , 所述平动驱动 件设于 所述传动 主体, 其中, 所 述平 动配合 件和所述 平动驱 动件均 为磁性构 件, 所述平动配 合件和所 述平动 驱动 件之间 存在磁 力, 当改变所述 平动驱动 件的状 态以改 变平动配 合件和所 述平 动驱动 件之间 的磁力时 , 所述洗料仓盖 在打开所 述排料 口的打开 位置和 盖合 所述排料 口的 关闭位置 之间移动 。 改变平动驱动 件的状 态, 使得磁力的 大小 被改变 , 可以是增大或 减小, 或者磁力 的有无被 改变, 可以是从无到有 或从 有到无 。 洗料仓盖受不 同大小 的磁力作 用可以被 打开和 关闭, 由此可以 实现 排料口开 合的动 作。 可选 地, 所述磁性构 件包括磁 体、 电磁铁、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马 氏体 钢、 奥氏体-铁素体双 相钢中 的至少一 个。 由此, 平动配合件和 平动驱动 件可 以产生永 磁场、 电磁场或受磁场作 用而被 磁化。 可选 地,所述平动 配合件和 所述平动 驱动件 中的至少 一者为磁 体。由此, 平动 配合件和 平动驱 动件均不 带电, 使得在制 造阶段无 需考虑 两者的防 水。 可选 地, 所述平动配合件 为磁体 , 所述平动驱动件 为磁体 、铁、车臬、钻、 铁素 体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢中的 一个; 或者 所述平动 配合件 和所述平 动驱动件 均为磁 体; 或者 所述平动 配合件 为铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素 体双 相钢, 所述平动驱动件为 磁体。 由此 , 在平动配合件 和平动 驱动件均 为磁体 的方案 中, 平动配合件 和平 动驱 动件之 间能够存 在更大 的磁力并 且状态 稳定; 在平动配 合件为铁 、 车臬、 钻 、铁素体钢 、 马氏体钢、奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢 的方案 中, 由于铁、车臬、钻、 铁素 体钢、 马氏体钢 、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢的磁性 不受高 温的影响 , 因此可 以避 免烹饪 时的高温 影响平动 配合件 的磁性 , 使其性能保持不 变。 可选 地, 当改变所述 平动驱 动件的状 态时, 所述洗料仓盖从 所述打开 位 置移 动至所述 关闭位 置; 或者 当改变 所述平动 驱动件 的状态 时, 所述洗料仓盖 从所述 关闭位 置移 动至 所述打开 位置; 或者 当改变 所述平动 驱动件 的状态 时, 所述洗料仓盖 从所述 打开位 置移 动至 所述关 闭位置 以及从所 述关闭位 置移动 至所述打 开位置 。 由此, 可以根 据需 求设置 平动配合 件和平 动驱动件 的位置 和磁极 , 以实现洗料仓盖 的打开 和/或关 闭。 可选 地, 所述传动组 件相对 于所述洗 料仓主 体沿直 线可移动 , 其中当移 动所 述传动 组件时 , 所述洗料仓盖沿 直线移 动以打开 和关闭 排料口 。 由此, 通过 改变平 动配合件 和平动 驱动件之 间的距 离来控制 两者之 间磁力 的大小 , 以使 洗料仓盖 打开和 关闭。 可选 地, 所述平动配 合件和 所述平动 驱动件 中的至 少一者为 电磁铁 , 其 中 当改变所 述电磁铁 的通电 状态后 , 所述洗料仓盖 沿直线移 动以打开 和关 闭 排料 口。 由此, 可以控制电流的 大小、 切断和/或方向来改 变磁力 的大小 和/ 或有 无, 产生磁吸力 和/或磁斥力 以移动洗 料仓盖 。 可选 地, 所述平动驱 动件与 所述平动 配合件 位置相对 应, 并且朝向彼 此 的磁 极相反 或相同 。 由此, 平动驱动件与平 动配合件 之间的 磁力可 以是磁吸 力和 /或磁斥力。 可选 地,所述洗料 仓盖在初 始状态 时位于所 述关闭位 置或所 述打开位 置。 由此 , 在烹饪器具未 工作时 , 排料口可以是常 闭状态 或常开状 态。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 盖设于 所述安装 座的底 部, 并且所述洗 料仓盖在 所 述打 开位置 时位于所 述排料 口的下 方, 所述安装座可 上下移 动。 由此, 可以 设计 洗料仓 盖受到 的磁力与 洗料仓盖 与其相 连的负载 的重力 的关系来 控制洗 料仓 盖的上 下移动。 可选 地, 所述平动驱 动件通 过卡接 、 紧固件连接、 膜内注塑 中的至 少一 种方 式设于 所述传动 主体; 所述平动配合件 通过卡接 、 紧固件连接 、 膜内注 塑 中的至少 一种方 式设于所 述安装座 。 由此, 可以根据需要 选择平 动驱动件 和平 动配合件 的设置 方式。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 组件还 包括: 旋转 配合件 , 所述旋转配合件设 于所述 安装座 ; 以及 搅拌件 , 所述搅拌件位 于所述洗 料腔内并 连接至 所述安装 座,, 所述 安装 座相对 于所述 洗料仓主 体围绕 第一旋转 轴线可旋 转, 所述搅拌 件随所述 安装 座一起相 对于所 述洗料仓 主体围 绕所述第 一旋转 轴线可旋 转; 所述 传动组件 还包括 : 旋转驱 动件 , 所述旋转驱动件设 于所述 传动主体 , 其 中, 所述传动主体相 对于所 述洗料仓 主体 围绕第二旋 转轴线 可旋转; 所述 旋转驱 动件和所 述旋转 配合件为 磁体, 当所述传动主体旋 转时, 在所述 旋转 驱动件 和所述旋 转配合件 之间的 磁力作用 下, 所述搅拌件 旋转。 根据 本方案 , 通过设置旋转配 合件和旋 转驱动 件, 安装座与传 动组件之 间可 以产生磁 力连接 , 使得可以通过 磁力驱动 搅拌件旋 转。 由此, 当在打开 和 关闭洗料仓 盖的情 况下旋转 传动主体 时, 可以实现 洗料和落 料的动作 。 并且 由于磁 力连接, 洗料仓组件与传 动组件之 间构成 了无接触 式传动 , 两者 之间不存 在诸如 轴、 联接器等机械 连接结 构, 使得当在洗料 腔内进 行洗 料时 , 洗料水存在于 与传动组 件隔离 开的空 间内, 不接触传动 组件。 由此, 可以 避免洗料 水弄脏 传动组件 。 相对于机械传 动方式 , 无接触式传动方 式无 需对 传动结构 进行清 洗, 这可以提升用 户的体 验感。 根据 本方案 , 通过设置平动配 合件和平 动驱动 件, 安装座与传 动组件之 间可 以产生磁 力连接 , 使得传动组件 可以带动 洗料仓盖 沿直线 移动。 由此, 传动 组件和 洗料仓盖 能够通过 磁力作用 实现配 合移动 。 当移动传动主体 时, 洗料 仓盖受磁 力作用 可以被打 开和关 闭, 由此可以实现 排料 口开合的动 作。 并且 进一步 实现了洗 料仓组件 与传动 组件之 间的无接触 式传动 。 并且 由于搅拌 件和洗料 仓盖均 连接至安 装座, 使得可以 仅设置一 个用于 驱动 传动主体 旋转的 驱动装置 ,就可以实现 洗料和 落料时甩料 的动作 。由此, 不仅 可以简化 洗料的 操作过程 , 提高洗料的工 作效率 , 而且可以减少驱 动装 置以 及与其连 接的传 动部件 的数量, 有利于 简化产品 的内部结 构, 降低生产 成本 , 提高产品的 自动化水平 。 可选 地, 所述第一旋转 轴线与 所述第二 旋转轴 线共线 。 由此, 搅拌件能 够更 平稳地旋 转。 可选 地, 所述洗料腔构 造成中 心对称 , 所述洗料腔的 中心轴线与 所述第 一旋 转轴线共 线, 和 /或所述洗料腔的形状 为圆筒状 。 由此, 搅拌件能够在洗 料腔 的中心 线处进行 旋转, 洗料效果好 ; 并且洗料仓组 件的整 体结构 紧凑, 有利 于产品 小型化。 可选 地, 所述旋转配合 件沿所 述安装座 的周向 间隔设置 有多个 , 所述旋 转驱 动件沿 所述传动 主体的周 向间隔设 置有多 个。 由此, 安装座在周 向上的 多个 位置均 能够受到 磁力, 从而可以使 安装座 在周向 受到的磁 力平衡 。 可选 地, 多个所述旋转 配合件 的磁性相 同, 并且围绕所 述第一旋 转轴线 中心 对称设 置; 和/或多个所述旋转 驱动件 的磁性相 同, 并且围绕所 述第二旋 转轴 线中心对 称设置 。 由此, 可以使安装座在 周向上 受到的磁 力大小相 等并 受力 均匀, 从而使第 一旋转轴 线与第二 旋转轴 线能够保 持共线 。 可选 地, 多个所述旋转 配合件 沿所述安 装座的 所述周向 均匀设置 ; 和/或 多个 所述旋转 驱动件 沿所述传 动主体 的所述周 向均匀设 置。 由此, 可以使安 装座 在周向上 受到的 磁力大 小相等并 受力均 匀。 可选 地, 多个所述旋转 配合件 围绕所述 第一旋 转轴线非 中心对 称设置; 和/或多个 所述旋 转驱动件 围绕所 述第二旋 转轴线非 中心对 称设置 。 由此, 安 装座 在周向上 受到的 磁力大 小可以不 同, 受力可以不 均匀。 可选 地, 所述第一旋转 轴线偏 离所述 第二旋转 轴线, 且两者之 间的偏 离 距 离小于等 于 20mm o 由此, 可以在安装座 的旋转 在径向上 可以不 受约束的 方案 中, 使安装座平 稳地旋转 。 可选 地,所述旋转 驱动件在 驱动位 置时位 于所述旋 转配合件 的径向 外侧; 由此 , 可以从安装座 的径向外 侧提供使 其旋转 的磁力 。 或者所述旋转驱 动件 在驱 动位置 时位于所 述旋转配 合件的 径向内侧 ; 由此, 可以从安装座 的径向 内侧 提供使其 旋转的 磁力。 或者所述旋 转驱动 件在驱动 位置时 位于所述 旋转 配合 件上方 。 由此, 可以从安装座的 上侧提供 使其旋转 的磁力 。 可选 地, 所述旋转配合 件位于 所述洗料 腔的外 部。 由此, 可以从洗料腔 的外 部提供使 搅拌件 旋转的磁 力, 可以简化洗 料腔内部 的结构 , 增加洗料腔 的容 积。 可选 地, 所述旋转配合 件位于 所述洗料 腔的 内部。 由此, 可以从洗料腔 的 内部提供使 搅拌件 旋转的磁 力, 烹饪器具的 外部结构 简单, 有利于产 品小 型化 。 可选 地, 还包括限位部 件, 所述安装座 围绕所 述限位部 件旋转 , 所述限 位部 件与所述 安装座 彼此相对 的表面抵 接。 由此, 安装座的旋转能够受 到约 束 , 使安装座不偏斜 , 保持围绕轴向 延伸的第 一旋转轴 线旋转 。 可选 地, 所述传动主体 构造成 中心对称 形状, 和/或所述安装 座构造成 中 心对 称形状 。 由此, 可以容易地将旋 转配合件 和旋转驱 动件设 置成中心 对称 或非 对称。 可选 地, 所述安装座 与所述搅 拌件为分 体构件 , 或所述安装座与 所述搅 拌件 成型为一 体件。 由此, 在分体构件的方案 中便于生 产制造 , 在一体件的 方案 中简化装 配过程 。 可选 地, 所述旋转驱 动件在驱 动位置 时与所述 旋转配合 件位置相 对应 , 并且 朝向彼此 的磁极相 反。 由此, 旋转驱动件与旋转 配合件之 间的磁力 为磁 吸力 , 通过磁吸力使 搅拌件旋 转。 所述旋转驱 动件在驱 动位置 时与所述 旋转 配合 件在径 向上错位设 置, 并且朝向彼 此的磁 极相同 。 由此, 旋转驱动件与 旋转 配合件之 间的磁 力为磁斥 力, 通过磁斥力 使搅拌件 旋转。 可选 地, 所述旋转配合 件和所 述平动 配合件均 位于所述 洗料腔 的外部 , 所述 旋转驱动 件在驱 动位置 时位于所 述旋转配 合件的径 向外侧 。 由此, 可以 简化 洗料腔 内部的结 构, 增加洗料腔 的容积, 提高洗料 的单次 处理量, 并且 便于 洗料腔 的清洗。 可选 地, 所述安装座 包括第一 安装座 和与所述 第一安装 座相连 的第二安 装座 , 所述第一安装 座位于所 述第二 安装座 的径向内侧 并相对 于所述 第二安 装座 沿直线 可移动 , 所述搅拌件、 所述洗料仓 盖和所述 平动配 合件设于 所述 第一 安装座 , 所述旋转配合件 设于所 述第二安 装座, 所述第一安装座可 随所 述第 二安装座 旋转。 由此, 旋转配合件在轴向 上的位 置能够保 持不变 , 可以 更方 便基于旋 转配合 件的位置 移动传 动主体 ; 第二安装座能够 带动第一 安装 座一 起旋转但 不影响 第一安装 座的沿 直线移动 。 可选 地, 所述第一安 装座包括 安装座基 部和与 所述安装 座基部相 连的安 装座 筒部, 所述搅拌件和所述 洗料仓 盖设于所 述安装座 基部, 所述安装座筒 部位 于所述 洗料腔的 径向外侧 且其底 部沿周向 间隔设有 座开 口, 所述平动配 合件 设于所 述安装座 筒部的顶 部。由此,在落料 时物料可 以经由座 开口落料 。 平动 配合件 与平动驱 动件之 间可以存 在较小 的距离, 能产生足够大的磁 力使 洗料 仓盖向上 移动。 可选 地, 所述安装座基 部设置 有沿轴 向凸出的 盖安装部 , 所述洗料仓盖 设置 有盖安装 孔, 所述盖安装 部位于 所述盖安 装孔内 , 所述搅拌件连接 至所 述盖 安装部 , 所述洗料仓盖位 于所述搅 拌件与 所述安装 座基部之 间。 由此, 洗料 仓盖能够 限位于 搅拌件与 安装座基 部之 间, 从而限制洗料 仓盖在轴 向上 的移 动。 可选 地, 所述盖安装部 和所述 盖安装孔 的孔壁之 间设置 有安装 密封件。 由此 , 可以密封洗料 仓盖和盖 安装部之 间的间 隙, 提高密封效 果, 进一步避 免漏 水。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 组件还 包括料口 密封件, 所述料口密封件设 置于所 述洗 料仓盖 的外周部 , 当所述洗料仓盖 位于所 述关闭位 置时, 所述料口密封 件在 所述排料 口处与 所述洗料 仓主体抵 接。 由此, 当洗料仓盖位于关 闭位置 时 , 密封洗料仓盖与 洗料仓主 体之间 的间隙 , 避免在洗料时洗 料水从该 间隙 漏 出。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 组件还 包括仓主体 基座, 所述仓主体基座 连接至所 述洗 料仓主体 , 所述第二安装 座支撑 于所述仓 主体基座 并且位 于所述第 一安 装座 的径向 外侧。 由此, 第二安装座能够设于 洗料仓 主体。 可选 地, 所述第一安 装座和所 述第二 安装座中 的一个设 置有座 导向槽 , 所述 座导向槽 在轴向 上延伸 , 所述第一安装座 和所述 第二安装 座中的 另一个 设置 有座导 向部, 所述座导 向部位于 所述座导 向槽内 并对于所 述座导 向槽沿 直线 可移动 。 由此, 一方面使第一安 装座能够 与第二 安装座一 起旋转 , 另一 方 面使第一 安装座可 以保持 沿直线移 动, 避免发生移位 。 可选 地, 所述第二安 装座设置 有面向 上方的座 限位面 , 用于向上支撑所 述第 一安装座 。 由此, 可以限制第一 安装座在 轴向上 的移动位 置, 并且提供 向上 的支撑 力。 可选 地, 所述传动主体 构造成 转盘形状 并且包 括传动顶 壁和与 所述传动 顶壁 相连的传 动侧壁 , 所述传动侧壁 沿竖向延 伸, 所述旋转驱 动件设 于所述 传动 侧壁,所述 平动驱动 件设于 所述传动 顶壁。 由此,传动组件的 结构简单 , 便于 生产制造 。 可选 地, 所述旋转配合 件和所 述平动 配合件均 位于所述 洗料腔 的内部 , 所述 旋转驱 动件在驱 动位置 时位于所 述旋转配 合件的径 向内侧 。 由此, 烹饪 器具 的外部 结构简单 ,有利于产品 小型化;并且传 动组件 的结构可 以更简单 。 可选 地, 所述安装座 包括安装 座基部 和与所述 安装座基 部相连 的安装座 筒部 , 所述安装座筒 部位于所 述洗料 腔内, 所述旋转 配合件设 于所述安 装座 筒部 , 所述洗料仓盖 和所述平 动配合件 设于所 述安装座 基部。 由此, 可以根 据旋 转配合件 和平动 配合件 的位置容 易地设置 旋转驱 动件和平 动驱动件 在传 动主 体上的位 置。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 主体包括 形成接 收槽的槽 体部分 , 所述槽体部分位 于所 述洗料腔 内, 所述传动主 体可接 收于所述 接收槽 , 所述安装座筒部 容纳 所述 槽体部 分并可移 动地设 于所述槽 体部分 。 由此, 可以将传动主体与 洗料 水 隔离开, 避免传动 主体造成 污染而 不易清洗 。 可选 地, 所述搅拌件设 于所述 安装座 筒部。 由此, 搅拌件的位 置不影响 旋转 配合件 和平动配 合件的设 置。 可选 地, 所述安装座基 部的下 侧设置有 径向向 内延伸 的第一^ 扣, 所述 洗料 仓盖设置 有径向 向外延伸 的第二 卡扣, 所述第二卡 扣与所述 第一卡 扣卡 接 , 并且所述安装座 相对于所 述洗料 仓盖可旋 转。 由此, 可以通过卡接 结构 实现 安装座相 对于洗 料仓盖 的旋转。 可选 地, 所述搅拌件 与所述洗 料仓盖构 造成一体 件, 所述洗料仓 盖与所 述安 装座基部 相连。 由此, 洗料仓盖既可以 实现排料 口的封闭 也可以 实现洗 料和 落料时 的甩料动 作。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 还包括 安装支 架和旋转 驱动装置 , 所述旋转驱动 装置 设于所 述安装支 架, 并且其输 出轴与所述 传动主体 相连以 使所述传 动主 体旋 转。 由此, 可以将带电 的旋转驱 动装置设 置于洗料 仓组件 以外的位 置, 方便 用户对 洗料仓组 件的清 洗操作, 并且在洗料仓组件 的制造 阶段无需 考虑 传动 组件的 防水。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 还包括 传动支座 , 所述传动主体 设置有 主体中心 孔 , 所述传动支座位 于所述主 体中心 孔内并与 所述传 动主体相 连, 所述安装 支架 位于所 述传动主 体的上方 并与所 述传动支 座相连 。 由此, 旋转驱动装置 能够 与传动 主体一起 沿直线移 动, 便于设置旋 转驱动 装置与传 动主体之 间的 传动 结构。 可选 地, 所述传动主体 的顶部 设置有 向上凸 出的齿轮部 , 所述齿轮部 围 绕所 述主体 中心孔 , 所述输出轴设置 有传动齿 轮, 所述传动齿 轮与所述 齿轮 部啮 合。 由此, 齿轮传动方 式简单, 传动效率高, 并且占用空 间小。 可选 地, 所述传动支 座设置有 径向向 外延伸的 支座凸 台, 所述传动主体 的顶 部位于 所述支座 凸台和所 述安装 支架之 间。 由此, 可以限制传动主 体相 对于 传动支座 沿直线 的移动 以及使传 动主体容 易地旋转 。 可 选地, 所述洗料仓盖封堵 全部所 述排料 口, 或者所述洗料 仓盖封堵 部 分所 述排料 口。 由此, 洗料仓盖可以根 据设计 需求构造 成自身封 堵排料 口或 与其 他相连 的部件一 起封堵排 料口。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 设于所 述主机 架。 由此, 可以将带电的传 动组件 设置 于洗料仓 组件以 外的位置 , 方便用户对洗 料仓组件 的清洗 操作, 并且在 洗料 仓组件 的制造阶 段无需考 虑传动 组件的 防水。 可选 地, 烹饪器具还 包括排 污组件, 所述洗料仓主体具 有排污 口; 所述 排 污组件包括 排污管 道, 所述锅盖包括 锅盖主 体和与所 述锅盖主 体可拆 卸连 接 的可拆盖 , 部分或全部所述排 污管道可 拆卸或 不可拆卸 地设置 在所述可 拆 盖上 。 由此, 当用户意欲对排 污管道 进行清洗 时, 可以将可拆 盖拆下即 可进 行清 洗, 从而可以方 便用户 的使用。 可选 地, 烹饪器具还 包括带 电装置, 所述带电装置设置 于所述 主机架 , 不设 于所述锅 盖和所 述锅体 。 由此, 可以将带电装置设 置于锅 盖和锅体 以外 的位 置, 方便用户对 锅盖、 洗料仓组件 和锅体 的清洗操 作, 并且在锅盖 和锅 体 的制造阶段 无需考 虑带电装 置的防 水。 可选 地, 所述带电装 置包括用 于驱动 所述传动 组件部分 旋转和 沿直线移 动 的驱动装 置、 主板、 加热装置和显 示板。 可选 地, 储料机构和 送料机构 , 所述锅体位于 所述主机 架的第一 侧, 所 述送 料机构用 于将所 述储料机 构内的食 材输送 至所述洗 料腔,所述储 料机构 、 所述 送料机构 和所述传 动组件 均位于 所述主机 架的所述 第一侧 并位于所 述洗 料仓 组件的上 方还 包括清水箱 和污水 箱, 所述清水箱和 所述污 水箱设于 所述 主机 架的与 所述第一 侧不同 的第二侧 。 由此, 送料机构可以靠 近储料机 构, 占用 空间, 并且可以利用重力 使物料 经由送料 机构 自动进入洗料 腔内 , 不用 额外 诸如送料 泵等驱 动装置和 送料管路 , 降低了成本 ; 烹饪器具的布置 更合 理 , 可以减小产品的 高度, 简化烹饪器具的结 构, 有利于产品 小型化 。 本发 明还提供 了一种 烹饪器具 的控制 方法, 所述烹饪器 具包括锅 体、 洗 料仓 组件和传 动组件 , 所述洗料仓组件 包括洗 料仓主体 、 洗料仓盖和仓 盖安 装座 , 所述洗料仓主 体形成洗 料腔且 具有入料 口和排料 口, 所述洗料仓 盖与 所述 仓盖安装 座相连 并且两者 在打开所 述排料 口的打开 位置和盖 合所述排 料 口的 关闭位 置之间可 移动, 当所述排料 口打开时所 述洗料腔 与所述 锅体连通, 所述 仓盖安装 座与所 述传动组 件之间存 在第一 磁力, 所述控制 方法至少 包括 如下 步骤: 执行 入料, 将物料和 水经由所 述入料 口送入所 述洗料腔 中; 执行 洗料, 对所述洗料 腔内的 物料进行 清洗; 执行 排污, 将所述洗料 腔内的 污水排 出; 以及 执行 落料, 减小所述 第一磁力 , 以使所述洗料 仓盖因重 力从所述 关闭位 置向 下移动 至所述打 开位置 , 并且清洗后的物 料落入 所述锅体 。 根据 本方案 , 可以实现自动入 料、 自动洗料、 自动排污以及 自动落料 , 方便 用户的使 用。 并且借助于 磁力驱 动洗料仓 盖移动 以使排料 口打开 , 可以 容 易地实现 洗料仓盖 的打开动 作, 工作效率 高, 自动化水平高 , 并且可以避 免洗 料水弄脏 传动组 件,减少洗料仓 组件的 清洗工作 量,提升用户 的体验感 。 可选 地, 所述执行入料 步骤 包括增大所 述第一磁 力, 以使所述 洗料仓盖 保持 在所述 关闭位置 。 由此, 洗料仓盖和仓盖 安装座能 够承受较 大的物 料和 水的 重量, 洗料仓盖盖合效果 好, 使洗料腔在 落料之 间保持与锅 体内的 烹饪 腔 隔离开, 避免物料 和水在 落料之前 进入烹饪 腔。 可选 地, 在所述执行入 料步骤 之前还 包括准备 入料步骤 , 增大所述第一 磁力 , 以使所述洗料 仓盖从所 述打开位 置向上 移动至所 述关闭位 置。 由此, 可以 通过磁 力驱动洗 料仓盖移 动以关 闭排料 口。 可选 地, 在所述执行 落料步骤 之后还 包括增大 所述第一 磁力, 以使所述 洗料 仓盖从所 述打开位 置向上 移动至 所述关 闭位置。 由此, 可以通过磁力驱 动洗 料仓盖移 动以关 闭排料 口。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓组 件包括 搅拌件 , 在所述执行洗料 和/或所述执行 落 料步 骤中, 控制所述传 动组件 驱动所述 搅拌件旋 转以进 行洗料和 /或落料时的 甩料 操作 由此 , 传动组件能够驱 动搅拌 件旋转 以实现洗料 和/或落料 时的甩 料动 作。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓组 件包括 搅拌件安 装座, 所述搅拌件设于 所述搅拌 件安 装座并且 两者相 对于所述 洗料仓主 体可旋 转, 在所述执行洗 料和/或所述 执行 落料步骤 中, 所述传动组 件与所 述搅拌件 安装座之 间存在 第二磁力 , 通 过所 述第二磁 力,所述传 动组件驱 动所述搅 拌件安 装座带动 所述搅 拌件旋转 。 由此 , 可以通过磁力 驱动搅拌 件旋转 以实现洗 料和/或落料 时的甩料 动作。 可选 地, 所述第一磁 力通过 电磁铁产生 , 所述控制方法 还包括增 大电流 或接 通电流 以增大所 述第一磁 力; 或者, 所述第一磁 力通过磁体 产生 , 所述 控制 方法还 包括控制 所述传动 组件向 下移动以 增大所述 第一磁 力。 由此, 在 电磁 铁的方案 中, 可以通过改 变电流 的状态 实现洗料仓 盖的关 闭, 在磁体的 方案 中, 可以通过减 小传动组 件与仓 盖安装座 之间的距 离实现 洗料仓盖 的关 闭 。 可选 地, 所述第一磁 力通过 电磁铁产生 , 所述控制方法 还包括 减小电流 或切 断电流 以减小所 述第一磁 力; 或者, 所述第一磁 力通过磁 体产生 , 所述 控制 方法还 包括控制 所述传动 组件向 上移动以 减小所述 第一磁 力。 由此, 在 电磁 铁的方案 中, 可以通过改 变电流 的状态 实现洗料仓 盖的打 开, 在磁体的 方案 中, 可以通过增 大传动组 件与仓盖 安装座之 间的距 离实现 洗料仓盖 的打 开 。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 包括平 动驱动件 , 所述洗料仓组 件包括 平动配合 件 , 所述平动配合件 与所述仓 盖安装座 相连 , 所述平动配合件 和所述平 动驱 动件 为磁性构 件,所述平 动配合件 和所述平 动驱动 件之间存 在所述 第一磁力 由此 , 可以通过磁性 构件产生 用于驱动 洗料仓 盖移动的 磁力, 实现仓盖安装 座与 传动组件 之间的 磁力联接 。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 包括旋 转驱动件 , 所述洗料仓组 件包括旋 转配合 件 , 所述旋转配合件 与所述搅 拌件安 装座相连 , 所述旋转配合 件和所述 旋转 驱动 件均为磁 体,所述旋 转配合件 和所述旋 转驱动 件之间存 在所述 第二磁力 。 由此 , 可以通过磁体 产生用于 驱动搅拌 件旋转 的磁力 , 实现搅拌件安装 座与 传动 组件之 间的磁力 联接。 可选 地, 所述搅拌件 与所述洗 料仓盖相 连, 所述控制方 法包括驱 动所述 洗料 仓盖与所 述搅拌件 一起在 所述打开 位置和 所述关 闭位置之 间移动。 由此 , 可以 同时驱动 洗料仓 盖与搅拌 件一起移 动, 使得可以仅 设置一 个用于驱 动传 动组 件的主体 旋转的 驱动装置 , 就可以实现洗 料和落料 时甩料 的动作 , 简化 产品 的结构 。 可选 地, 所述传动组件 具有对 应于所述 洗料仓 盖的关 闭位置的第 一驱动 位置 和对应 于所述洗 料仓盖的 打开位 置的第二 驱动位置 , 所述控制方法 包括 控制 所述传动 组件移 动至所述 第一驱 动位置以 准备进行 洗料时 的甩料 , 以及 控制 所述传动 组件移 动至第二 驱动位 置以准备 进行落料 时的甩料 。 由此, 在 执行 洗料和 落料的步 骤时都可 以进行 甩料动作 , 可以提高清洗 和落料的 工作 效率 , 且清洗和落料 效果好 ; 并且洗料和落料 时的甩料 动作都 可以通过 磁力 驱动 来实现 , 可以提高产品 的自动化 水平。 可选 地, 所述控制方 法包括控 制所述传 动组件 从所述第 一驱动位 置向上 移动 至所述 第二驱动 位置以减 小所述 第一磁力 , 使得所述洗料 仓盖因重 力从 所述 关闭位 置向下移 动至所述 打开位 置。 由此, 可以直接将传 动组件 由洗料 工位 切换至 落料工作 , 同时能够实现排 料口的 打开, 该切换方 式, 操作动作 少 , 可以提高工作效 率。 可选 地,所述传动 组件还 具有位于 所述第二 驱动位 置上方 的非驱动位 置, 控制 所述传动 组件从 所述第一 驱动位 置向上移 动第一距 离 L1至非 驱动 位置 以减小 所述第一 磁力, 使得所述 洗料仓盖 因重力从 所述关 闭位置向 下移 动至 所述打开 位置; 以及 控制 所述传动 组件从 所述非驱 动位置 向下移动 第二距 离 L2至所述 第二 驱动 位置, 其中所述 第一距 离 L1大于所 述第二距 离 L2。 由此, 仅通过调整 传动 组件的上 下位置 即可实现 两个驱动 位置的 切换,该种切 换方式 易于操作, 并且 通过切换 方式, 不仅可以实现排料 口的打 开以及 洗料工位 和落料工 位之 间的 切换, 可以使洗 料工作过 程顺利 进行, 而且可以使 传动组 件的主体 的高 度较 小, 优化烹饪器 具的结构 。 本发明的控制 方法可 以将传动 组件的 高度设 计成 期望的较 小的尺 寸,可以减小 烹饪器具 的整体 高度,有利于产 品小型化 。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓组 件包括 搅拌件安 装座, 所述搅拌件设于 所述搅拌 件安 装座并且 两者相 对于所述 洗料仓主 体可旋 转, 所述仓盖安 装座与所 述搅 拌件 安装座成 型为一 体件, 所述搅拌件 与所述 洗料仓盖 为分体 构件并两 者相 连或 者所述搅 拌件与 所述洗料 仓盖成型 为一体 件。 由此, 在分体构件的 方案 中便 于生产制 造, 产品设计 自由度高 , 在一体件的方案 中简化 装配过程 。 可选 地, 所述仓盖安装 座与所 述搅拌件 安装座 为分体构 件并独立 设置; 所述 控制方 法还包括 独立地驱 动所述 洗料仓盖 在所述打 开位置 和所述关 闭位 置之 间移动 , 和 /或独立地驱动所述搅拌件 旋转。 由此, 可以单独控制洗料仓 盖的 开关, 单独控制搅 拌件的 旋转, 控制过程 简单。 可选 地, 所述烹饪器 具还包括 送料仓 , 所述送料仓具有 用于传输 固体物 料的 进料通道 , 所述执行入料 步骤包 括控制所 述送料仓 向下移 动至使所 述进 料通 道与所述 洗料腔 连通的配 合位置 , 以将物料送入 所述洗料 腔。 由此, 送 料仓 移动并就 位至下 料工位 (即附加位 置), 可以移动送料仓 而实现 物料的输 送 , 送料效率更高。 可选 地, 所述执行入料 步骤还 包括在物 料传送 完成后将 所述送料 仓向上 移动 至使所述 进料通 道与所述 洗料腔 不连通的 位置。 由此, 可以将送料仓与 洗料 腔在连通 状态与 不连通状 态之间 切换, 使得送料仓 的上下 运动可以 控制 下料 和终止 下料。 可选 地, 所述烹饪器 具还包括 具有进 水通道的 送料仓 , 所述执行入料步 骤 包括经由 所述进水 通道向所 述洗料 腔供水; 由此, 可以向洗料腔内 同时输 送食 材和水 , 这节约了洗料 的工作时 间, 使洗料的工作 效率更 高。 或者所述 烹饪 器具还 包括进水 组件, 所述进水 组件包括 进水管和 水泵, 所述控制方法 包括 控制所述 进水组 件向所述 洗料腔供 水。 由此, 可以便于自动进水 , 方便 用户 的操作 。 可选 地, 所述烹饪器 具还包括 送料仓 , 所述控制方法还 包括控 制所述送 料仓 带动所述 传动组 件一起 沿直线移 动。 由此, 送料仓的移动 可以将传 动组 件就 位至洗料 工位和 落料工位 , 这可以简化洗 料的操作 过程 , 提高洗料的工 作效 率。 可选 地, 所述烹饪器 具包括机 体组件 , 所述送料仓和所 述传动组 件设于 所述 机体组件 , 所述送料仓和 /或所述传动组 件在收 纳位置部 分或全 部收纳于 所述 机体组件 内部; 所述控制方法还 包括在所 述执行入 料步骤 之前, 控制所 述送 料仓带动 所述传 动组件从 收纳位 置向下移 动至配合 位置; 并且/或者所述 控制 方法还 包括在所 述执行 落料步骤之 后, 控制所述送 料仓带 动所述传 动组 件从 配合位 置向上移 动至收纳 位置。 由此 , 可以将送料仓 和传动组 件移动 至初始位 置以部分 或全部 地容纳于 机体 组件的 内部, 预留出洗料 仓组件上 方的空 间, 使洗料仓组件 和/或锅体 的 放置 和拿取 不受空间 的限制 , 更容易操作, 防止送料仓和传动 组件被磕 碰或 损坏 。 可选 地, 在所述执行 落料步骤 之后还 包括: 执行烹饪操 作; 或者, 在循 环执 行 N次 入料、 洗料、 排污和落料步 骤之后执 行烹饪 操作, 其中 N由 用户 选择 的物料 量决定。 由此, 可以单次洗料后直 接烹饪 , 获得较少的饭量 , 或 多次 洗料后再 烹饪 , 获得较多的饭量 。 可选 地, 所述烹饪器 具还包括 虹吸管 道, 所述虹吸管道 与所述 洗料仓主 体 的排污 口连通, 所述执行排 污步骤 包括向所 述洗料腔 供水至 所述洗料 腔内 的水 位高于 所述虹吸 管道的最 高部分 , 以触发虹吸排 水。 由此, 可以利用虹 吸原 理实现 自动排水 , 排水效果更好 , 不用依靠排水 阀排水, 不用单独设置 排水 阀, 减少了生产 制造成本 。 可选 地, 还包括控制旋 转驱动 装置驱 动所述传 动组件 的一部分 旋转。 由 此 , 可以通过控制旋 转驱动装 置而控 制传动组 件的旋转 。 可选 地, 还包括控制 所述传动 组件与 所述旋转 驱动装置 一起上 下移动 。 由此 , 驱动装置更靠 近传动组 件布置 , 便于设置两者传 动结构 。 可选 地, 所述洗料仓 组件包括 保持构件 和保持 配合构件 , 所述保持配合 构件 设于所述 仓盖安 装座, 所述保持构 件和所 述保持配 合构件均 为磁性 构件 并且 两者之 间存在磁 力,以使所述 洗料仓盖 在初始 状态时位 于所述 关闭位置 。 由此 , 通过磁力使排 料口保持 关闭状 态, 使排料口处 于常闭状 态。 当未使用 洗料 腔时, 例如烹饪器具未工 作或烹 饪器具 烹饪时, 排料口可 以保持 关闭, 将锅 体的空 间与外界 隔离, 可以避免 诸如灰 尘、 虫子等异物进 入锅体 , 从而 在 烹饪器具 未工作时 锅体不被 污染保 持干净 , 在烹饪器具烹饪 时锅体里 的食 物不 被污染 并且保温 效果好 , 有利于提高烹饪 效率。 可选 地, 所述磁性构件 包括磁 体、 电磁铁、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马 氏体 钢、 奥氏体-铁素体双 相钢中 的至少一 个。 由此, 磁吸构件可以 产生永磁 场 、 电磁场或受磁场 作用而被 磁化。 可选 地, 还包括在所 述执行排 污步骤之 后向所 述洗料腔 加水以 向所述锅 体加 水。 由此, 可以在排污之 后落料 之前, 或者在落料 过程 中, 或者在落料 之后 经由洗料 腔向锅 体加水 以便进行 烹饪。 可 选地, 所述仓盖 安装座与 所述洗料 仓盖成 型为一体 件, 由此, 洗料仓 盖受 到来 自传动组件 的磁力 , 可以容易地通过 磁力驱动 洗料仓盖 移动。 和/或 所述 仓盖安 装座安装 在所述 洗料仓主 体上。 由此, 在驱动仓盖安装座 移动时 可以 依靠洗料 仓主体 限制仓盖 安装座 的移动距 离, 使洗料仓盖 在设定 行程内 移动 。 附图说 明 本发 明的下 列附图在 此作为 本发明的 一部分 用于理解 本发明 。 附图中示 出 了本发明 的实施例 及其描述 , 用来解释本发 明的原理 。 附图 中: 图 1为根据本发 明的第一 实施方 式的烹饪 器具的 立体图; 图 2为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图, 其中烹饪 器具处于 初始状 态; 图 3为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图 , 其中烹饪器具处 于准备 下料状 态; 图 4为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具 处于下 料状态; 图 5为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于下料完 成和 洗料 状态; 图 6为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于准备落料 状 态; 图 7为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于第一落料 状 态; 图 8为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于第二落料 状 态; 图 9为图 1中所示的烹 饪器具的 截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于落料完 成进 行复 位状态 ; 图 10为图 2中所示 的洗料 系统的一部 分的立 体分解 图; 图 11为图 10中所示 的送料机 构的一部 分的立体 分解 图; 图 12为图 10中所示 的送料机 构的另一 部分的 立体分解 图; 图 13为图 2中所示 的锅盖和 洗料仓组 件的截 面图; 图 14为图 2中所示 的锅盖和 洗料仓组 件的立 体分解 图; 图 15为图 14中所示 的处于倒 置状态 下的锅盖 和洗料仓 主体的 立体图; 图 16为图 14中所示 的第一安 装座和 第二安装 座的立体 分解图 ; 图 17为图 14中所示 的第一安 装座及 其上部件 的立体分 解图; 图 17A为图 13中 A部分的 放大图 ; 图 17B为图 13中 B部分的放 大图; 图 17C为图 2中所示的平 动驱动件 、 旋转驱动件在 驱动位 置时与平 动配 合件 、 旋转配合件的 关系示意 图; 图 18为图 10中所示 的传动组 件的截 面图; 图 19为图 10中所示 的传动组 件的立体 图; 图 20为沿图 18中 B-B线所截 的截面图 ; 图 21为沿图 5中 A-A线所截 的一个 实施例的 截面图 ; 图 22为沿图 5中 A-A线所截 的另一个 实施例 的截面 图; 图 23为才艮据本发明的第二实施 方式的 烹饪器具 的一部分 的截面 图,其中 烹饪 器具处 于初始状 态; 图 24为图 23所示的烹饪 器具的一 部分的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于准 备下 料状态 ; 图 25为图 23所示的烹饪 器具的一 部分的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于落 料状 态; 图 26为沿图 25中 C-C线所截 的截面图 ; 图 27为才艮据本发明的第三实施 方式的 烹饪器具 的一部分 的截面 图,其中 烹饪 器具处 于初始状 态; 图 28为图 27所示的烹饪 器具的一 部分的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于准 备下 料状态 ; 图 29为图 27所示的烹饪 器具的一 部分的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于落 料状 态; 图 30为沿图 29中 D-D线所截 的截面 图; 图 30A为类似 于图 30的另一截面 图, 其中安装座处 于旋转状 态; 图 31为根据本发 明的第 四实施方 式的烹饪 器具的 一部分的 立体图 ,其中 烹饪 器具处 于初始状 态; 图 32为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 初始 状态; 图 33为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 第一 准备下料 状态; 图 34为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 第二 准备下料 状态; 图 35为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 下料 状态; 图 36为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图, 其中烹饪 器具处 于 下料 完成和 洗料状态 ; 图 37为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 准备 落料状 态; 图 38为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 第一 落料状 态; 图 39为图 31中所示的烹 饪器具 的一部分 的截面图 , 其中烹饪器具 处于 第二 落料状 态; 图 40为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于初始状 态; 图 41为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图,其中 烹饪器具处 于第一 准备下 料状 态; 图 42为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图,其中 烹饪器具处 于第二 准备下 料状 态; 图 43为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于下料状 态; 图 44为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图,其中 烹饪器具处 于下料 完成和 洗料 状态; 图 45为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图,其中 烹饪器具处 于准备 落料状 态; 图 46为图 1中所示 的烹饪 器具的截 面图, 其中烹饪器具处 于落料状 态; 图 47为根据本发 明的一种 优选实 施方式 的控制方 法的框图 。 具体 实施方式 在下 文的描述 中, 给出了大 量具体 的细节以 便提供对 本发明 更为彻底 的 理解 。 然而, 对于本领域技 术人员 而言显而 易见的是 , 本发明可以 无需一个 或多 个这些 细节而得 以实施 。在其他的例子 中,为了避免 与本发明 发生混 淆, 对于 本领域公 知的一 些技术特 征未进 行描述 。 为 了彻底理解 本发明 , 将在下列的描 述中提 出详细 的描述。 显然, 本发 明 实施方式 的施行并 不限定 于本领域 的技术 人员所 熟悉的特 殊细节 。 本发明 的较 佳实施 例详细描 述如下 , 然而除了这些 详细描述 外, 本发明还 可以具有 其他 实施方 式。 应予 以注意 的是, 这里所使 用的术语 仅是为 了描述具 体实施 例, 而非意 图限 制根据 本发明 的示例性 实施例 。 如在这里所使用 的, 除非上下 文另外明 确指 出, 否则单数形 式也意 图包括复 数形式 。 此外, 还应当理解的是 , 当在 本说 明书中 使用术语 “包含” 和 /或 “包括 ” 时, 其指明存在所述特征 、 整 体 、 步骤、 操作、 元件和 /或组件, 但不排除 存在或 附加一个 或多个 其他特 征 、 整体、 步骤、 操作、 元件、 组件和 /或它们的组合 。 本发 明中所 引用的诸 如 “第一” 和 “第二 ” 的序数词仅仅是标 识, 而不 具有 任何其 他含义 , 例如特定的顺序 等。 而且, 例如, 术语 “第一部件” 其 本身 不暗示 “第二部件” 的存在, 术语 “第二部件” 本身 不暗示 “第一部件” 的存 在。 需要 说明的是 , 本文中所使 用的术语 “上”、 “下 ”、 “前”、 “后”、 “左 ”、 “右”、 “内 ”、 “外” 以及类似的表述只是为了说 明目的 , 并非限制。 现在 , 将参照附图更 详细地 描述根据 本发明 的示例 性实施例 。 然而, 这 些示 例性实 施例可 以多种不 同的形 式来实施 , 并且不应当被 解释为 只限于这 里所 阐述的 实施例 。 应当理解的是 , 提供这些实施例 是为 了使得本 发明的公 开彻 底且完 整, 并且将这些 示例性 实施例的 构思充分 传达给 本领域普 通技术 人 员。 本 发明提供 了一种 烹饪器具 , 该烹饪器具 内设置有 洗料系统 。 通过该洗 料 系统, 烹饪器具能 够实现全 自动的 进料、 进水、 洗料、 落料等多种功 能。 下 面将结合 附图对 本发明 的烹饪器 具进行详 细地阐述 。 第一 实施方式 图 1至图 22示出了烹饪 器具 1的第一实施方 式, 参考图 1和图 2, 烹饪 器具 1包括机体 组件 11和锅体组件 。 机体组件 11的底部具有底 座 12, 锅体 组件 能够被放 置在底 座 12上并且可以从 底座 12上取下, 以便于将锅体组件 放置 在任何 期望的位 置处, 例如餐桌 上。 锅 体组件 包括锅体 2、 设置在锅体 2中的 内锅 3和盖合在锅体 2上的锅 盖 4。 锅体 2可分离地坐设 于底座 12上。 内锅 3可取 出地放置 在锅体 2中。 锅盖 4可拆卸 地连接在 锅体 2上。 在一个优选实 施方式 中, 锅盖 4可以整体 从锅 体 2拆装 , 从而方便用户 将整个锅 盖 4从锅体 2中取下 并对锅 盖 4进行 清洗 。 当锅盖 4盖合至锅 体 2时, 锅盖 4与内锅 3之间形 成烹饪 空间。 底 座 12上通常 设置有加 热装置 以及为加 热装置供 电的供 电模块 。当锅体 组件 放置在底 座 12上时供电模块 可以向加 热装置 供电,使得加 热装置 可以对 煲体 中的内锅 3进行 加热。 在一个优选实施 方式中 , 加热装置为电磁 加热, 示例 性地, 加热装置可以 包括线圈盘 和盘绕 在线圈盘 上的线 圈, 以使得当通 电 时, 加热装置可 以产生热 量以加 热内锅 3。 可以理解, 在未示出的 其他实 施方 式中,加热 装置也可 以配置 为其他结 构,例如电热 丝加热 等。示例性地 , 该供 电模块 可以为与 外界电 源相适配 的插头 , 插头插接后可 以为加热 装置供 电 , 供电模块也可以配 置为容置 在底座 12中的电池 , 供电模块还可以 是电连 接线 , 该电连接线与 机体组件 11上的其余 供电模 块电连接 。 参 考图 2 -图 9 , 机体组件 11中还设置有储料机构和送料机 构 100。 储料 机构 包括储料 仓 13 , 储料仓 13中可以储存诸如大米 、 小米、 玉米粒、 黑豆、 红豆 、 绿豆等食材的 固体物料 。 储料仓 13具有侧向 出口, 也就是说 , 该出口 设置 在储料仓 13的侧 面, 以便于储料仓 13中的物 料经由 出口流 出。 在图示 实施 方式中 , 该出口设置在 储料仓 13 的下部, 从而可以进一步 便于储料 仓 13 中的物料通过 重力作用 从出口 流出。 储料仓 13 的顶部可以可盖 合地设有 储料 仓盖。 可以打开 储料仓盖 向储料仓 内添加 物料。 继 续参考 图 2 -图 9以及图 12,送料机构 100包括送料 仓 110o送料仓 110 具有 进料 口 111、设置在进料口 111之下的出料 口 112和设置于 进料口 111和 出料 口 112之间的沿竖直 方向延伸 的进料通 道。进料通 道用于输 送固体 物料。 进料 口 111和出料口 112均设置在送料 仓 110的侧壁上。 送料仓 110还具有 进水 口 113、设置在进水口 113之下的出 水口 114和设置于进水 口 113和出水 口 114之间的沿 竖直方向 延伸的 进水通道 。 进水口 113设置在 送料仓 110的 侧壁 上, 出料口 112设置在送料 仓 110的底部。 送料仓 110至少在第一位 置 (例如图 2所示的初 始状态 )和第二位 置 (例如图 3所示的准备 下料状 态) 之 间可移动 。 其中当送料仓 110在第一位 置时, 送料仓 110的进料通 道与出 口 以及洗料仓 组件 200的入料口 201 (下文描述) 不连通。 如 图 4所示 , 送料仓 110还具有 附加位置 , 当送料仓在附加 位置时 , 送 料仓 110的进料 口 111和储料仓 13的出口连 通, 固体物料进入 送料仓的 进料 通道 并通过 出料口 112排出并进入 洗料仓组 件 200的入料 口 201 o送料仓 110 大致 构造为柱 状结构 , 且进料口 111为沿送料仓 110的周向方 向延伸 的弧形 开 口。 送料仓 110在第二位置 (例如图 3所示的 准备下料 状态 )和附加位 置 (如图 4所示 的下料状 态 )之间可移动 , 在第二位置 (例如图 3所示的 准备 下料 状态 )时, 将送料仓 110向下移 动, 所述送料仓 110与储料仓 13的出口 将 由关闭状 态切换为 连通状 态, 即送料仓 110的进料口 111被打开 , 与此同 时 , 送料仓 110的出料口 112也被打开 , 因此, 储料仓 13内的物料可通 过送 料仓 110的进料通 道送入 洗料仓组 件 200内。 洗 料仓组件 如 图 2-9以及图 13-16所示, 烹饪器具 1还包括洗料 仓组件 200, 洗料仓 组件 200设置在锅 盖 4中。 当将锅盖 4从锅体 2上拆卸 下来时 , 洗料仓组件 200 也随之 拆卸下 来, 以便于对洗料 仓组件 200进 行拆洗。 洗料仓组件 200 包括 具有排料 口 212的洗料 仓主体 210, 洗料仓主体 210具有洗料腔 211 , 洗 料腔 211中洗好 的物料可 以经由排 料口 212排出。 洗料仓主体 210还具有入 料 口 201 , 上文中所述的送料仓 110中的 物料可以 经由入料 口 201进入洗料 腔 211 中。 入料口 201位于排料口 212的上方 。 进一步说, 洗料仓主体 210 形成 具有入料 口 201和排料 口 212的洗料腔 21L 洗料仓组件 200包括侧 壁部 6。 侧壁部 6设置在锅盖 4上且形成 洗料仓 主体 210, 侧壁部 6围成具有 排料 口 212的洗料腔 211。 在一个优选实施方式 中 , 侧壁部 6形成为锅 盖 4的一部 分, 也就是说 , 侧壁部 6与锅盖 4为一体 形成 的整体件 。 侧壁部 6可以 设置成 竖直地延 伸, 即使得洗料腔 211上下 同 宽 ,也可以设置 为从上到 下朝向 洗料腔 211的内部倾斜 地延伸 , 即洗料腔 211 下宽 上窄, 以减少物料残留 。 此外, 侧壁部 6的内表 面设置为 光滑表 面, 以 进一 步减少物 料残留 。 洗料仓组件 200还包括设置在 洗料仓 腔内的搅 拌件 19 以及 设置在搅 拌件 19下方的洗料 仓盖 270。 洗料仓盖 270和部分第一安装 座 220 (下文描述)、 搅拌件 19、 以及密封件 261 (下文描述)一起盖合 排料口 212O 在 其他实施 方式 中洗料仓盖 270可以 单独盖合 排料口 212, 即仅靠洗料 仓盖 270即可完全 封闭排料 口 212。 洗 料仓盖 270可移动地 设于洗料 仓主体 210, 具体地, 洗料仓盖 270在 打开 排料口 212的打开位 置和盖合 排料 口 212的关闭 位置之 间可移动 。 如图 2-6所 示, 洗料仓盖 270位于上 方, 处于盖合排料 口 212的关闭位 置; 如图 7-9所示 , 洗料仓盖 270移动至 下方, 处于打开排 料口 212的打开位置 , 此时 洗料 腔 211中的物 料可以经 由排料 口 212落入 内锅 3中。 在 图示实施 方式中 ,搅拌件固定 且被支撑 在第一安 装座上 ,洗料仓盖 270 两端 分别与搅 拌件 19和第一安装座 220接触且两端 的轴向 自由度同 时被搅拌 件 19和第一安 装座 220约束, 搅拌件 19与洗料 仓盖 270一起可以在 打开位 置和 关闭位 置之间移 动。搅拌件 19能够相对 于洗料 仓盖 270可旋转。 在未示 出的 其他实施 方式中 , 搅拌件 19也可以 固定地连接 至洗料 仓盖 270, 即洗料 仓盖 270与搅拌件 19一起可 旋转。 也就是说, 在搅拌件 19旋转的时候 , 洗 料仓 盖 270可以旋 转也可 以不旋转 。 在 一个实施 方式中 ,搅拌件 19在进行 洗料以及 甩料操作 时可以 进行旋转 。 优选 地, 搅拌件 19构造成转 盘形状 并且设置 有锥形 的导向面 , 导向面在轴向 上倾 斜并从上 到下沿 搅拌件 19的径 向方向向 外倾斜 。 该方案使得搅拌 件 19 在转 动过程 中, 其上的物料 除了具有 离心力 的作用之 外, 倾斜的导 向面还能 够使 物料更 容易甩 出, 并且倾斜的导 向面还便 于物料 向下滑 动, 可以减少洗 料腔 211内的残 留物料。 传 动组件 在 一个实施 方式中 , 烹饪器具 1还包括传动 组件 300, 传动组件 300能 够沿 直线可移 动。 具体地, 传动组件 300能够与 送料仓 110可接合以 使传动 组件 300随送料 仓 110一起在第一位 置 (如图 2所示)和第 二位置 (如图 3 所示 )之间移动。传动组 件 300能够驱 动洗料仓 组件 200的至少一部 分旋转 , 例如 至少使搅 拌件 19旋转 , 以完成洗料和 /或落料时的甩料的过 程; 并能够 驱动 搅拌件 19与洗料仓 盖 270 —起在打 开位置和 关闭位置 之间移 动,以完成 下料 、 排水的过程。 传 动组件 300设置在储料 机构或 送料机构 100中。尤其地,传动组 件 300 不设 置在锅盖 4上。 该方案通 过将带电 的传动组 件 300设置在锅盖 4以外的 位置 处, 可以减少 锅盖 4上 的部件 , 锅盖结构更 简单, 同时可以方便用 户 对锅 盖 4和洗料 仓组件 200的清洗操 作, 并且该方案 可以使 得在锅盖 4的制 造阶 段无需考 虑传动 组件 300的防水 , 从而简化了制造 过程。 上 述的储料 机构、 送料机构 100、 传动组件 300和洗料仓 组件 200构成 了本 实施方 式的洗料 系统的一 部分。 下 面参照附 图具体描 述送料机 构 100、 传动组件 300与洗料 仓组件 200 之 间的传动 结构。 送料 机构 100可以通过接 触式传动 的方式 与传动组 件 300连接。 传动组 件 300可以通过 磁性构件 产生的 磁力与 洗料仓组 件 200联接, 传动组件 300 与洗 料仓组件 200之 间能够构成 无接触 式传动 。 在该实施方式 中, 洗料仓盖 270 在初始状态 时可以位 于关闭 位置或打 开位置 。 换句话说, 在烹饪器 具 1 未工 作时, 排料口 212可以是常 闭状态或 常开状态 。 在 图示实施 方式中 , 示出了送料机构 100、 传动组件 300与洗 料仓组件 200 之间 的传动结构 的一个 实施方式 。 并且示意性地 示出了排 料口 212为常 闭状 态。 如上 所述, 送料仓 110能够与传 动组件 300一起在第 一位置和 第二位 置 之 间沿直线移 动。 如图 4所示 , 送料仓 110还具有 附加位置 。 送料仓 110在 附加 位置时 更靠近洗 料腔 211。送料仓 110具有用于传输固体 物料的 进料通道, 在第 一位置 和第二位 置时该进 料通道 与储料仓 13和洗料腔 211均不连通 。 当 送料 仓 110移动至附加位 置时, 传动组件 300不随之移动 。 由此, 送料仓 110 在 附加位置 时能够相 对于传动 组件 300伸出并伸 入洗料腔 211 内, 此时送料 仓 110的进料通 道能够与 储料仓 13和洗料腔 211均连通 。 在该实施方式 中, 送料 仓 110相对于传动组件 300具有双段 运动 , 其中一段运动 中, 即从第一 位 置移动 到第二 位置, 以及第二位置 返回到 第一位 置时 , 送料仓 110与传 动组 件 300 —起运动 ; 在另一段运动 中, 即从第二位置 到附加 位置, 以及 从 附加位 置移动 到第二 位置时 , 送料仓 110与传动组 件 300分 离运动 。 送 料仓 110可以 从第二 位置到 附加位 置, 以及从附加位 置移动 到第二 位置 , 使得 送料仓 110可以进入或 离开洗 料腔 211 , 便于实现下料和终止下料 。 洗料 仓组件 200位于传动组 件 300的下方 。当送料仓 110在附加位 置时, 传动 组件 300可以与洗料 仓主体 210的顶表 面抵接 , 使得在送料仓 110从第 二位 置移动 至附加位 置时传动 组件 300能够停止 移动。 在未示出的其他 实施 方式 中, 包括单独的 固定支撑架 , 当送料仓 110在附加位 置时,传动 组件 300 被该 固定支撑 架抵接 , 该固定支撑架可 以是直接 固定在 锅盖 4上的单独 的支 撑架 。 如 图 10至图 12所示, 送料机构 100还可以 包括联动 件 130o联动件 130 设置 于送料仓 110的底部,例如送料 仓 110的底表面设 置有旋 转连接结 构 117 , 联动 件 130设置有与该旋 转连接 结构 117配合的结构 , 旋转联动件 130使其 连接 于旋转 连接结构 117。并且用螺钉将联动件 130固定至旋转 连接结 构 117。 传动 主体 310设置有主 体中心孔 313 , 可以理解, 主体中心孔 313位于传动 主体 310的中心 。 送料仓 110位于主体 中心孔 313内。 联动 件 130位于传动 主体 310的下侧并 设置有 面向上方 的联动 支撑面 131 , 用于 向上支撑 传动组件 300。 借助于联动支撑面 131 , 送料仓 110可以带动传 动组 件 300向上 移动。 对于图示 实施方式 , 传动组件 300可以凭借 自身重力 在送 料仓 110向下移动 时与其一起 向下移 动。 联动支撑面 131可以构造 成在 竖向 方向上倾 斜的斜 面, 图示实施方 式示出 了联动支撑 面 131为呈环形 的锥 形面 , 具体是从上到 下沿联动 件 130的径向方向 向外倾斜 。 由此, 使送料仓 组件 110与传 动组件 300在从分 离状 态移动 到结合 状态时 起到导 向作 用, 能 配合地 更好。 送 料机构 100还包括直 线驱动装 置 120。 直线驱动装置 120能够与 送料 仓 110相连, 用于驱动送 料仓 110沿直线移动 。 具体地, 送料仓 110设置有 沿竖 向延伸 的螺杆孔 115, 送料机构 100还包括 螺杆 121。 螺杆 121能够连接 至直 线驱动装 置 120的输出轴 , 并且位于螺杆孔 115内。 当输出轴旋 转时, 螺杆 121能够在 螺杆孔 115内相对于 送料仓 110移动, 从而使送料 仓 110上 下移 动。 送 料机构 100还包括固定 支架 122、 固定座 123和固定压板 124。 固定支 架 122位于储料 仓 13 内, 并能够连接至储料仓 13 , 例如, 一个示例是, 储 料仓 13的内底 表面可 以设置有 向上延伸 的螺柱 (未示 出), 固定支架 122可 以 间隔地设 置有带通 孔的螺 钉台 126, 螺钉能够穿 过该通孔 而锁 紧至螺柱 , 由此 可以将 固定支架 122安装至储 料仓 13。 固定支架 122能够设置有开 口朝 下的 接收腔 , 直线驱动装置 120连接至 固定支架 122并位于接 收腔 内。 具体 是 , 直线驱动装置 120位于固定座 123的凹腔 内, 固定座 123容纳于接收腔 内 。 凹腔与直线驱动 装置 120的形状相适 配, 以限制直线 驱动装置 120的转 动和 竖向移动 。 固定压板 124位于直线驱 动装置 120的与固定 座 123相反的 一侧 , 即下侧。 固定压板 124可以与固定 座 123相连, 例如固定压板 124和 固定 座 123均设置有螺 孔, 固定支架 122设有向下 延伸的 螺钉柱 127, 螺钉 穿过 固定压板 124和固 定座 123的螺孔而锁 紧至螺钉 柱 127O 螺杆 121的端 部夹 于固定压 板 124和固定座 123之间。 固定支架 122的底部与储 料仓 13的内底表 面之间可 以形成储 料仓 13的 出 口。 该出口位于 固定支架 122的一侧 。 固定支架 122在对应于该 出口的一 侧设 有出口 密封件 125。 出口密封件 125能够 与送料仓 110的侧壁 抵接, 以 避免 物料进入 送料机 构 100内。 固定支架 122还间隔 设置有 沿竖向延伸 的导 向柱 128O 送料仓 110的顶部 间隔地设 置有导向 凸部 116, 导向凸部 116凸出 于送 料仓 110的侧壁。 导向凸部 116位于间 隔设置的 导向柱 128之间并沿 着 导向 柱 128可移动, 以避免送料仓 110在移动的 过程中发 生移位 。 洗料 仓组件 200还包括 洗料仓 配合件 230和安装座 240。 洗料仓配合件 230 可以与 安装座 240相连。 部分或全部安装座 240可以 沿直线可 移动地设 于洗 料仓主体 210。 在图示实施方 式中, 部分安装座 240沿 直线可移 动。 搅 拌件 19位于洗 料腔 211 内并连接至安装座 240, 搅拌件 19随安装座 240一 起相 对于洗料 仓主体 210围绕第一 旋转轴 线 Axl可旋 转。 洗料仓盖 270可以 设于 安装座 240并且随安 装座 240一起沿直线 可移动 。 安装座 240相对于 洗 料仓 主体 210围绕第一旋转 轴线 Axl可旋转。传动组件 300包括传动 主体 310 和洗 料仓驱 动件 320。 传动主体 310能够相对 于洗料仓 主体 210围绕第二旋 转轴 线 Ax2可 旋转。 传动主体 310能够与送 料仓 110可接合并相对 于送料 仓 110可 旋转。 洗料仓驱动 件 320设置 于传动主 体 310, 例如可以通过 螺钉连接 等方 式安装 至传动主 体 310。 洗料 仓配合 件 230与洗料 仓驱动 件 320之间 可以具有 磁力。 当传动主体 旋转 时, 在磁力作用 下, 安装座 240以及其上 的搅拌件 19旋转; 并且当改 变 洗料 仓配合件 230与洗料 仓驱动件 320之间 的磁力时 , 安装座 240沿直线 移 动 以使洗料仓 盖 270打开 和关闭。 传动 主体 310具有使洗料 仓配合件 230与洗料 仓驱动件 320脱离联 动的 非驱 动位置 (例如图 6和图 7所示 的不同落料 状态 )、使洗料仓配合件 230与 洗料 仓驱动件 320联动 的驱动位 置。 其中驱动位 置包括 第一驱动 位置 (例如 图 3至图 5所示 的各状态 )和第二驱 动位置 (如图 8所示的落料 状态 )。 第一 驱动 位置对 应于关 闭位置, 第二驱动位置对 应于打 开位置 , 非驱动位置可 以 是打 开位置 (如图 6和图 7所示的 不同落料 状态 ), 也可以是关闭位置(比如 图 2的初始位 置), 当然在其他实施方 式中, 初始位置可以设 置成打开 位置 。 其 中, 第一位置可 以是非驱 动位置 其包括初 始位置 和中间位 置 (如图 6 和 图 7所示的 不同落料 状态 );第二位置可以是驱动 位置并 包括第一 驱动位置 和第 二驱动位 置。 进一步说 , 当传动主体 310位于第一 位置时 , 洗料仓驱动 件 320与洗料仓 配合件 230脱离联动 。 当传动主体 310位于第二位 置时, 洗 料仓 驱动件 320与洗料仓 配合件 230联动。 中间位置位于初 始位置和 第二驱 动位 置之间 。 需要说明的是 , 为了便于理解 , 图 6和图 9示出 了动作过程 中 的过 渡状态 , 设置洗料仓盖 270的安装座 240在该过渡状 态下受 力不平衡 。 洗料 仓组件 200与传动组 件 300之间构成了无 接触式传 动。 当在洗料腔 211 内进行洗料时 , 洗料水存在于与 传动组件 300 隔离开的空间内, 不接触 传动 组件 300。 由此, 可以避免洗料水弄脏传动组 件 300。 相对于机械传动 方 式 ,无接触式传动 方式无需 对传动结 构进行 清洗,这可以提 升用户 的体验感 。 本 实施方式 , 送料仓 110和传动 组件 300可以产生 同步移动 的行程, 传 动组 件 300和洗 料仓盖 270可以产生 配合移动 , 使得可以仅设 置一个 用于驱 动送 料仓 110移动的驱动装 置,就可 以完成送料 仓 110、传动组件 300和洗料 仓盖 270的三个 直线运动 , 就可以实现送料 仓 110的移动、 排料口 212的开 合的 动作。 并且仅设置一个用 于驱动传 动主体 310旋转 的驱动装 置, 就可以 实现 洗料和 落料时甩料 的动作 。 洗 料仓配合 件 230可以包括平 动配合件 231。 平动配合件 231设于 安装 座 240。 洗料仓驱动件 320可以包括 平动驱动 件 32L 平动驱动件设 于传动 主 体 310。 平动驱动件 321和平 动配合件 231均为磁 性构件 , 两者之间可以存 在磁 力。 当改变平动 驱动件 321的状态 以改变平 动配合件 231和平动 驱动件 321 之间的磁 力时 , 洗料仓盖 270在打 开排料 口 212的打 开位置和 盖合排料 口 212的关闭位 置之间移 动。 传动组件 300和洗料仓 盖 270能够通 过磁力作 用 实现配合移 动。 当移动传动主体 310时, 洗料仓盖 270受磁力作用 可以被 打开 和/或关闭, 由此可以实现排料 口 212开合的动作 。 在一 个实施 方式中 , 当改变平动驱动 件 321的状 态时, 洗料仓盖 270从 打开 位置移动 至关闭 位置。 由此, 借助于平动配合件 231 和平动驱动件 321 之 间的磁力 , 能够实现洗料仓 盖 270的关闭。 在另一个 实施方式 中, 当改变 平动 驱动件 321的状态时 ,洗料仓盖 270从关闭位置移 动至打 开位置。由此 , 借助 于平动 配合件 231和平动驱动 件 321之间的 磁力,能够实现 洗料仓盖 270 的打 开。在图示 实施方 式中, 当改变平动驱 动件 321的状态时, 洗料仓盖 270 从打 开位置 移动至 关闭位置 以及从 关闭位置 移动至打 开位置 。 由此, 借助于 平动 配合件 231和平动 驱动件 321之间的磁 力, 能够同时实现洗料 仓盖 270 的打 开和关 闭。 洗 料仓配合 件 230可以包括旋 转配合件 232O 洗料仓驱动 件 320可以 包 括旋 转驱动件 322。旋转配合件 232设于安装 座 240。 旋转驱动件设于传 动主 体 310, 旋转驱动件和 旋转配合 件 232为磁体。 当传动主体 310旋转 时, 在 旋转 驱动件和 旋转配 合件 232之间的磁力作 用下, 搅拌件 19旋转。 由此, 当 在打 开和关 闭洗料仓 盖 270的情 况下旋转 传动主体 310时, 可以实现 洗料和 落料 的动作 。 磁 性构件可 以包括磁 体、 电磁铁、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥 氏体-铁素体 双相钢 中的至少 一个。 可选地, 磁体可以为永 磁体。 可选地, 平动 配合件 231和平动驱 动件 321中的至少 一者可以 为磁体 。 例如, 平动配 合件 231为磁体 ; 平动驱动件 321为磁体 、 电磁铁、 铁、车臬、钻、铁素体钢、 马 氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢 中的一个 。 一个示例为平动 配合件 231和平 动驱 动件 321均为磁体 , 由此平动配合件 231和平动 驱动件 321之间能够存 在较 大磁力 并且状态 稳定。 另一个示例 为, 平动配合件 231为铁 、 车臬、 钻、 铁素 体钢、 马氏体钢 、 奥氏体-铁素体双相 钢, 平动驱动件 321为磁体。 由于 铁 、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢的磁性不受高温的 影响 , 因此可以避免 烹饪时的 高温影 响平动配合 件 231 的磁性, 使其性能保 持不 变。可选地,平动配 合件 231和平动驱动件 321中的至 少一者为 电磁铁 。 当洗料仓盖 270和搅拌 件 19均设于同 一安装座 240时, 考虑到安 装座 240 旋转会 导致电线 缠绕, 因此, 平动配合件 231和平 动驱动件 321不选择 为 电磁铁。 当洗料仓盖 270和搅 拌件 19设于不 同安装座 240时 , 洗料仓盖 270 的开关与 搅拌件 19的旋转各 自独立 , 平动配合件 231和平动驱动 件 321 可以 选择为 电磁铁。 对 于不包括 电磁铁 的实施方 式, 传动组件 300相对于洗料 仓主体 210沿 直线 可移动 。 当传动组件 300移动以改 变平动配 合件 231和平动驱 动件 321 之 间的磁力 时,洗料仓盖 270在打开排料 口 212的打开位 置和盖合 排料 口 212 的关 闭位置之 间移动 。 对于图示实施 方式, 通过控制传 动组件 300上下移 动 的位 置, 根据磁力和 重力的合 力方向 变化来控 制洗料仓 盖 270的运动方向 , 使其 移动至打 开位置 和关闭位 置。 对 于电磁铁 的实施 方式, 当改变电磁铁的通 电状态后 , 洗料仓盖 270能 够沿 直线移动 以打开 和关闭排 料口 212。 根据设 计需求 , 旋转驱动件 322在驱动 位置时 可以位于 旋转配合 件 232 的径 向外侧 。 可替代地, 旋转驱动件 322在驱动 位置时 可以位于 旋转配合 件 232 的径向 内侧。 可替代地, 旋转驱动件 322在驱动 位置时可 以位于 旋转配 合件 232上方。 洗 料仓组件 200位于 传动组件 300的下 方, 送料仓 110、 洗料仓盖 270 和传 动组件 300均可上下 移动。 平动驱动件 321与平 动配合件 231上下位 置 相对 应, 并且朝向彼 此的磁 极相反或 相同。 当磁极相反时 , 平动驱动件 321 与平 动配合件 231之间 的磁力为 磁吸力 , 通过磁吸力使洗 料仓盖 270移动; 当磁 极相同 时, 平动驱动件 321与平动配 合件 231之间的磁力 为磁斥 力, 通 过磁 斥力使 洗料仓盖 270移动。 对于图示 实施方 式, 平动驱动件 321与平动 配合 件 231朝向彼 此的磁极 相反, 两者之间的磁力 为磁吸力 。 如 图 10所示 ,传动主体 310构造成 转盘形状 并且 包括传动顶 壁 311和与 传动 顶壁 311相连的传 动侧壁 312o 传动侧壁 312沿竖向延伸 , 平动驱动件 321设 置于传 动顶壁 311 , 旋转驱动件 322设置于传动侧 壁 312。 平动驱动件 321 通过卡接 、 紧固件连接 、 膜内注塑中的至 少一种 方式设于 传动主体 310。 图示 实施方 式中的平 动驱动件 321通过 诸如螺钉 等紧 固件可拆卸 地安装 至传 动主 体 310。 传动 主体 310在第一驱 动位置 时的高度低 于其在 第二驱动 位置时 的高度 。 进一 步说, 第一驱动位置位于 第二驱 动位置的 上方。 当传动主体 310位于第 一驱 动位置 时,平动驱动 件 321与平动 配合件 231可以联动 ,旋转驱动件 322 与旋 转配合件 232可以联 动。 当传动主体 310位于第 二驱动位 置时, 平动驱 动件 321与平动 配合件 231脱离联动 , 旋转驱动件 322与旋转配合 件 232联 动 。 对于图示实施方 式, 参见图 8, 当传动主体 310位于第二 驱动位 置时, 平动 驱动件 321与平动配 合件 231之间的磁力 小于洗料 仓盖 270及与其相连 的第 一安装座 220和搅拌件 19的重力 。由此洗料仓 盖 270可以保 持在打 开位 置 。 在本 实施方 式中, 洗料仓配合 件 230能够位于洗料 腔 211的外部, 即旋 转配 合件 232和平动配合 件 231位于 洗料腔 211的外部。 当传动主体 310位 于第 一驱动位 置和第 二驱动位 置时, 旋转驱动 件 322位于 旋转配合 件 232的 径向 外侧。 下 面参考 图 13至图 17描述第一实施 方式的 洗料仓组 件 200的结 构。 如图 13和图 14所示, 安装座 240包括 第一安装 座 220和与 第一安装 座 220相 连的第 二安装座 250o第一安装 座 220位于 第二安装 座 250的径向 内侧 并相 对于第二 安装座 250沿直线可 移动。 搅拌件 19、 洗料仓盖 270和平动配 合件 231可以设于 第一安装 座 220。旋转配合件 232可以设 于第二安 装座 250。 第一 安装座 220可随第二 安装座 250旋转。在该实施 方式中 ,第一安装座 220 是搅 拌件安 装座, 也是仓盖 安装座 , 也就是说, 搅拌件安装 座与仓盖 安装座 成型 为一体件 。 在其他实施 方式中 , 搅拌件安装座 与仓盖安 装座可 以为分体 构件 , 并且独立设置 , 独立运动。 第一 安装座 220可以包括 安装座基 部 221和与安装座基 部 221相连的安 装座 筒部 222。 搅拌件 19和洗料仓盖 270设于安装座 基部 221。 安装座筒部 222位 于洗料 腔 211的径向 外侧, 并且其底部 沿周向 间隔设有 座开口 224, 以 便在 落料时物 料经由 该座开 口 224落入 内锅 3。 平动配合件 231设置于 安装 座筒 部 222的顶 部, 以便平动配合 件 231与平动驱动件 321之间可 以存在较 小的 距离, 能产生足够大的磁 力使洗料 仓盖 270上下移动 。 平动 配合件 231通过卡接 、 紧固件连接 、 膜内注塑中的至 少一种 方式设 于安 装座 240。如图 13所示,平动配合件 231可以预埋 至安装座 筒部 222内, 例如 通过膜 内注塑工 艺成型于 安装座 筒部 222 内。 可替代地, 在未示出的实 施方 式中, 平动配合 件 231也 可以通过 诸如螺钉 等紧 固件可拆卸 地安装 至安 装座 筒部 222。具体地,安装座筒部 222的顶表面设 置有向 下凹陷的 安装槽 , 平动 配合件 231 固定在安装槽 内。 平动配合件 231可以设置有 多个且 为块状 构件 , 或者设置有一 个且为 圆环状构件 等。 对于多个平 动配合件 231 的实施 方式 , 多个平动配合 件 231可以 沿第一安 装座 220的周向间 隔布置, 优选布 置成 环形阵 列。 洗料 仓组件 200还包括 仓主体基 座 217。 仓主体基座 217位于洗料 仓主 体 210 的下方并 与其通 过诸如 紧固连接 等方 式可拆 卸地连接 至洗料 仓主体 210。 第二安装座 250支撑于 位于其 下方的仓 主体基座 217。 旋转配合件 232 可以 设置于 第二安装 座 250的沿竖向延 伸的外 周表面 , 以便旋转配合件 232 与旋 转驱动件 322之 间可以在径 向上存 在较小 的距离, 能产生足够大的磁 力 使安 装座 240旋转。 旋转驱动件 322和旋转配 合件 232可以设置有 多个且 为 块状 构件。 多个旋转 驱动件 322沿传动主 体 310的周 向间隔布 置。 多个旋转 配合 件 232沿第二 安装座 250的周向间 隔布置 。 当传 动组件 300位于驱动 位置时 , 旋转驱动件 322与旋转配合 件 232在 平行 轴向的平 面上的投 影重 叠。 当传动组件 300位于第 一驱动位 置时, 旋转 驱动 件 322与旋转配 合件 232在平行轴向的 平面上的 投影具有 第一重 叠面积 。 当传 动组件 300位于第二 驱动位 置时, 旋转驱动件 322与旋转 配合件 232在 平行 轴向的 平面上 的投影具 有第二 重育面积 。 第一重育面积 可以大 于第二重 叠面 积。 多个旋转驱 动件 322和多个旋转 配合件 232在轴向上 可以均 布置有 一排 或两排 。 例如图示实施方 式, 如图 10和图 14所示, 旋转驱动件 322和 旋转 配合件 232在轴向 上可以 均布置有 一排, 并且均可 以构造成 长条形 , 即 为长 条形构件 。 旋转驱动件 322水平放置 , 旋转配合件 232竖向放置。 洗料 仓主体 210可以还 包括仓主 体顶壁 216、 与仓主体顶壁 216相连的 内侧 壁 214和外侧 壁 215(图 15), 这三者构成上述侧壁部 6。 内侧壁 214位 于外 侧壁 215的径向内侧 并且与 其在径 向上间隔 开。 内侧壁 214围成 洗料腔 21L 第二 安装座 250和安装座 筒部 222位于内侧壁 214与外侧壁 215之间。 第一 安装座 220和第二 安装座 250中的一 个可以设 置有座 导向槽 223 , 座导 向槽 223在轴向 上延伸 , 第一安装座 220和第二安装 座 250中的 另一个可 以 设置 有座导 向部 251 , 座导向部 251位于座导向槽 223 内并相对于座 导向槽 223 沿直线 可移动 。 通过在第一安装 座 220和第二安装 座 250设置 凹凸配合 的导 向结构 , 一方面使第一安 装座 220能够与第二 安装座 250 —起旋转 , 另 一方 面使第 一安装座 220可以保持 沿直线移 动, 避免发生移 位。 洗 料仓组件 还包括 支撑部件 。 支撑部件设于 洗料仓主 体 210o 支撑部件 设置 有面向 上方的座 限位面 252,用于向上支撑 安装座 240 o在本实施方式中, 支撑 部件包括 第二安 装座 250和仓主体基 座 217。 第二安装座 250设置有 面 向上 方的座 限位面 252, 用于向上支撑第一 安装座 220。 仓主体基座 217向上 支撑 第一安装 座 220。 图 16中示出了安装座筒部 222设置有 座导向槽 223 , 第二 安装座 250设置有座导 向部 251。座导向部 251的顶表面为座限 位面 252。 在未 示出的 实施方式 中, 第二安装座 250设置 有座导 向槽 223 , 安装座筒部 222设 置有座 导向部 251。 座导向槽 223的底表面为 座限位 面 252。 可选 地, 安装座筒部 222可以 包括筒部 上部分和 筒部下部 分。 筒部上部 分径 向向外 凸出于筒 部下部分 ,即筒部上 部分的厚 度大于 筒部下部 分的厚度 。 座导 向槽 223可以设于筒 部上部分 , 座开口 224设于筒 部下部分 。 如 图 13、 图 17和图 17A所示 , 为了避免在进行 洗料动作 时漏水 , 洗料 仓组 件 200还包括 料口密封 件 26L料口 密封件 261能够设置于 洗料仓盖 270 的外 周部, 以便随着洗料仓盖 270一起上 下移动 。 当洗料仓盖 270位于关闭 位置 时, 料口密封件 261在排料 口 212处与 洗料仓主 体 210寸氐接。 由此, 洗 料仓 盖 270受到压 力而相对 于第一 安装座 220和搅拌件 19不旋转。 当洗料仓 盖 270位于关闭位 置时 , 料口密封件 261能够密封洗料 仓盖 270与洗料仓主 体 210之间的 间隙, 避免在洗料 时洗料水 从该间 隙漏出 。 当洗料仓盖 270在 关 闭位置且搅 拌件 19旋转时,洗料仓盖 270相对于洗料仓 主体 210保持静止, 即与 洗料仓 主体 210的相 对位置保 持不变 , 不会随搅拌件 19一起旋转。 可以 保证 料口密封 件 261的密封效果 更佳, 洗料仓盖 270盖合更严 密, 避免发生 漏水 的状况 。 洗料 仓盖 270设置于安装 座基部 221的面向洗 料腔 211 —侧, 具体是安 装座 基部 221的上侧。 安装座基 部 221能够相 对于洗 料仓盖 270可旋转。 洗 料仓 盖 270的外周部可 以设置有 径向向 内凹陷的 盖凹槽 273 o 盖凹槽 273呈 环形 。 料口密封件 261的一部分 能够位于盖 凹槽 273内。 在一 个实施方 式中, 如图示实施方式 , 料口密封件 261可以位于 洗料仓 主体 210的下方 。 洗料仓盖 270能够具有盖 支撑面 27L 盖支撑面 271面向 排料 口 212所在侧, 具体是面 向上方。 料口密封件 261能够与盖支 撑面 271 抵接 以提供给 料口密 封件 261向上的支撑 力。 当洗料仓盖 270位于关 闭位置 时 , 料口密封件 261夹于洗料仓 主体 210的底部和盖 支撑面 271之间, 洗料 仓盖 270在盖支撑 面 271处受 到向下 的压力而 相对于洗 料仓主体 210保持静 止 。 在该实施方式 中, 侧壁部 6的底表 面与料 口密封件 261可抵接 , 具体是 内侧 壁 214的底 表面与料 口密封件 261可抵接 。 料口密封件 261受到向下 的 挤压 力。 在未示出的 其他实施 方式中 , 侧壁部 6的 内表面与 料口密封 件 261 可抵 接, 料口密封件 261与侧壁 部 6之间 的摩擦力 可限制洗 料仓盖 270的转 动 。 如 图 17A所示, 洗料仓主体 210的底部设 置有 主体弧 形表面 218, 主 体弧 形表 面 218与料 口密封 件 261可抵接。 洗料仓主体 210的底部 与料口 密封 件 261 之间的接 触面积 会增大 , 有利于两者 之间的抵 接更稳 固, 密封 效果 更佳。 料 口密封件 261为环形构 件并套设 于洗料 仓盖 270的外周部。 洗料仓盖 270 的外周部 可以设 置有径向 向外凸 出的盖凸 台 272。料口密封件 261设置于 盖 凸台 272。 盖凸台 272的上表 面为盖支 撑面 271 , 可以支撑洗料仓盖 270。 安装 座基部 221可以设 置有盖安 装部 263 , 洗料仓盖 270可以设置有 盖 安装 孔 264。 盖安装部 263能够位于盖安 装孔 264内。 盖安装部 263和盖安 装孔 264的孔 壁之间设 置有安装 密封件 262, 以密封安装 座基部 221和洗料 仓盖 270之间 的间隙。 盖安装部 263设置有 径向凹 陷的安装 部凹槽 265 , 安 装 密封件 262位于安装部 凹槽 265内。盖安装孔 264内设置 有抵接 凸台 , 抵 接 凸台设 置有面 向安装 部凹槽 265的座 弧形 表面 274, 以增加安装 密封件 262 与盖安 装孔 264的接触 面积, 提高密 封效果 。 搅拌 件 19能够位 于洗料仓 盖 270的与安 装座基 部 221相反的 一侧,具体 是上 侧。 也就是说, 洗料仓盖 270位于搅拌件 19与安装座 基部 221之间。 搅 拌件 19连接至 盖安装部 263。 搅拌件 19和盖安装 部 263中的一个可 以设置 有连 接凸部 , 两者中的另一个 可以设 置有连接 凹槽 , 连接凸部位于连 接凹槽 内 。 诸如螺钉等紧 固件可以 穿过安装 座基部 221连接至 连接凸部 , 以将搅拌 件 19连接至 安装座基 部 221。 图中示意性地示出了搅 拌件 19设置有连 接凸 部 , 盖安装部 263设置有 连接凹槽 。 如 图示实施方 式中, 洗料仓盖 270、 安装座基部 221、 搅拌件 19以及料 口 密封件 261组合在一起 , 当洗料仓盖 270位于关 闭位置时 ,洗料仓盖 270、 安装 部基部 221、 搅拌件 19以及料口密 封件 261 —起封堵排料 口 212。 当搅 拌件 19和安装座 底部 211 —起旋转时,洗料 仓盖 270和料口密封件 261均不 旋转 , 即与洗料仓主 体 210的相对位 置保持不 变。 可以保证料 口密封件 261 的 密封效果 更佳, 洗料仓盖 270盖合更严 密, 避免发生漏水 的状况 。 可选 地, 可以通过其 他方式封 堵排料 口 212, 比如洗料仓 盖 270单独封 堵排 料 口 212, 或者洗料仓盖 270可以和 密封件、 搅拌件 19、 安装座的其中一个 或 多个一起封 堵排料 口 212。 密封件、 搅拌件 19、 安装座的其中一个 或多个 可 以和洗料 仓盖 270 —起同 步移动, 即一起移动以一 起将排料 口 212打开和 关 闭。 密封件、 搅拌件 19、 安装座的其中一 个或多个 也可 以和洗料仓 盖 270 分开 移动, 以将排料口 212打开和 关闭。 可选 地, 可以仅通过洗料 仓盖 270封堵排料 口 212, 仅通过洗料仓盖 270 就可 以遮盖排 料口 212。 进一步地, 在洗料仓盖 270和洗料仓 主体之 间还可 以设 置密封件 , 通过洗料仓盖 270和 密封件一 起封堵排 料口 212, 密封件可 以设 置在洗料 仓盖 270上, 也可以设在洗料 仓主体 上。 可选 地, 通过洗料仓 盖 270和部分安装 座一起封 堵排料 口 212, 进一步 地 , 还可以包括密封 件, 洗料仓盖 270、 部分安装座和 密封件一 起封堵排 料 口 212。 密封件可以设在洗料仓 盖 270、 部分安装座、 洗料仓主体的 一个或 多 个上 , 以更好的密封 排料口 212。 可以理解的, 此种排料 口 212的封 堵方式 为通 过洗料仓 盖 270打开和关 闭部分排料 口 212, 也属于洗料仓盖 270在打 开所 述排料 口 212的打开位 置和盖合 排料口 212的关闭位置之 间移动 的情况 。 可选 地, 洗料仓盖 270还可以与该 安装座成 型为一体 件。 可选 地,通过洗料仓 盖 270和搅拌件 19一起封 堵排料 口 212,进一步地, 还 包括密封件 , 洗料仓盖 270、 搅拌件 19和密封件一起 封堵排料 口 212, 密 封件 可以设在 洗料仓 盖 270、 搅拌件 19和洗料仓主 体的一 个或多个 上, 以更 好地 密封排料 口 212。 可选 地, 洗料仓盖 270、 搅拌件 19和安装座成型为 一体件 。 可选 地, 通过洗料仓盖 270、 搅拌件 19和安装座 一起封 堵排料 口 212, 进一 步地, 还包括密 封件, 洗料仓盖 270、 搅拌件 19、 安装座和密封件一起 封堵 排料口 212, 密封件可以设 在洗料 仓盖 270、 搅拌件 19、 安装座、 洗料 仓主 体的一个 或多个 上。 可以理解的 , 以上排料口 212的封堵方 式属于通 过 洗料 仓盖 270打开和关 闭部分排 料口 212, 也属于洗料仓盖 270在打 开所述 排料 口 212的打 开位置和 盖合排料 口 212的关闭位置 之间移动 的情况 , 也属 于洗 料仓盖 270打开和关 闭排料 口 212的情况 。 如 图 13和图 17B所示 , 洗料仓盖 270在初始状态 时可以通 过磁力 连接 保持 在关闭位 置。 具体地, 洗料仓组件 200还可 以包括保 持构件 237和保持 配合 构件 238。 保持构件 237能够设置于洗料仓 主体 210。 在未示出的其他实 施方 式中,保持构件 237可以设 置于安装 支撑架 。安装支撑架与锅 盖 4连接 。 该安 装支撑架 可以是 直接固定 在锅盖 4上的单独 的支撑 架。 保持构件 237和 保持 配合构件 238均为磁 性构件 。 保持构件 237和保持 配合构件 238中的至 少一 者为磁体 。例如,保持 构件 237为磁体,保持配 合构件 238为磁体、铁 、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体-铁素体双相钢中 的至少一 个; 保持构 件 237为铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体-铁素体双相钢中的至少 一个 , 保持配合构件 238为磁体 。 在保持构件与保 持配合 构件 238之间的磁 力作 用下, 洗料仓盖 270在初始状态 时保持在 关闭位置 。 由此, 洗料仓盖 270 可以 因保持构 件 237与保持配合构 件 238之间的磁力 而保持关 闭状态 , 当未 使用 洗料腔 211时,例如烹饪 器具 1未工作或烹饪 器具 1烹饪时,排料 口 212 可以 保持关 闭, 将内锅 3的空间与外 界隔离 , 可以避免诸如灰 尘、 虫子等异 物进 入内锅 3 , 从而在烹饪器具 1未工作时 内锅 3不被污染保 持干净 , 在烹 饪器 具 1烹饪时内锅 3里的食 物不被污 染并且保 温效果 好, 有利于提高 烹饪 效率 。 保持 构件 237能够与保持 配合构件 238上下布 置并且朝 向彼此 的磁极相 反 , 从而两者之间的磁 力为磁 吸力。 洗料仓盖 270受到保持 构件 237与保持 配合 构件 238之间的磁吸 力而保持 在关闭位 置。对于图示 实施方 式,如图 17B 所示 , 保持构件 237位于 保持配合 构件 238的上方。 保持构件 237可以预埋 至洗 料仓主体 210内, 例如通过 膜内注塑 工艺成 型于洗料 仓主体 210内。 可 替代 地, 在未示出的 实施方式 中, 保持构件 237也可以通 过诸如 螺钉等 紧固 件可 拆卸地 安装至洗 料仓主体 210。 保持构件 237可以设 于仓主体 顶壁 216。 在 图示实施 方式中 ,保持配合构件 238与平动配合件 231成型为一体件 。 在未 示出的 实施方式 中, 保持配合构件 238与平动 配合件 231为分体构件 。 可选 地,如图 17C所示,平动配合件 231的上端 面可以与 旋转配合 件 232 的侧 端面之 间具有夹 角 a,其中 30° < a < 150°,例如 a为 30。、 50。、 70。、 80。、 90。、 100。、 110。、 120。、 130。、 150。等。 优选地, 85° < a < 95°o 由此平动配 合件 231与旋转 配合件 232产生的磁场 独立, 尽可能不 互相干扰 。 当传动主 体 310在驱动 位置时 , 平动驱动件 321与平 动配合 件 231之 间具有 第一磁 力 , 旋转驱动件 322与旋转 配合件 232之间 具有第 二磁力 , 第一磁力与 第 二磁 力之 间具有 夹角 P,其中 30° < p < 150°,例如 P为 30。、 50。、 70。、 80。、 90。、 100。、 110。、 120。、 130。、 150。等。 优选地, 85° < 3 < 95% 图 17C 示 意性 地示 出了平 动配合 件 231受到 来自平 动驱动 件 321的第一磁 力 Fa, 旋 转 配合件 232受到来 自旋转 驱动件 322的第二 磁力 Fb, Fa与 Fb之 间具有 夹 角 po 如 图 18至图 20所示, 传动组件 300还可以 包括传动 支座 330、 安装支 架 340和旋转驱 动装置 30L 传动支座 330能够位于主 体中心 孔 313 内并与 传动 主体 310相连。 传动主体 310能够相对于 传动支座 330可旋转 。 安装支 架 340位于传动 主体 310的上方并能 够与传动 支座 330相连, 例如可以通 过 诸如 螺钉等 紧固件将 两者连接 在一起 。 旋转驱动装置 301 能够设置于安装 支 架 340, 并且其输出轴 与传动主 体 310相连以使传 动主体 310旋转 。 安装支 架 340向上支撑旋 转驱动 装置 301本实施方式 中, 旋转驱动装 置 301能够 与 传动 主体 310一起沿直线 移动, 使得可以将带电 的旋转驱 动装置 301设置于 锅盖 4以外的位 置。 具体 地, 传动支座 330可以具 有面向 下方的支 座支撑面 332, 支座支撑 面 332用于抵接 联动支 撑面 13L 当送料仓 110在第一位置 与第二位 置之间 移动 时, 支座支撑面 332与联动 支撑面 131抵接, 以使传动组件 300能够平 稳地 移动。 当送料仓 110在第二位置与 附加位 置之间移 动时,支座 支撑面 332 与联 动支撑 面 131分离。 支座 支撑面 332可以与联 动支撑 面 131的形状 相适配 , 例如也可以构造 成在 竖向方 向上倾斜 的斜面 , 可选为例如呈环 形的锥形 面。 传动支座 330可 以设 置有支座 中心孔 331 和径向向外延 伸的支 座凸台 333 O 可以理解, 支座 中心 孔 331位于传动支座 330的中 心。 送料仓 110能够位于支座 中心孔 331 内 , 支座支撑面 332围绕支座中 心孔 331布置。 传动主体 310的顶部能够位 于支 座凸台 333和安装支 架 340之间 , 这可以限制传 动主体 310相对于传 动 支座 330沿直线 的移动。 传动 主体 310的顶部可 以设置有 向上凸 出的齿轮 部 314, 齿轮部 314围 绕支 座中心孔 331并具有 一圈齿 。 输出轴设置有传动 齿轮 302, 传动齿轮 302 的齿 与齿轮部 314的齿 啮合。 图示实施方式示意 性地示 出了输 出轴与齿轮 部 314之 间具有 一个传动 齿轮 302, 然而传动齿轮 302的数量不受 限制, 可以根 据需 要设置 为两个及 以上。 安装 支架 340可以设置 有支架导 向部 341 , 支架导向部 341沿竖向方 向 延伸 。 返回参见图 10, 储料仓 13可以对应设 置有竖向 延伸的 导向壁 102, 导 向壁 102的至少一 部分位 于储料仓 13的内部与 固定支 架 122相连,以将 传动 结构 与储存食 材的空 间隔离开 。 图 10示意性示 出了导 向壁 102与储料仓 13 的底 壁相连 , 一部分位于底壁上 方, 一部分从底壁 向下延伸 。 支架导向部 341 位于 导向壁 102围成的滑 动通道 46内。 安装支架 340可以 包括支架基 部 342 和位 于支架基 部 342上方的支 架立座 343。 支架基部 342可以设置 有与其 一 体成 型的支 架导向部 34L 支架导向部 341 例如可以 包括依次相 连的三 个壁 体 , 支架立座 343位于 这三个 壁体围成 的大致方 形的区 域内。 并且支架 立座 343通 过诸如 螺钉等 紧固件可 拆卸地连 接至支 架基部 342。 旋转驱动装置 301 安装 至支架 立座 343并也位于支 架导向部 341 内。 支架立座 343的中部设 置 有支 筒部, 旋转驱动 装置 301 的输出轴位于支 筒部内。 支筒部的下端寸氐接传 动齿 轮 302, 以限制传动 齿轮 302的轴向移动 。 如图 5、 图 8、 图 21和图 22所示, 第一旋转轴线 Axl可以 与第二旋 转 轴线 Ax2共线 。 洗料腔 211构造成 中心对称 , 例如洗料腔 211的形状可以 为 圆筒 状。洗料腔 211的中心轴线与 第一旋转 轴线 Axl共线。第一旋转 轴线 Axl 和第 二旋转轴 线 Ax2可 以均沿 竖向延伸 。 洗料腔 211的中心轴 线也可 以沿竖 向延 伸。 旋转配合件 232可以沿 安装座 240的周向 间隔设置有 多个 , 具体是 沿第 二安装 座 250的周 向间隔设 置。 旋转驱动件 322沿传动主 体 310的周向 间 隔设置有 多个。 多个旋转 配合件 232的磁性相 同, 并且围绕 第一旋转 轴线 Axl 中心对称设 置。 多个旋转驱 动件 322的磁性相 同, 并且围绕第二 旋转轴 线 Ax2中心 对称设 置。 多个旋转配合 件 232沿安装座 240的周向 均匀设置 ; 多个 旋转驱 动件 322沿传动主体 310的周向 均匀设置 。 由此, 可以使第二安 装座 250在周向上受 到的磁 力大小相 等并受 力均匀 ,从而使第一 旋转轴 线 Axl 与第 二旋转 轴线 Ax2 能够保持 共线。 多个旋转 配合件 232的磁性也可 以不相 同 , 但不同磁性的旋 转配合件 232的数 量需相 等。 优选地, 不同磁性的 旋转 配合 件 232在数量相等 的前提 下还均 匀、 间隔地设置, 比如可以是先设 置一 组第 一磁性 的旋转 配合件 , 再设置一组另一 磁性的旋 转配合 件, 随后再设置 一组 第一磁 性的旋转 配合件 , 接着再设置一 组第二磁 性的旋 转配合 件, 如此 反 复间隔设 置, 保证相邻两 组的旋转 配合件 磁性不 同但数量 相同, 每组磁体 的数 量相 同, 且大于等于 1 , 具体可以根据需要 灵活设置 , 比如数量可 以是 两个 、 三个、 四个、 五个或者六个等 等。 比如旋转配合 件 232的总数量 可以 是 两个且均 匀设置, 其中一个磁体朝外 为 N极 , 另一个磁体朝外 为 S极。 与 此对 应的旋 转驱动件 可以设 置为两个 。 或者如图 22所示 , 旋转配合件共有 4 组 ,每组各有 3个磁体 ,可以将其中一 组 3个磁体 朝外的磁 极都设 置为 N极 , 将相 邻一组 3个磁体朝 外的磁 极都设置 为 S极, 则旋转配合件朝 外的磁极 分 别 为 NNN、 SSS、 NNN、 SSS。 与此相对应的 , 多个与其配合 的旋转驱 动件 322 的磁性也 需不同 , 但数量需相等且 需均 匀、 间隔地设置。 比如在图 22所 示 , 旋转驱动件共 16个, 可以将其设为 4组, 将其中一组 4个磁体 朝外的磁 极都 设置为 N极, 将相邻 4个磁体朝外 的磁极都设 置为 S极, 则旋转驱动件 朝外 的磁极分 别为 NNNN 、 SSSS、 NNNN、 SSSS。 在旋转时, 朝外的磁极为 NNNN 组 旋转驱动 件与朝 外的磁极 为 SSS组 的旋转配合 件配合 产生磁 力, 朝 外 的磁极为 SSSS组的旋转 驱动件 与朝外 的磁极为 NNN 组的旋转 配合件 配合 产生 磁力。 由此, 可以使第二安装座 250在周 向上受到 的磁力 大小相等 并受 力 均匀。 洗料 仓组件 200还可以 包括限位 部件。 安装座 240围绕限位部 件旋转 , 限位 部件与 安装座 240彼此相 对的表 面抵接。 在本实施 方式中 , 第二安装座 250 带动 第一安装 座 220 围绕限位部件旋转 , 限位部件包括 洗料仓 主体 210 的 内侧壁 214和外侧壁 215O 传动 主体 310构造成中 心对称形 状, 具体如上所 述为转盘 形状。 安装座 240 构造成 中心对称 形状。 具体地, 第一安装座 220和第二安装 座 250均为 圆筒 形状。 在本实施方 式中, 如上所述 , 安装座 240与搅拌件 19可以为分体 构件 , 具体是第一安 装座 220与搅拌 件 19为分体构件 , 以便于洗料仓盖 270 的安 装。 如 图 21所示 ,当传动主体 310位于第一驱 动位置和 第二驱动 位置时 即当 旋转 驱动件 322在驱动位 置时, 旋转驱动 件 322与旋 转配合件 232在径向 上 的位 置相对应 , 并且朝向彼此 的磁极相 反。 此时, 旋转驱动件 322与旋转 配 合件 232之间的磁 力为磁 吸力,通过磁吸 力使搅拌 件 19旋转。如图 22所示, 旋转 驱动件 322在驱动位 置时与 旋转配合 件 232在径 向上错位 设置, 并且朝 向彼 此的磁极 相同。 此时, 旋转驱动件 322与旋转 配合件 232之间的 磁力为 磁斥 力, 通过磁斥力 使搅拌件 19旋转。 旋 转驱动件 322沿传动 主体 310的周向间 隔布置有 多个。 传动侧壁 312 具有 在周向上 布置的 多个传动 安装面 315(图 10), 传动安装面 315为平面并 沿竖 向延伸 , 旋转驱动件 322安装至传 动安装面 315。 旋转配合件 232沿传 动主 体 310的周 向间隔布 置有多 个。 第二安装座 250具有在 周向上布 置的多 个座 安装面 253 , 座安装面 253为平面并 沿竖向延 伸, 旋转配合件 232安装 至座 安装面 253。 旋转配合件 232和旋 转驱动件 322中的 一个可 以设置成 一 排 , 两者中的另一个 沿竖向间 隔设置有 两排。 可替代地 , 旋转配合件 232和 旋转 驱动件 322可以均 设置有 一排, 并且两者 中的一个 可以是沿 竖向布 置的 长条 形。 锅盖 返回 参见图 13至图 15 , 锅盖 4包括锅盖主体以 及与锅盖 主体相 连的洗 料仓 主体 210。 锅盖主体与洗料仓主体 210的侧 壁部 6构造成一 体件, 仓主 体基 座 217可拆 卸地连接 至锅盖主 体。 当烹饪器具 1位于 图 2所示的 初始状 态时 , 传动组件 300与锅盖 4上的 洗料仓组 件 200之间 具有间 隔距离, 利用 该 间隔距离 , 用户可以将锅盖 4和锅体 2一起从底座 12上抬起, 并一起从底 座 12取出, 或者用户也可 以仅将锅 盖 4从锅体 2上取下 来, 对洗料腔 211及 搅拌 件 19进行清洗。锅盖 4上设置有与 洗料仓主 体 210的排 污口 213和污 水 箱 48连通 的排污结 构, 用于将洗料 水排至污 水箱 48。 具体地, 排污结构具 有排 污管道 10, 该排污管道 10包括设 置于侧壁 部 6的排 污通道 105和管接 头 106以及排污管 107。排污通道 105连通排污 口 213和管接头 106, 排污管 107 的一端连 接至管接 头 106, 另一端延伸至污水 箱 48。 可 选地, 如图示实施 方式 , 排污管道 10可以包括具有 倒 U形结构 的虹 吸管 道。 作为示例, 排污通道 105可以构造 成倒 U形, 作为虹吸管 道。 管接 头 106的位置位 于侧壁部 6的中部 。 由此, 可以实现虹吸排 水。 可替代地 , 排污 结构可 以构造成排 污口 213的位置 平齐或 高于排污通 道的位 置。 由此, 可以 实现重 力排水。 本实施方式可以 通过水的 高低位差 从洗料 腔 211 自流至 排水 污水箱 48, 避免使用水泵 , 这可以减少烹饪 器具 1内部部件 的数量, 降 低生 产成本 。 可 选地, 还可以采 用其他 的排污方 式, 比如设置单 独的开启 和关闭排 污 口 213的电磁 阀门, 通过直接控 制电磁 阀门的打 开和关 闭的状态 来直接控 制 是否 排水。 可 选地,锅盖 4可以 包括锅盖 主体和与 锅盖主体 可拆卸 连接的可 拆盖(未 示 出)。 部分或全部排污管道 10可拆 卸或不 可拆卸地 设置在可 拆盖上 。 当用 户意 欲对排 污管道 10进行清洗时 , 可以将可拆盖 拆下即可 进行清 洗。 返 回参考 图 1和 图 2, 烹饪器具 1还包括 进水组件 , 用于向洗料腔 211 供水 。 进水组件可以 包括清水 箱 81和进水 管 (未示出)。 清水箱 81的出口能 够通 过进水 管与送料 仓 110的进水口 113连通, 并且两者之 间例如可 以设置 有 电控阀以控 制进水 。清水箱 81内的清水可 以通过水 的高低位 差自流 至送料 仓 110, 或者通过水泵输 送至送 料仓 110o 清水箱 81可拆卸地 设置在 机体组 件 11上, 从而可以方便 用户进行 加水操 作。 清水箱 81靠近储料机 构设置且 位于 污水箱 48的上方 。 进水管可以位 于储料机 构内。 对于设置 水泵的 方案, 水泵 也可以位 于储料 机构内 。 如 图 1和图 2所示, 机体组件 11还包括主机架 101。 锅体 2位于主机架 101 的第一侧。 如上所示, 送料机构 100用于将储料 机构内的 食材输 送至洗 料腔 21L 储料机构、 送料机构 100和传 动组件 300可以均 位于主机 架 101 的第 一侧并位 于洗料 仓组件 200的上方 。 如此布置, 送料机构 100可以靠近 储料 机构, 占用空间, 并且可以利用 重力使物 料经由送 料机构 100 自动进入 洗料 腔 211 内, 不用额外诸如送料泵等 驱动装置 和送料 管路, 降低了成本 , 简化 了烹饪 器具 1的结构, 有利于产品 小型化 ; 传动组件 300可以 从洗料腔 211 的上方驱 动搅拌件 19, 从而可以将 带电的 驱动装置 设置于锅 盖 4以外的 位置 , 方便用户对锅 盖 4和洗料 仓组件 200的清洗操作 。 进 水组件和 排污组件 可以设 置于主机 架 101的与第一侧 不同的第 二侧。 具体 是, 清水箱 81和污水箱 48设于主机架 101的第二侧 。 图 1示出了主机 架 101的第一侧 与第二侧 彼此背 向。 清水箱 81可以 与污水箱 48上下位 置对 应 , 即清水箱 81位于污水 箱 48的正上 方。 清水箱 81内的清 水可以通 过水的 高低 位差 自流至送料 仓, 不用设置增压 的水泵 。 烹 饪器具 1还可以 包括主板和 显示板 。 显示板可以设 于储料机 构, 具体 是储 料仓 13的前侧。 显示板的外侧 可以设 置有控制 面板。 主板可以设 于主机 架 101 内。 主板位于污水箱 48的上 方, 清水箱 81的面 向锅体 2的一侧。 污 水箱 48可以设有 顶部开 口, 以便接收来 自排污管 道 10的污水 和倒水 。 烹饪 器具 1还可以 包括带 电装置。 带电装置设置于主 机架 101 , 不设于 锅盖 4和锅体 2。 带电装置包括用 于驱动传 动组件 300部分旋 转和沿 直线移 动的 驱动装 置、 主板、 加热装置和显 示板等 。 可以将带电装 置设置 于锅盖 4 和锅 体 2以外的位 置, 方便用户 对锅 盖 4、 洗料仓组件 200和锅体 2内 内 锅 的清洗操 作, 并且在锅盖 4和锅体 2的制造 阶段无 需考虑 带电装 置的防 水 。 如上 , 平动配合件和 平动驱动 件之间可 以存在 第一磁 力, 旋转配合件和 旋转 驱动件之 间可以 存在第二 磁力。 平动配合件可以 与仓盖安 装座相连 , 旋 转配 合件与搅 拌件安 装座相连 。 由此,更具体地说仓盖 安装座 与传动组 件 300 之 间可以存在 第一磁 力, 传动组件 300与搅拌件安 装座之 间存在第 二磁力 。 根据 本发明 的另一方 面, 提供了一种控 制方法 。 该控制方法是通 过上述 烹饪 器具的控 制装置 而实现 的。如图 47所示,该控制 方法至 少包括如 下步骤: S1 准备入料 、 S2执行入料 、 S3执行洗料 、 S4执行排污 、 S5执行落料 、 S6 执行 复位等 。 控制装置配置为 控制烹 饪器具执 行上述 步骤。 Cooking Appliance and Control Method Technical Field The present invention relates to the technical field of kitchen appliances, in particular to a cooking appliance and a control method thereof. Background technology Existing cooking utensils such as automatic rice cookers are usually separately provided with a washing bin, and the bottom of the washing bin is provided with a washing bin opening and a washing bin cover for closing the washing bin opening. In order to achieve washing, there will be a stirring piece. The stirring piece is set in the washing bin, and the driving device such as a motor can be connected with the stirring piece through a mechanical connection structure such as a shaft and a coupling and drive it to rotate around the axis. In order to realize the opening and closing of the washing bin mouth, mechanical connection structures such as shafts and couplers are also connected with the washing bin cover to drive the washing bin cover to move up and down. Since the mechanical transmission method is adopted between the washing bin cover and the driving device, and the mechanical connection structure is located in the washing bin, these mechanical connection structures will inevitably come into contact with the washing water, which will make the mechanical connection structure dirty and require manual cleaning. Cleaning, poor user experience. Moreover, in existing cooking utensils such as electric cookers, it is usually provided with a washing device separately. The materials to be cooked can be cleaned in the material washing device for the convenience of users. The cleaning process of materials generally includes feeding, washing and blanking. When performing blanking, the cover of the washing bin needs to be opened. Therefore, the opening action of the washing bin cover is inefficient, and the structure for performing this action is complicated, requiring manual cleaning, and the user experience is poor. Therefore, there is a need for a cooking appliance and a control method to at least partially solve the above problems. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION A series of concepts in simplified form are introduced in the Summary of the Invention, which will be further described in detail in the Part of the Specific Embodiments. The summary of the invention of the present invention does not mean trying to limit the key features and essential technical features of the technical solution claimed, nor does it mean trying to determine the protection scope of the technical solution claimed. In order to at least partly solve the above problems, the present invention provides a cooking utensil, which includes a pot body, a pot cover that fits on the pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly provided on the pot cover, The washing bin assembly includes: a main body of the washing bin, which forms a washing chamber with a discharge port; a mounting seat, part or all of which is movable along a straight line or relative to the washing material The main body of the bin is rotatable around the first axis of rotation; the washing bin cover is arranged on the mounting seat and can move together with the mounting seat; and the matching part is arranged on the mounting seat seat; the transmission assembly includes: a transmission main body; and a driving part, the driving part is arranged on the transmission main body, wherein, the fitting part and the driving part are both magnetic components, and the fitting part and the driving part There is a magnetic force between the parts, when the state of the driving part is changed to change the magnetic force between the matching part and the driving part, part or all of the mounting seat moves in a straight line or around the washing bin body The first axis of rotation rotates. According to this solution, by setting the matching parts and the driving parts, a magnetic force connection can be generated between the mounting base and the transmission assembly, so that part or all of the mounting bases can be driven by magnetic force to move in a straight line or rotate relative to the main body of the washing bin. When the state of the driving member is changed, the magnitude of the magnetic force is changed, which can be increased or decreased, or the presence or absence of the magnetic force is changed, which can be from non-existent to present or from present to non-existent. For example, the cover of the washing bin can be opened and closed under the action of different magnitudes of magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port can be realized. Alternatively, part or all of the mounts can be rotated by magnetic force to realize washing or blanking operations. And due to the magnetic connection, a non-contact transmission is formed between the washing bin assembly and the transmission assembly, and there is no mechanical connection structure such as a shaft or a coupling between the two, so that when washing in the washing chamber, the washing The feed water exists in a space isolated from the transmission components and does not contact the transmission components. In this way, it is possible to prevent the transmission components from being soiled by washing water. Compared with the mechanical transmission method, the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience. In addition, when the user intends to clean the washing bin assembly, he only needs to remove it from the pot cover for cleaning, which is convenient for the user. Optionally, the fitting includes a translation fitting, the translation fitting is arranged on the mounting seat, the driving member includes a translation driving member, and the translation driving member is arranged on the transmission body, Wherein, the translation fitting and the translation driving part are both magnetic components, there is a magnetic force between the translation fitting and the translation driving part, when changing the state of the translation driving part to change Translational fittings and all The wash bin cover moves between an open position that opens the discharge opening and a closed position that closes the discharge opening when the magnetic force between the translational drive members is activated. Changing the state of the translational driving member changes the magnitude of the magnetic force, which can be increased or decreased, or the presence or absence of the magnetic force is changed, which can be from nothing to nothing or from nothing to nothing. The washing bin cover can be opened and closed under the action of different magnitudes of magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port can be realized. Optionally, the magnetic member includes at least one of magnet, electromagnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel. Thus, the translational fitting and translational drive can generate a permanent magnetic field, an electromagnetic field, or be magnetized by a magnetic field. Optionally, at least one of the translation fitting and the translation drive is a magnet. As a result, neither the translation matching part nor the translation driving part is charged, so that the waterproofing of the two does not need to be considered in the manufacturing stage. Optionally, the translation matching part is a magnet, and the translation driving part is a magnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel or the translation fitting and the translation driving part are both magnets; or the translation fitting is iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic- Ferritic duplex steel, the translational drive part is a magnet. Therefore, in the solution where both the translation fitting and the translation driving part are magnets, a greater magnetic force can exist between the translation fitting and the translation driving part and the state is stable; In the scheme of drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel, due to iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic The magnetism of bulk duplex steel is not affected by high temperature, so it can avoid the high temperature during cooking from affecting the magnetism of translational fittings, so that its performance remains unchanged. Optionally, when the state of the translational driving member is changed, the washing bin cover moves from the open position to the closed position; or when the state of the translational driving member is changed, the washing the bin cover moves from the closed position to the open position; or when changing the state of the translation drive, the washing bin cover moves from the open position to the closed position and from the closed position moves to the open position. Thus, the positions and magnetic poles of the translation fitting and the translation drive can be set according to requirements, so as to realize the opening and/or closing of the washing compartment cover. Optionally, the transmission assembly is linearly movable relative to the main body of the washing bin, wherein when the transmission assembly is moved, the washing bin cover moves linearly to open and close the discharge port. Thereby, the magnitude of the magnetic force between the two is controlled by changing the distance between the translation matching part and the translation driving part, so that the washing compartment cover is opened and closed. Optionally, at least one of the translation fitting part and the translation driving part is an electromagnet, wherein when the energization state of the electromagnet is changed, the washing bin cover moves linearly to open and Close the discharge opening. Thus, the magnitude, cutoff and/or direction of the current can be controlled to change the magnitude and/or presence or absence of the magnetic force, and generate magnetic attraction and/or magnetic repulsion to move the washing bin cover. Optionally, the position of the translational driving part and the translational matching part are corresponding, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite or the same. Thus, the magnetic force between the translational driving part and the translational matching part can be a magnetic attraction force and/or a magnetic repulsion force. Optionally, the washing bin cover is in the closed position or the open position in an initial state. Thus, when the cooking appliance is not working, the discharge port can be in a normally closed state or a normally open state. Optionally, the washing bin cover is arranged at the bottom of the mounting base, and the washing bin cover is located below the discharge opening when the washing bin cover is in the open position, and the mounting base can move up and down. Thus, the relationship between the magnetic force on the washing bin cover and the gravity of the load connected to the washing bin cover can be designed to control the up and down movement of the washing bin cover. Optionally, the translational driving part is arranged on the transmission main body through at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-film injection molding; At least one mode of in-film injection molding is provided on the mounting seat. Thus, the arrangement of the translational driving part and the translational matching part can be selected according to needs. Optionally, the washing bin assembly further includes: a rotating fitting, the rotating fitting is arranged on the mounting seat; and a stirring member is located in the washing chamber and connected to the mounting Seat, the installation seat is rotatable around the first rotation axis relative to the main body of the washing bin, and the agitator is rotatable with the installation seat relative to the main body of the washing bin around the first rotation axis ; The transmission assembly further includes: a rotary drive member, the rotary drive member is provided on the transmission main body, wherein, the transmission main body is rotatable around a second rotation axis relative to the washing bin main body; The stirring member and the rotating matching member are magnets, and when the transmission body rotates, the stirring member rotates under the action of the magnetic force between the rotating driving member and the rotating matching member. According to this solution, by setting the rotating fitting and the rotating driving member, a magnetic force connection can be generated between the mounting base and the transmission assembly, so that the stirring member can be driven to rotate by magnetic force. Thus, when the transmission main body is rotated while the cover of the washing bin is opened and closed, the actions of washing and dropping can be realized. And due to the magnetic connection, a non-contact transmission is formed between the washing bin assembly and the transmission assembly, and there is no mechanical connection structure such as a shaft, a coupling, etc. between the two, so that when washing in the washing chamber When washing materials, the washing water exists in the space isolated from the transmission components and does not contact the transmission components. In this way, it is possible to prevent the transmission components from being soiled by washing water. Compared with the mechanical transmission method, the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience. According to this solution, by setting the translation matching part and the translation driving part, a magnetic force connection can be generated between the mounting base and the transmission assembly, so that the transmission assembly can drive the washing bin cover to move in a straight line. Thus, the transmission assembly and the washing bin cover can realize cooperative movement through magnetic force. When the transmission main body is moved, the washing bin cover can be opened and closed by the magnetic force, thereby realizing the action of opening and closing the discharge port. And further realize the non-contact transmission between the washing bin assembly and the transmission assembly. And because both the stirring member and the washing bin cover are connected to the mounting base, only one driving device for driving the rotation of the transmission main body can be provided to realize the action of throwing the material during washing and dropping. Thus, not only can the operation process of washing materials be simplified and the work efficiency of washing materials can be improved, but also the number of driving devices and the transmission parts connected to them can be reduced, which is conducive to simplifying the internal structure of products, reducing production costs and improving the automation level of products . Optionally, the first axis of rotation is collinear with the second axis of rotation. As a result, the stirring member can rotate more smoothly. Optionally, the washing chamber is symmetrical to the center, the central axis of the washing chamber is collinear with the first rotation axis, and/or the washing chamber is cylindrical in shape. Thus, the agitator can rotate at the center line of the washing chamber, and the washing effect is good; and the overall structure of the washing bin assembly is compact, which is conducive to product miniaturization. Optionally, a plurality of rotating fittings are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the mounting seat, and a plurality of rotation driving members are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission main body. Thus, the mounting base can receive magnetic force at multiple positions in the circumferential direction, so that the magnetic force received by the mounting base in the circumferential direction can be balanced. Optionally, the magnetism of the plurality of rotating fittings is the same, and they are arranged symmetrically around the center of the first axis of rotation; Symmetrical setting. In this way, the magnetic force received by the mounting seat in the circumferential direction can be equal and uniform, so that the first rotation axis and the second rotation axis can remain collinear. Optionally, a plurality of the rotating fittings are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the mounting base; and/or a plurality of the rotating driving members are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body. Thus, the magnetic force received by the mounting seat in the circumferential direction can be equal in magnitude and uniform in force. Optionally, a plurality of said rotation fittings are arranged non-centrosymmetrically around said first rotation axis; and/or a plurality of said rotation driving parts are arranged non-centrosymmetrically around said second rotation axis. Therefore, the magnitude of the magnetic force received by the mounting seat in the circumferential direction can be different, and the force can be uneven. Optionally, the first axis of rotation deviates from the second axis of rotation, and the distance between the two is less than or equal to 20mmo Thereby, it is possible to make the mount seat rotate smoothly in a scheme that the rotation of the mount seat can be unconstrained in the radial direction. Optionally, said rotary drive member is located radially outwardly of said rotary fitting in the drive position; thus, the magnetic force to rotate it can be provided from radially externally of the mount. Or the rotary drive member is located radially inward of the rotary fitting in the drive position; thus, the magnetic force to rotate it can be provided from the radially inward side of the mount. Or the rotating drive member is located above the rotating mating member in the driving position. Thereby, a magnetic force to rotate it can be provided from the upper side of the mount. Optionally, the rotating fitting is located outside the washing chamber. Thus, the magnetic force for rotating the agitator can be provided from the outside of the washing chamber, the structure inside the washing chamber can be simplified, and the volume of the washing chamber can be increased. Optionally, the rotating fitting is located inside the washing chamber. Thus, the magnetic force for rotating the stirring member can be provided from the inside of the washing cavity, and the external structure of the cooking utensil is simple, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product. Optionally, a limiting component is also included, the mounting base rotates around the limiting component, and the limiting component abuts against surfaces of the mounting base opposite to each other. Thereby, the rotation of the mounting seat can be constrained so that the mounting seat is not deflected and keeps rotating about the axially extending first rotational axis. Optionally, the transmission body is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape, and/or the mounting base is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape. Thereby, it is possible to easily arrange the rotation fitting and the rotation driving member to be centrally symmetrical or asymmetrical. Optionally, the installation seat and the stirring member are separate components, or the installation seat and the stirring member are integrally formed. Therefore, it is convenient for production and manufacture in the scheme of split components, and the assembly process is simplified in the scheme of one piece. Optionally, the rotating driving part corresponds to the position of the rotating matching part in the driving position, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite to each other. Thus, the magnetic force between the rotating drive member and the rotating matching member is a magnetic attraction force, and the stirring member is rotated by the magnetic attraction force. When the rotary driving part is in the driving position, it is radially offset from the rotary matching part, and the magnetic poles facing each other are the same. Thus, the magnetic force between the rotating drive member and the rotating matching member is a magnetic repulsion force, and the stirring member is rotated by the magnetic repulsion force. Optionally, both the rotating fitting and the translation fitting are located outside the washing chamber, and the rotating driving member is located radially outside of the rotating fitting when in the driving position. Thus, the structure inside the washing chamber can be simplified, the volume of the washing chamber can be increased, the single processing capacity of the washing can be improved, and the cleaning of the washing chamber can be facilitated. Optionally, the mounting base includes a first mounting base and a second mounting base connected to the first mounting base, the first mounting base is located radially inside the second mounting base and opposite to the The second installation seat is movable along a straight line, the stirring member, the washing bin cover and the translation fitting are arranged on the first installation seat, and the rotation fitting is arranged on the second installation seat, The first mount can rotate with the second mount. Thus, the position of the rotating fitting in the axial direction can remain unchanged, and it is more convenient to move the transmission body based on the position of the rotating fitting; the second mounting seat can drive the first mounting seat to rotate together without affecting the position of the first mounting seat Move in a straight line. Optionally, the first mount includes a mount base and a mount barrel connected to the mount base, the agitator and the washing bin cover are provided on the mount base, the mount The seat tube part is located radially outside of the washing chamber and its bottom is provided with seat openings at intervals in the circumferential direction, and the translation fitting is arranged on the top of the mounting seat tube part. As a result, the material can be dropped through the seat opening during blanking. There may be a small distance between the translation matching part and the translation driving part, which can generate enough magnetic force to move the washing compartment cover upward. Optionally, the base of the installation base is provided with a cover installation part protruding in the axial direction, the washing bin cover is provided with a cover installation hole, the cover installation part is located in the cover installation hole, and the stirring member Connected to the cover installation part, the washing bin cover is located between the stirring member and the base of the installation seat. Thus, the washing bin cover can be limited between the agitator and the base of the mounting base, thereby restricting the movement of the washing bin cover in the axial direction. Optionally, an installation seal is provided between the cover installation part and the hole wall of the cover installation hole. As a result, the gap between the washing bin cover and the cover installation part can be sealed, the sealing effect can be improved, and water leakage can be further avoided. Optionally, the material washing bin assembly further includes a material opening seal, the material opening sealing member is arranged on the outer periphery of the material washing bin cover, and when the material washing bin cover is in the closed position, the The material opening seal is in contact with the main body of the washing bin at the discharge opening. Thus, when the washing bin cover is in the closed position, the gap between the washing bin cover and the washing bin main body is sealed to prevent washing water from leaking out of the gap during washing. Optionally, the washing bin assembly further includes a bin body base, the bin body base is connected to the washing bin body, the second mounting base is supported on the bin body base and is located on the radially outward of the first mount. Thus, the second mounting seat can be arranged on the main body of the washing bin. Optionally, one of the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat is provided with a seat guide groove, and the seat guide groove extends in the axial direction, and the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat The other one is provided with a seat guide, the seat guide is located in the seat guide groove and is aligned with the seat guide groove Straight lines are movable. Thus, on the one hand, the first mounting base can rotate together with the second mounting base, and on the other hand, the first mounting base can keep moving along a straight line to avoid displacement. Optionally, the second mounting base is provided with an upward-facing seat limiting surface for supporting the first mounting base upward. Thereby, the moving position of the first installation base in the axial direction can be limited, and an upward supporting force can be provided. Optionally, the transmission main body is configured in the shape of a turntable and includes a transmission top wall and a transmission side wall connected to the transmission top wall, the transmission side wall extends vertically, and the rotation driving member is arranged on the transmission The side wall, the translation drive part is arranged on the transmission top wall. Therefore, the transmission assembly has a simple structure and is convenient for manufacture. Optionally, both the rotating fitting and the translation fitting are located inside the washing chamber, and the rotating driving member is located radially inward of the rotating fitting when in the driving position. Therefore, the external structure of the cooking appliance is simple, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product; and the structure of the transmission assembly can be simpler. Optionally, the mounting seat includes a mounting seat base and a mounting seat barrel connected to the mounting seat base, the mounting seat barrel is located in the washing chamber, and the rotating fitting is arranged on the mounting The seat tube part, the washing bin cover and the translation fitting are arranged at the base of the installation seat. Thereby, the positions of the rotation driving part and the translation driving part on the transmission main body can be easily set according to the positions of the rotation fitting part and the translation fitting part. Optionally, the main body of the washing bin includes a tank part forming a receiving tank, the tank part is located in the washing chamber, the transmission main body can be received in the receiving tank, and the mounting seat cylinder part It accommodates the tank part and is movably arranged on the tank part. Thus, the transmission main body can be isolated from the washing water, so as to prevent the transmission main body from being polluted and difficult to clean. Optionally, the stirring member is arranged on the cylindrical part of the installation seat. As a result, the position of the stirring element does not affect the setting of the rotating and translational fittings. Optionally, the underside of the base of the installation base is provided with a first buckle extending radially inward, and the washing bin cover is provided with a second buckle extending radially outward, and the second buckle It is engaged with the first buckle, and the mounting base is rotatable relative to the material washing bin cover. Thus, the rotation of the mounting base relative to the washing bin cover can be realized through the clamping structure. Optionally, the agitating member and the washing bin cover are constructed as one piece, and the washing bin cover is connected to the base of the mounting base. Thus, the washing bin cover can not only realize the closing of the discharge port but also realize the action of throwing the material during washing and blanking. Optionally, the transmission assembly further includes a mounting bracket and a rotary driving device, the rotary driving device is arranged on the mounting bracket, and its output shaft is connected with the transmission main body so that the transmission main body Body rotation. Thus, the charged rotary drive device can be arranged at a position other than the washing bin assembly, which is convenient for the user to clean the washing bin assembly, and there is no need to consider the waterproofing of the transmission assembly during the manufacturing stage of the washing bin assembly. Optionally, the transmission assembly further includes a transmission support, the transmission main body is provided with a central hole of the main body, the transmission support is located in the central hole of the main body and connected with the transmission main body, the mounting bracket is located on the above the transmission main body and connected with the transmission support. Thus, the rotary driving device can move along a straight line with the transmission main body, which is convenient for setting the transmission structure between the rotary driving device and the transmission main body. Optionally, an upwardly protruding gear part is provided on the top of the transmission main body, and the gear part surrounds the central hole of the main body, and a transmission gear is provided on the output shaft, and the transmission gear meshes with the gear part. Therefore, the gear transmission method is simple, the transmission efficiency is high, and the occupied space is small. Optionally, the transmission support is provided with a support boss extending radially outward, and the top of the transmission main body is located between the support boss and the installation bracket. Thereby, it is possible to restrict the linear movement of the transmission main body relative to the transmission support and to easily rotate the transmission main body. Optionally, the washing bin cover blocks all of the discharge ports, or the washing bin cover blocks part of the discharge ports. Thus, the washing bin cover can be configured to block the discharge opening by itself or block the discharge opening together with other connected components according to design requirements. Optionally, the transmission assembly is arranged on the main frame. Thus, the charged transmission assembly can be arranged at a position other than the washing bin assembly, which is convenient for the user to clean the washing bin assembly, and there is no need to consider the waterproofing of the transmission assembly during the manufacturing stage of the washing bin assembly. Optionally, the cooking appliance further includes a sewage discharge assembly, the main body of the washing bin has a sewage discharge port; the sewage discharge assembly includes a sewage discharge pipe, and the pot cover includes a pot cover main body and a detachable detachable connection with the pot cover main body. A cover, part or all of the sewage pipes are detachably or non-detachably arranged on the detachable cover. Therefore, when the user intends to clean the sewage pipe, the detachable cover can be removed for cleaning, which is convenient for the user. Optionally, the cooking utensil further includes a charging device, and the charging device is arranged on the main frame, but not on the pot cover and the pot body. Thus, the charging device can be arranged at a position other than the pot cover and the pot body, which is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover, the washing bin assembly and the pot body, and there is no need to consider the charging device during the manufacturing stage of the pot cover and pot body. water proof. Optionally, the charging device includes a driving device, a main board, a heating device and a display board for driving the transmission assembly part to rotate and move linearly. Optionally, the storage mechanism and the feeding mechanism, the pot body is located on the first side of the main frame, so The feeding mechanism is used to transport the ingredients in the storage mechanism to the washing chamber, the storage mechanism, the feeding mechanism and the transmission assembly are all located on the first side of the main frame and A fresh water tank and a dirty water tank are also included above the washing bin assembly, and the clean water tank and the dirty water tank are arranged on a second side of the main frame different from the first side. Thus, the feeding mechanism can be close to the storage mechanism, occupying space, and can use gravity to make the material automatically enter the washing chamber through the feeding mechanism, without additional driving devices such as feeding pumps and feeding pipelines, which reduces the cost; The arrangement is more reasonable, the height of the product can be reduced, the structure of the cooking utensil can be simplified, and it is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product. The present invention also provides a control method for a cooking appliance, the cooking appliance includes a pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly, and the washing bin assembly includes a washing bin main body, a washing bin cover and a cover mounting seat , the main body of the washing bin forms a washing chamber and has a material inlet and a discharge port. It can move between the closed position of the discharge port, when the discharge port is opened, the washing chamber communicates with the pot body, and there is a first For magnetic force, the control method includes at least the following steps: performing material feeding, sending materials and water into the material washing chamber through the material inlet; performing material washing, and cleaning the materials in the material washing chamber; perform sewage discharge, discharge the sewage in the washing chamber; and perform blanking, reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity , and the cleaned material falls into the pot. According to this solution, automatic feeding, automatic washing, automatic sewage discharge and automatic blanking can be realized, which is convenient for users to use. And by means of magnetic force to drive the washing bin cover to move to open the discharge port, the opening action of the washing bin cover can be easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the washing water can be avoided from dirtying the transmission components, reducing the washing time. The cleaning workload of the silo components improves the user experience. Optionally, the step of performing feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force, so as to keep the washing bin cover at the closed position. As a result, the washing bin cover and the bin cover mounting seat can bear the weight of relatively large materials and water, and the washing bin cover has a good closing effect, so that the washing chamber is kept separated from the cooking chamber in the pot body during the feeding. , to prevent material and water from entering the cooking cavity before the material is dropped. Optionally, a step of preparing for feeding is also included before the step of performing feeding, increasing the first magnetic force, so that the cover of the washing bin moves upward from the open position to the closed position. Thus, the washing bin cover can be driven magnetically to move to close the discharge opening. Optionally, after the step of performing the dropping, the method further includes increasing the first magnetic force, so that the washing compartment cover moves upwards from the open position to the closed position. Thus, it is possible to magnetically drive The automatic washing hopper cover moves to close the discharge opening. Optionally, the washing bin assembly includes an agitating member, and in the step of performing washing and/or performing discharging, the transmission assembly is controlled to drive the agitating member to rotate for washing and/or discharging. The material throwing operation during feeding Thus, the transmission assembly can drive the stirring member to rotate to realize the material throwing action during washing and/or blanking. Optionally, the washing bin assembly includes a stirring member mounting seat, the stirring member is arranged on the stirring member mounting seat and both are rotatable relative to the main body of the washing bin, and when the washing and/or Or in the step of executing the blanking step, there is a second magnetic force between the transmission assembly and the stirring member mounting base, and through the second magnetic force, the transmission assembly drives the stirring member mounting base to drive the stirring member rotate. Thus, the agitating member can be driven to rotate by magnetic force to realize the action of throwing the material during washing and/or blanking. Optionally, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet, and the control method further includes increasing or turning on a current to increase the first magnetic force; or, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet, and the control The method also includes controlling the transmission assembly to move downward to increase the first magnetic force. Therefore, in the solution of the electromagnet, the closing of the cover of the washing bin can be realized by changing the state of the current, and in the solution of the magnet, the closing of the cover of the washing bin can be realized by reducing the distance between the transmission assembly and the mounting seat of the cover off. Optionally, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet, and the control method further includes reducing the current or cutting off the current to reduce the first magnetic force; or, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet, and the control method It also includes controlling the transmission assembly to move upwards to reduce the first magnetic force. Therefore, in the solution of the electromagnet, the opening of the washing bin cover can be realized by changing the state of the current, and in the solution of the magnet, the washing bin cover can be realized by increasing the distance between the transmission assembly and the cover mounting seat open. Optionally, the transmission assembly includes a translational drive, the washing bin assembly includes a translational fitting, the translational fitting is connected to the bin cover mounting seat, and the translational fitting is connected to the The translation drive part is a magnetic component, and the first magnetic force exists between the translation fitting part and the translation drive part. Therefore, the magnetic component can be used to generate a magnetic force for driving the washing bin cover to move, realizing the bin Magnetic coupling between cover mount and drive assembly. Optionally, the transmission assembly includes a rotating drive member, the washing bin assembly includes a rotating fitting, and the rotating fitting is connected to the mounting base of the stirring member, and both the rotating fitting and the rotating driving member is a magnet, and the second magnetic force exists between the rotating fitting and the rotating driving member. Thus, the magnetic force used to drive the stirring element to rotate can be generated by the magnet, so as to realize the magnetic connection between the stirring element mounting base and the transmission assembly. Optionally, the agitating member is connected to the washing bin cover, and the control method includes driving the washing bin cover together with the agitating member to move between the open position and the closed position. Thus, the washing bin cover and the stirring member can be driven to move together, so that only one driving device for driving the rotation of the main body of the transmission assembly can be provided, so that the action of washing and throwing the material can be realized, simplifying the installation of the product structure. Optionally, the transmission assembly has a first driving position corresponding to the closed position of the material washing bin cover and a second driving position corresponding to the opening position of the material washing bin cover, and the control method includes controlling the The transmission assembly is moved to the first driving position to prepare for material rejection during washing, and the transmission assembly is controlled to move to the second driving position to prepare for material rejection during blanking. Thereby, the action of throwing the material can be performed during the steps of washing and blanking, which can improve the working efficiency of cleaning and blanking, and the effect of cleaning and blanking is good; and the actions of throwing the material during washing and blanking are both It can be realized by magnetic drive, which can improve the automation level of the product. Optionally, the control method includes controlling the transmission assembly to move upwards from the first driving position to the second driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover moves from the The closed position moves down to the open position. Therefore, the transmission assembly can be directly switched from the washing station to the blanking work, and at the same time, the opening of the discharge port can be realized. This switching method requires less operation and can improve work efficiency. Optionally, the transmission assembly also has a non-driving position located above the second driving position, and the transmission assembly is controlled to move upwards from the first driving position to the non-driving position by a first distance L1 to reduce the The first magnetic force causes the washing bin cover to move downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity; and controls the transmission assembly to move downward from the non-driving position by a second distance L2 to the first Two driving positions, wherein the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2. Thus, the switching of the two driving positions can be realized only by adjusting the up and down position of the transmission assembly. This switching method is easy to operate, and through the switching method, not only the opening of the discharge port, the washing station and the blanking station can be realized. Switching between positions can make the washing process go smoothly, and can make the height of the main body of the transmission assembly smaller, optimizing the structure of the cooking utensil. The control method of the present invention can design the height of the transmission assembly to a desired smaller size, can reduce the overall height of the cooking utensil, and is beneficial to product miniaturization. Optionally, the washing bin assembly includes a stirring member mounting seat, the stirring member is arranged on the stirring member mounting seat and both are rotatable relative to the main body of the washing bin, the cover mounting seat and the The stirring member mounting seat is formed as one piece, and the stirring member and the washing bin cover are separate components and connected to each other, or the stirring member and the washing bin cover are formed as one piece. Therefore, in the scheme of split components It is convenient for production and manufacturing, the degree of freedom in product design is high, and the assembly process is simplified in the one-piece solution. Optionally, the cover mounting base and the agitator mounting base are separate components and are set independently; the control method further includes independently driving the washing bin cover to the open position and the closed position between, and/or independently drive the agitator in rotation. Thus, the switch of the washing bin cover and the rotation of the agitator can be independently controlled, and the control process is simple. Optionally, the cooking appliance further includes a feeding bin, the feeding bin has a feeding channel for transporting solid materials, and the step of performing feeding includes controlling the feeding bin to move downward so that the feeding channel A cooperating position communicated with the washing chamber for feeding materials into the washing chamber. As a result, the feeding bin moves and takes its place to the unloading station (that is, an additional position), and the feeding bin can be moved to realize material transportation, and the feeding efficiency is higher. Optionally, the step of performing feeding also includes moving the feeding bin upwards to a position where the feeding channel is not communicated with the washing chamber after the material transfer is completed. Thus, the feeding bin and the washing chamber can be switched between the connected state and the non-communicating state, so that the up and down movement of the feeding bin can control and terminate the feeding. Optionally, the cooking utensil further includes a material feeding bin having a water inlet channel, and the step of performing material feeding includes supplying water to the washing chamber through the water inlet channel; thus, it is possible to simultaneously deliver ingredients and water, which saves the working time of washing materials and makes the work efficiency of washing materials higher. Or the cooking appliance further includes a water inlet assembly, the water inlet assembly includes a water inlet pipe and a water pump, and the control method includes controlling the water inlet assembly to supply water to the washing chamber. Thereby, automatic water intake can be facilitated, and user's operation is convenient. Optionally, the cooking appliance further includes a feeding bin, and the control method further includes controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move along a straight line. Thus, the movement of the feeding bin can put the transmission assembly in place to the material washing station and the material blanking station, which can simplify the operation process of material washing and improve the working efficiency of material washing. Optionally, the cooking appliance includes a body assembly, the feeding bin and the transmission assembly are arranged on the body assembly, and the feeding bin and/or the transmission assembly are partly or completely stored in the body at the storage position Inside the assembly; the control method further includes, before the step of feeding materials, controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move down from the storage position to the mating position; and/or the control method further includes in the After performing the blanking step, the feeding bin is controlled to drive the transmission assembly to move upward from the mating position to the storage position. Thus, the feeding bin and transmission assembly can be moved to the initial position to be partially or completely accommodated inside the body assembly, leaving a space above the washing bin assembly so that the washing bin assembly and/or pot body Placement and access are not limited by space, and are easier to operate, preventing the feeding bin and transmission components from being bumped or damaged. Optionally, after the step of performing the blanking, it also includes: performing a cooking operation; or, performing a cooking operation after performing N times of feeding, washing, draining and blanking steps in a cycle, where N is the amount of material selected by the user Decide. Therefore, it is possible to cook directly after washing the material once to obtain less appetite, or to cook after washing the material multiple times to obtain more appetite. Optionally, the cooking utensil further includes a siphon pipe, the siphon pipe communicates with the drain outlet of the main body of the washing bin, and the performing the draining step includes supplying water to the washing chamber to the inside of the washing chamber. The water level is higher than the highest part of the siphon pipe to trigger siphon drainage. Therefore, the siphon principle can be used to realize automatic drainage, and the drainage effect is better, and there is no need to rely on the drainage valve for drainage, and there is no need to set the drainage valve separately, which reduces the manufacturing cost. Optionally, it also includes controlling a rotation driving device to drive a part of the transmission assembly to rotate. Thereby, the rotation of the transmission assembly can be controlled by controlling the rotary drive. Optionally, it also includes controlling the transmission assembly to move up and down together with the rotary driving device. As a result, the driving device is arranged closer to the transmission assembly, which facilitates the setting of the transmission structure of the two. Optionally, the washing bin assembly includes a holding member and a holding fitting member, the holding fitting member is provided on the cover mounting seat, both the holding member and the holding fitting member are magnetic members and between them There is a magnetic force between them, so that the washing bin cover is in the closed position in the initial state. Thus, the discharge port is kept closed by magnetic force, so that the discharge port is in a normally closed state. When the material washing chamber is not in use, for example, when the cooking utensils are not working or the cooking utensils are cooking, the discharge port can be kept closed to isolate the space of the pot body from the outside world, which can prevent foreign matters such as dust and insects from entering the pot body, thereby improving the cooking time When the appliance is not working, the pot body will not be polluted and kept clean, and the food in the pot body will not be polluted when the cooking appliance is cooking, and the heat preservation effect is good, which is conducive to improving the cooking efficiency. Optionally, the magnetic member includes at least one of magnet, electromagnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel. Thus, the magnetic attraction member can generate a permanent magnetic field, an electromagnetic field, or be magnetized by the action of a magnetic field. Optionally, it also includes adding water to the washing chamber to add water to the pot body after the step of performing the blowdown. Thus, water can be added to the pot body through the washing chamber for cooking after the sewage discharge and before the material is dropped, or during the material being dropped, or after the material is dropped. Optionally, the cover mounting seat and the washing bin cover are formed as one piece, so that the washing bin cover receives the magnetic force from the transmission assembly, and the washing bin cover can be easily driven by the magnetic force to move. And/or the cover mounting seat is installed on the main body of the washing bin. As a result, when the drive housing cover mount moves The moving distance of the cover mounting seat can be limited by the main body of the washing bin, so that the washing bin cover can move within the set stroke. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The following drawings of the present invention are hereby considered as a part of the present invention for understanding the present invention. Embodiments of the present invention and their descriptions are shown in the accompanying drawings to explain the principles of the present invention. In the drawings: FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a cooking appliance according to a first embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 1, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state; Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the unloading state; Fig. 5 is the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1 A cross-sectional view of the utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in the state of completion of feeding and washing; FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. A cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in the first blanking state; FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the second blanking state; FIG. A cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in the reset state after blanking; FIG. 10 is a three-dimensional exploded view of a part of the washing system shown in FIG. 2; FIG. 11 is a part of the feeding mechanism shown in FIG. 10 Three-dimensional exploded view; Figure 12 is a three-dimensional exploded view of another part of the feeding mechanism shown in Figure 10; Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view of the pot cover and washing bin assembly shown in Figure 2; Figure 15 is a perspective view of the pot cover and the main body of the washing bin shown in Figure 14 in an upside-down state; Figure 16 is the first installation shown in Figure 14 The three-dimensional exploded view of the seat and the second mounting seat; Figure 17 is a three-dimensional exploded view of the first mounting seat and its upper parts shown in Figure 14; Figure 17A is an enlarged view of part A in Figure 13; Figure 17B is Figure 13 Enlarged view of part B in; FIG. 17C is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the translational drive and the rotary drive shown in FIG. 2 and the translation and rotation fittings when they are in the driving position; FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10; FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the transmission assembly shown in FIG. 10; FIG. 20 is a sectional view taken along line B-B in FIG. 18; FIG. 21 is a sectional view of an embodiment taken along line A-A in FIG. 5; FIG. 22 is A sectional view of another embodiment taken along line A-A in FIG. 5; FIG. 23 is a sectional view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a second embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state; FIG. 24 is a diagram 23 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil, wherein the cooking utensil is in a state ready for feeding; FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 23, wherein the cooking utensil is in a feeding state; 25, a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C; FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a third embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state; FIG. 28 is a sectional view of the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 27 A cross-sectional view of a part, wherein the cooking utensil is in a state ready for feeding; FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 27, wherein the cooking utensil is in a blanking state; FIG. Cross-sectional view; Figure 30A is another cross-sectional view similar to Figure 30, wherein the mount is in a rotated state; Figure 31 is a perspective view of a part of a cooking appliance according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention, wherein the cooking appliance is in an initial state; 32 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in an initial state; FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in a first ready-to-feed state ; FIG. 34 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31 , wherein the cooking utensil is in a second state ready for feeding; FIG. 35 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in FIG. 31 , wherein the cooking utensil is in Cutting state; Fig. 36 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in the state of completion of feeding and washing; Fig. 37 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in Ready for blanking state; Figure 38 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 31, wherein the cooking utensil is in the first blanking state; Figure 39 is a sectional view of a part of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 31, wherein The cooking utensil is in the second blanking state; Fig. 40 is a sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the initial state; Fig. 41 is a sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Fig. 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the initial state The first ready-for-feeding state; Figure 42 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in a second ready-for-feeding state; Figure 43 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 1, wherein cooking The utensil is in the state of feeding; Figure 44 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 1, wherein the cooking utensil is in the state of completion of unloading and washing materials; Figure 45 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking utensil shown in Figure 1, wherein the cooking utensil The appliance is in a state ready for blanking; Figure 46 is a cross-sectional view of the cooking appliance shown in Figure 1, wherein the cooking appliance is in a blanking state; Figure 47 is a block diagram of a control method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION In the following description, numerous specific details are given in order to provide a more thorough understanding of the present invention. However, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention may be practiced without one or more of these details. In other examples, in order to avoid confusion with the present invention, some technical features known in the art are not described. For a thorough understanding of the present invention, a detailed description will be provided in the following description. Obviously, the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention is not limited to specific details familiar to those skilled in the art. The preferred embodiments of the present invention are described in detail as follows, but besides these detailed descriptions, the present invention may also have other implementations. It should be noted that the terminology used here is only for describing specific embodiments, and is not intended to limit the exemplary embodiments according to the present invention. As used herein, unless the context dictates otherwise Unless specified otherwise, the singular is also intended to include the plural. In addition, it should also be understood that when the terms "comprises" and/or "comprises" are used in this specification, they indicate the presence of the features, integers, steps, operations, elements and/or components, but do not exclude the presence or Add one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components and/or combinations thereof. The ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" cited in the present invention are only for identification, and do not have any other meaning, such as a specific order. Also, for example, the term "first element" by itself does not imply the existence of a "second element", and the term "second element" does not itself imply the existence of a "first element". It should be noted that the terms "upper", "lower", "front", "rear", "left", "right", "inner", "outer" and similar expressions used herein are for illustrative purposes only , is not a restriction. Now, exemplary embodiments according to the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, example embodiments may be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to only the embodiments set forth herein. It should be understood that these embodiments are provided to make the disclosure of the present invention thorough and complete, and to fully convey the concept of these exemplary embodiments to those of ordinary skill in the art. The present invention provides a cooking appliance, which is provided with a material washing system. Through the material washing system, cooking utensils can realize various functions such as fully automatic material feeding, water intake, material washing, and material dropping. The cooking utensil of the present invention will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. First Embodiment Figures 1 to 22 show a first embodiment of the cooking appliance 1, referring to Figures 1 and 2, the cooking appliance 1 includes a body assembly 11 and a pot assembly. The bottom of the body assembly 11 has a base 12, and the pot assembly can be placed on the base 12 and can be removed from the base 12, so that the pot assembly can be placed on any desired position, such as on a dining table. The pot body assembly includes a pot body 2, an inner pot 3 arranged in the pot body 2 and a pot cover 4 that is closed on the pot body 2. The pot body 2 is detachably seated on the base 12. The inner pot 3 is removably placed in the pot body 2. The pot cover 4 is detachably connected to the pot body 2. In a preferred embodiment, the pot cover 4 can be disassembled from the pot body 2 as a whole, so that it is convenient for the user to remove the entire pot cover 4 from the pot body 2 and clean the pot cover 4. When the pot cover 4 is closed to the pot body 2, a cooking space is formed between the pot cover 4 and the inner pot 3. The base 12 is usually provided with a heating device and a power supply module for supplying power to the heating device. When the pot body assembly is placed on the base 12, the power supply module can supply power to the heating device, so that the heating device can heat the inner pot 3 in the pot body. In a preferred embodiment, the heating device is electromagnetic heating. Exemplarily, the heating device may include a coil disk and a coil wound on the coil disk, so that when the When powered on, the heating device can generate heat to heat the inner pot 3. It can be understood that in other embodiments not shown, the heating device can also be configured in other structures, such as electric heating wire heating and the like. Exemplarily, the power supply module can be a plug compatible with an external power supply, and can supply power to the heating device after the plug is inserted. The power supply module can also be configured as a battery housed in the base 12. The power supply module can also be an electrical connection wires, and the electrical connection wires are electrically connected to the rest of the power supply modules on the body assembly 11. Referring to Fig. 2-Fig. 9, a storage mechanism and a feeding mechanism 100 are also arranged in the body assembly 11. The material storage mechanism includes a storage bin 13, which can store solid materials such as rice, millet, corn kernels, black beans, red beans, and mung beans. The storage bin 13 has a side outlet, that is, the outlet is arranged on the side of the storage bin 13, so that the material in the storage bin 13 flows out through the outlet. In the illustrated embodiment, the outlet is arranged at the lower part of the storage bin 13, so that the material in the storage bin 13 can be further facilitated to flow out from the outlet by gravity. The top of the storage bin 13 can be coverably provided with a storage bin cover. The storage bin cover can be opened to add materials to the storage bin. Continuing to refer to Fig. 2-Fig. 9 and Fig. 12, feeding mechanism 100 comprises feeding bin 110. Feeding bin 110 has feeding port 111, is arranged under feeding port 111 and is arranged on feeding port 111 and discharging port 112. A vertically extending feed channel between ports 112. The feed channel is used to transport solid material. Both the feeding port 111 and the feeding port 112 are arranged on the side wall of the feeding bin 110. The feeding bin 110 also has a water inlet 113, a water outlet 114 arranged below the water inlet 113, and a water inlet channel extending vertically between the water inlet 113 and the water outlet 114. The water inlet 113 is arranged on the side wall of the feeding bin 110, and the outlet 112 is arranged at the bottom of the feeding bin 110. The feeding bin 110 is at least movable between the first position (such as the initial state shown in FIG. 2 ) and the second position (such as the ready-to-feed state shown in FIG. 3 ). Wherein when the feeding bin 110 is in the first position, the feeding channel of the feeding bin 110 is not connected with the outlet and the inlet 201 (described below) of the washing bin assembly 200. As shown in Figure 4, the feeding bin 110 also has an additional position. When the feeding bin is in the additional position, the feed port 111 of the feeding bin 110 is connected with the outlet of the storage bin 13, and the solid material enters the feeding channel of the feeding bin and passes through the The material outlet 112 discharges and enters the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200. The feeding bin 110 is roughly configured as a columnar structure, and the feeding port 111 is an arc-shaped opening extending along the circumferential direction of the feeding bin 110. The feeding bin 110 is movable between the second position (such as the ready blanking state shown in FIG. 3 ) and an additional position (the blanking state shown in FIG. 4 ), and in the second position (such as the ready blanking state shown in FIG. When the feeding bin 110 is moved downward, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 will be switched from a closed state to a connected state, that is, the feeding port 111 of the feeding bin 110 is opened, and at the same time, The discharge port 112 of the feeding bin 110 is also opened, therefore, the material in the storage bin 13 can be sent The feeding channel of the silo 110 is fed into the washing silo assembly 200. Washing bin assembly As shown in FIGS. 2-9 and 13-16, the cooking appliance 1 also includes a washing bin assembly 200, and the washing bin assembly 200 is arranged in the pot cover 4. When the pot cover 4 is disassembled from the pot body 2, the washing bin assembly 200 is also disassembled, so that the washing bin assembly 200 can be disassembled and washed. The washing bin assembly 200 includes a washing bin main body 210 with a discharge port 212. The washing bin main body 210 has a washing chamber 211, and the washed materials in the washing chamber 211 can be discharged through the discharge port 212. The main body 210 of the washing bin also has a material inlet 201, and the materials in the feeding bin 110 mentioned above can enter the washing chamber 211 through the inlet 201. The feed port 201 is located above the discharge port 212. Further, the main body 210 of the washing bin forms a washing chamber 21L with a material inlet 201 and a material discharge port 212. The washing bin assembly 200 includes a side wall portion 6. The side wall part 6 is arranged on the pot cover 4 and forms a washing bin main body 210, and the side wall part 6 encloses a washing chamber 211 with a discharge port 212. In a preferred embodiment, the side wall portion 6 is formed as a part of the pot cover 4, that is to say, the side wall portion 6 and the pot cover 4 are integrally formed as an integral piece. The side wall 6 can be set to extend vertically, even if the washing chamber 211 has the same width from top to bottom, it can also be set to extend obliquely from top to bottom toward the inside of the washing chamber 211, that is, the washing chamber 211 is wide at the bottom and narrow at the top. , to reduce material residues. In addition, the inner surface of the side wall part 6 is set as a smooth surface to further reduce material residue. The washing bin assembly 200 also includes a stirring member 19 arranged in the washing bin cavity and a washing bin cover 270 arranged under the stirring member 19. The washing bin cover 270 and part of the first mounting base 220 (described below), the stirring member 19, and the seal 261 (described below) together cover the discharge port 212o In other embodiments, the washing bin cover 270 can cover the discharge port 212 alone, that is, only the washing bin cover 270 can completely close the discharge port 212. The washing bin cover 270 is movably arranged on the washing bin main body 210, specifically, the washing bin cover 270 is movable between an open position for opening the discharge port 212 and a closed position for covering the discharge port 212. As shown in Figure 2-6, the washing bin cover 270 is located at the top and is in the closed position covering the discharge port 212; The open position, at this time the material in the washing chamber 211 can fall into the inner pot 3 through the discharge port 212 . In the illustrated embodiment, the agitator is fixed and supported on the first mount, and the two ends of the washing bin cover 270 are in contact with the agitator 19 and the first mount 220 respectively, and the axial degrees of freedom at both ends are simultaneously controlled by the agitator. 19 and the first mounting seat 220 are constrained, and the agitator 19 and the washing bin cover 270 can be in the open position to move between the on and off positions. Stirring member 19 can be rotatable with respect to material washing bin cover 270. In other embodiments not shown, the stirring member 19 can also be fixedly connected to the washing material bin cover 270, that is, the washing material bin cover 270 can rotate together with the stirring member 19. That is to say, when the agitator 19 rotates, the washing bin cover 270 may or may not rotate. In one embodiment, the agitator 19 can be rotated during washing and throwing operations. Preferably, the stirring member 19 is configured in the shape of a turntable and is provided with a tapered guide surface, the guiding surface is inclined in the axial direction and slopes outward along the radial direction of the stirring member 19 from top to bottom. This solution makes the stirring member 19 rotate, in addition to the effect of centrifugal force on the material on it, the inclined guide surface can also make it easier for the material to be thrown out, and the inclined guide surface is also convenient for the material to slide downward, which can reduce The residual material in the washing chamber 211. Transmission assembly In one embodiment, the cooking appliance 1 further includes a transmission assembly 300, and the transmission assembly 300 can move along a straight line. Specifically, the transmission assembly 300 can be engaged with the feeding bin 110 so that the transmission assembly 300 can move between the first position (as shown in FIG. 2 ) and the second position (as shown in FIG. 3 ) together with the feeding bin 110. The transmission assembly 300 can drive at least a part of the washing bin assembly 200 to rotate, for example, at least the agitator 19 can be rotated to complete the process of washing and/or throwing off the material; and can drive the agitator 19 and the washing bin cover 270 — move together between the open position and the closed position, to complete the process of blanking and draining. The transmission assembly 300 is set in the storage mechanism or the feeding mechanism 100. Especially, the transmission assembly 300 is not arranged on the pot cover 4. In this solution, by arranging the charged transmission assembly 300 at a position other than the pot cover 4, the parts on the pot cover 4 can be reduced, the structure of the pot cover is simpler, and at the same time, it is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover 4 and the washing bin assembly 200 operation, and this solution can make it unnecessary to consider the waterproofing of the transmission assembly 300 during the manufacturing stage of the pot cover 4, thereby simplifying the manufacturing process. The above-mentioned material storage mechanism, material feeding mechanism 100, transmission assembly 300 and material washing bin assembly 200 constitute a part of the material washing system of this embodiment. The transmission structure between the feeding mechanism 100, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin assembly 200 will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The feeding mechanism 100 can be connected with the transmission assembly 300 by way of contact transmission. The transmission assembly 300 can be connected with the washing bin assembly 200 through the magnetic force generated by the magnetic member, and the transmission assembly 300 It can form a non-contact transmission with the washing bin assembly 200. In this embodiment, the washing bin cover 270 can be in a closed position or an open position in an initial state. In other words, when the cooking appliance 1 is not working, the discharge port 212 can be in a normally closed state or a normally open state. In the illustrated embodiment, an embodiment of the transmission structure between the feeding mechanism 100, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin assembly 200 is shown. And it schematically shows that the discharge port 212 is in a normally closed state. As mentioned above, the feeding bin 110 can move linearly between the first position and the second position together with the transmission assembly 300. As shown in Figure 4, the feeding bin 110 also has additional positions. When the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, it is closer to the washing chamber 211. The feeding bin 110 has a feeding channel for transporting solid materials, and the feeding channel is not connected to the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211 in the first position and the second position. When the feeding bin 110 moves to the additional position, the transmission assembly 300 does not move accordingly. Thus, when the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, it can protrude relative to the transmission assembly 300 and extend into the washing chamber 211. At this time, the feeding channel of the feeding bin 110 can communicate with both the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211. In this embodiment, the feeding bin 110 has a double-stage movement relative to the transmission assembly 300, and in one stage of movement, that is, moving from the first position to the second position, and when the second position returns to the first position, the feeding bin 110 and The transmission assembly 300 moves together; during another movement, that is, from the second position to the additional position, and from the additional position to the second position, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move separately. The feeding bin 110 can move from the second position to the additional position, and from the additional position to the second position, so that the feeding bin 110 can enter or leave the washing chamber 211, so as to realize and terminate the feeding. The washing bin assembly 200 is located below the transmission assembly 300. When the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, the transmission assembly 300 can abut against the top surface of the washing bin body 210, so that the transmission assembly 300 can stop moving when the feeding bin 110 moves from the second position to the additional position. In other embodiments not shown, a separate fixed support frame is included. When the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, the transmission assembly 300 is abutted by the fixed support frame. The fixed support frame may be directly fixed on the pot cover 4 separate support frame. As shown in Figures 10 to 12, the feeding mechanism 100 may also include a linkage 130oThe linkage 130 is arranged at the bottom of the feeding bin 110. For example, the bottom surface of the feeding bin 110 is provided with a rotating connection structure 117, and the linkage 130 is provided with a structure that matches the rotating connecting structure 117. The rotating linkage 130 makes it connected to the rotating connection. structure117. And fix the linkage 130 to the rotating connection structure 117 with screws. The transmission main body 310 is provided with a main body central hole 313, it can be understood that the main body central hole 313 is located at the center of the transmission main body 310. The feeding bin 110 is located in the central hole 313 of the main body. The linkage member 130 is located on the lower side of the transmission body 310 and is provided with an upwardly facing linkage support surface 131 for supporting the transmission assembly 300 upward. With the aid of the linkage support surface 131, the feeding bin 110 can drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward. For the illustrated embodiment, the transmission assembly 300 can move downward together with the feeding bin 110 when it moves downward by virtue of its own gravity. The linkage support surface 131 can be configured as a slope inclined in the vertical direction. The illustrated embodiment shows that the linkage support surface 131 is an annular tapered surface, specifically along the radial direction of the linkage member 130 from top to bottom. Outer slope. Thus, the feeding bin assembly 110 and the transmission assembly 300 play a guiding role when moving from the separated state to the combined state, and can cooperate better. The feeding mechanism 100 also includes a linear drive device 120. The linear drive device 120 can be connected with the feeding bin 110, and is used to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line. Specifically, the feeding bin 110 is provided with a screw hole 115 extending vertically, and the feeding mechanism 100 also includes a screw 121. The screw 121 can be connected to the output shaft of the linear drive device 120, and is located in the screw hole 115. When the output shaft rotates, the screw 121 can move relative to the feeding bin 110 in the screw hole 115, so that the feeding bin 110 moves up and down. The feeding mechanism 100 also includes a fixed bracket 122, a fixed seat 123 and a fixed platen 124. The fixing bracket 122 is located in the storage bin 13 and can be connected to the storage bin 13. For example, an example is that the inner bottom surface of the storage bin 13 may be provided with upwardly extending studs (not shown). The fixing bracket 122 Screw bases 126 with through holes can be arranged at intervals, and the screws can pass through the through holes to be locked to the studs, so that the fixing bracket 122 can be installed to the storage bin 13 . The fixing bracket 122 can be provided with a receiving cavity with an opening facing downward, and the linear drive device 120 is connected to the fixing bracket 122 and located in the receiving cavity. Specifically, the linear drive device 120 is located in the cavity of the fixing seat 123, and the fixing seat 123 is accommodated in the receiving cavity. The cavity is adapted to the shape of the linear driving device 120 to limit the rotation and vertical movement of the linear driving device 120. The fixed platen 124 is located on the side opposite to the fixed seat 123 of the linear drive device 120, ie the lower side. The fixed platen 124 can be connected with the fixed seat 123, for example, the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123 are provided with screw holes, the fixed support 122 is provided with a screw post 127 extending downward, and the screws pass through the screw holes of the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123 And locked to the screw column 127o The end of the screw 121 is sandwiched between the fixed platen 124 and the fixed seat 123. An outlet of the storage bin 13 can be formed between the bottom of the fixing bracket 122 and the inner bottom surface of the storage bin 13. The outlet is located on one side of the fixed bracket 122. The fixing bracket 122 is provided with an outlet seal 125 on the side corresponding to the outlet. The outlet seal 125 can abut against the side wall of the feeding bin 110 to prevent materials from entering the feeding mechanism 100. The fixed bracket 122 is also provided with guides extending vertically at intervals. Xiangzhu 128o The top of the feeding bin 110 is provided with guiding protrusions 116 at intervals, and the guiding protrusions 116 protrude from the side wall of the feeding bin 110. The guide protrusions 116 are located between the guide columns 128 arranged at intervals and are movable along the guide columns 128, so as to avoid the displacement of the feeding bin 110 during the movement. The washing bin assembly 200 also includes a washing bin fitting 230 and a mount 240. The washing bin matching part 230 can be connected with the mounting base 240. Part or all of the mounting base 240 can be movably arranged on the main body 210 of the washing bin along a straight line. In the illustrated embodiment, part of the mount 240 is movable along a straight line. The stirring member 19 is located in the washing chamber 211 and connected to the mounting base 240, and the stirring member 19 is rotatable with the mounting base 240 relative to the washing bin main body 210 around the first rotation axis Ax1. The washing bin cover 270 can be arranged on the mounting base 240 and can move along a straight line along with the mounting base 240. The mounting base 240 is rotatable around the first rotation axis Ax1 relative to the washing bin main body 210. The transmission assembly 300 includes a transmission main body 310 and a washing bin driver 320. The transmission body 310 is rotatable relative to the washing bin body 210 around the second rotation axis Ax2. The transmission body 310 is engageable with the feeding bin 110 and is rotatable relative to the feeding bin 110. The washing bin driving part 320 is arranged on the transmission main body 310, for example, it can be installed to the transmission main body 310 by means of screw connection or the like. There may be a magnetic force between the washing bin matching part 230 and the washing bin driving part 320. When the transmission body rotates, under the action of magnetic force, the mounting base 240 and the agitator 19 on it rotate; Moves to open and close the wash bin lid 270. The transmission main body 310 has a non-driving position (for example, the different blanking states shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7 ), which makes the washing bin matching part 230 and the washing bin driving part 320 out of linkage, and makes the washing bin matching part 230 and the washing bin The driving position of the bin driving member 320 linkage. The driving positions include the first driving position (such as the states shown in Figure 3 to Figure 5) and the second driving position (the blanking state shown in Figure 8). The first driving position corresponds to the closed position, the second driving position corresponds to the open position, and the non-driving position can be the open position (different blanking states as shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7), or the closed position (such as Figure 2 initial position), of course, in other implementation manners, the initial position may be set to the open position. Wherein, the first position can be a non-driving position, which includes an initial position and an intermediate position (different blanking states as shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7); the second position can be a driving position and includes a first driving position and a second driving position . Furthermore, when the transmission main body 310 is at the first position, the washing bin driving part 320 is out of linkage with the washing bin matching part 230. When the transmission main body 310 is in the second position, the washing bin driving part 320 is linked with the washing bin matching part 230. The intermediate position is between the initial position and the second drive position. It should be noted that, for ease of understanding, Fig. 6 and Fig. 9 show the In the transition state, the installation seat 240 of the washing bin cover 270 is under the stress unbalanced in this transition state. A non-contact transmission is formed between the washing bin assembly 200 and the transmission assembly 300. When washing materials in the washing chamber 211, the washing water exists in a space isolated from the transmission assembly 300 and does not contact the transmission assembly 300. Thus, it is possible to prevent the transmission assembly 300 from being soiled by washing water. Compared with the mechanical transmission method, the non-contact transmission method does not need to clean the transmission structure, which can improve the user experience. In this embodiment, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 can produce a synchronous movement stroke, and the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 can produce a cooperative movement, so that only one driving device for driving the feeding bin 110 to move can be provided. After the three linear movements of the feeding bin 110 , the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 are completed, the movement of the feeding bin 110 and the opening and closing of the discharge port 212 can be realized. And only one driving device for driving the transmission main body 310 to rotate can realize the action of throwing the material during washing and blanking. The washing bin fitting 230 may include a translation fitting 231. The translation fitting 231 is located on the mounting base 240. The washing bin driving part 320 may include a translation driving part 32L, and the translation driving part is arranged on the transmission main body 310. Both the translation driving part 321 and the translation matching part 231 are magnetic components, and there may be a magnetic force between them. When changing the state of the translation drive part 321 to change the magnetic force between the translation fitting part 231 and the translation drive part 321, the washing bin cover 270 is in the open position of opening the discharge port 212 and the closure of the cover discharge port 212 Move between locations. The transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 can realize cooperative movement through magnetic force. When the transmission main body 310 is moved, the washing bin cover 270 can be opened and/or closed by magnetic force, so that the action of opening and closing the discharge port 212 can be realized. In one embodiment, when the state of the translational driving member 321 is changed, the washing bin cover 270 moves from the open position to the closed position. Thus, with the aid of the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation drive 321, the washing bin cover 270 can be closed. In another embodiment, when the state of the translational driving member 321 is changed, the washing bin cover 270 moves from the closed position to the open position. Thus, with the aid of the magnetic force between the translation fitting part 231 and the translation driving part 321, the opening of the washing bin cover 270 can be realized. In the illustrated embodiment, when changing the state of the translational drive 321, the washing bin cover 270 moves from the open position to the closed position and from the closed position to the open position. Thus, with the help of the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation driving part 321, the opening and closing of the washing bin cover 270 can be realized simultaneously. Wash bin fit 230 may include swivel fit 232o The washing bin driver 320 may include a rotary driver 322. The rotating fitting 232 is disposed on the mounting base 240. The rotating driving part is arranged on the transmission main body 310, and the rotating driving part and the rotating matching part 232 are magnets. When the transmission body 310 rotates, in Under the action of magnetic force between the rotating driving member and the rotating matching member 232, the stirring member 19 rotates. Thus, when the transmission main body 310 is rotated while the material washing bin cover 270 is opened and closed, the actions of washing and dropping materials can be realized. The magnetic member may include at least one of a magnet, an electromagnet, iron, a turntable, a drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual phase steel. Optionally, the magnets can be permanent magnets. Optionally, at least one of the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 may be a magnet. For example, the translation matching part 231 is a magnet; the translation driving part 321 is a magnet, an electromagnet, iron, a car standard, a drill, a ferritic steel, a martensitic steel, or an austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel. one. An example is that both the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 are magnets, so that a relatively large magnetic force can exist between the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 and the state is stable. Another example is that the translation fitting part 231 is iron, lathe, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic duplex steel, and the translation driving part 321 is a magnet. Since the magnetism of iron, lathe, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel is not affected by high temperature, it can avoid the high temperature during cooking from affecting the translational fitting 231 Magnetic, so that its properties remain unchanged. Optionally, at least one of the translation fitting part 231 and the translation driving part 321 is an electromagnet. When the washing bin cover 270 and the agitating member 19 are both arranged on the same mounting base 240, considering that the rotation of the mounting base 240 will cause the wires to be entangled, therefore, the translation fitting 231 and the translation driving part 321 are not selected as electromagnets. When the washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19 are arranged on different installation seats 240, the switch of the washing bin cover 270 and the rotation of the stirring member 19 are independent, and the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 can be selected as electromagnets. For an embodiment that does not include an electromagnet, the transmission assembly 300 is movable in a straight line relative to the washing bin main body 210. When the transmission assembly 300 moves to change the magnetic force between the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321, the washing bin cover 270 moves between the open position for opening the discharge port 212 and the closed position for covering the discharge port 212 . For the illustrated embodiment, by controlling the position of the transmission assembly 300 moving up and down, the direction of movement of the washing bin cover 270 is controlled according to the change in the direction of the resultant force of magnetic force and gravity, so that it moves to the open position and the closed position. For the implementation of the electromagnet, when the power state of the electromagnet is changed, the washing bin cover 270 can move in a straight line to open and close the discharge port 212. According to design requirements, the rotating driving member 322 can be located radially outside of the rotating matching member 232 when it is in the driving position. Alternatively, the rotating driving member 322 may be located radially inward of the rotating fitting member 232 when in the driving position. Alternatively, the rotary driver 322 may be located above the rotary fitting 232 when in the driven position. The washing bin assembly 200 is located below the transmission assembly 300, and the feeding bin 110, the washing bin cover 270 and the transmission assembly 300 can all move up and down. The upper and lower positions of the translation driving part 321 and the translation matching part 231 are corresponding, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite or the same. When the magnetic poles are opposite, the magnetic force between the translation driver 321 and the translation matching piece 231 is a magnetic attraction force, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved by the magnetic attraction force; when the magnetic poles are the same, the translation driver 321 and the translation matching piece The magnetic force between 231 is a magnetic repulsion force, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved by the magnetic repulsion force. For the illustrated embodiment, the magnetic poles of the translation driving member 321 and the translation matching member 231 are opposite to each other, and the magnetic force between the two is a magnetic attraction force. As shown in Figure 10, the transmission main body 310 is configured in the shape of a turntable and includes a transmission top wall 311 and a transmission side wall 312 o connected to the transmission top wall 311. The transmission side wall 312 extends vertically, and the translation drive 321 is arranged on the transmission top wall. 311, the rotation driving member 322 is arranged on the transmission side wall 312. The translational driving part 321 is arranged on the transmission main body 310 through at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-membrane injection molding. The translational driving member 321 in the illustrated embodiment is detachably mounted to the transmission body 310 by fasteners such as screws. The height of the transmission main body 310 in the first driving position is lower than that in the second driving position. Further, the first driving position is located above the second driving position. When the transmission main body 310 is at the first driving position, the translational driving part 321 can be linked with the translational matching part 231, and the rotary driving part 322 can be linked with the rotating matching part 232. When the transmission main body 310 is at the second driving position, the translational driving part 321 is out of linkage with the translational matching part 231, and the rotating driving part 322 is linked with the rotating matching part 232. For the illustrated embodiment, referring to FIG. 8, when the transmission main body 310 is in the second driving position, the magnetic force between the translational driving part 321 and the translational matching part 231 is smaller than that of the washing bin cover 270 and the first mounting seat connected thereto. 220 and the gravity of stirring member 19. Thus the washing bin cover 270 can remain in the open position. In this embodiment, the washing bin fitting 230 can be located outside the washing chamber 211, that is, the rotating fitting 232 and the translation fitting 231 are located outside the washing chamber 211. When the transmission main body 310 is at the first driving position and the second driving position, the rotating driving part 322 is located radially outside of the rotating matching part 232. The structure of the washing bin assembly 200 of the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 13 to 17. As shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14, the mounting base 240 includes a first mounting base 220 and a second mounting base 250 connected to the first mounting base 220oThe first mounting base 220 is located at the radial inner side of the second mounting base 250 and is movable along a straight line relative to the second mounting base 250. The stirring member 19, the washing bin cover 270 and the translation fitting 231 can be located on the first installation seat 220. The rotating fitting 232 can be disposed on the second mount 250. The first mount 220 can rotate with the second mount 250. In this embodiment, the first mounting seat 220 is the mounting seat of the stirring element and also the mounting seat of the cover, that is to say, the mounting seat of the stirring element and the mounting seat of the cover are integrally formed. In other embodiments, the mounting base for the stirring element and the mounting base for the cover can be separate components, which can be set independently and move independently. The first mount 220 may include a mount base 221 and a mount barrel 222 connected to the mount base 221. Agitator 19 and washing bin cover 270 are located on mounting base 221. The installation seat tube part 222 is located on the radially outer side of the washing chamber 211, and its bottom is provided with seat openings 224 at intervals in the circumferential direction, so that the material falls into the inner pot 3 through the seat openings 224 when dropping. The translation matching part 231 is arranged on the top of the mounting seat cylinder part 222, so that there may be a small distance between the translation fitting part 231 and the translation driving part 321, which can generate enough magnetic force to make the washing bin cover 270 move up and down . The translation fitting 231 is arranged on the mounting seat 240 by at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-membrane injection molding. As shown in FIG. 13, the translation fitting 231 can be pre-embedded in the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat, for example, molded in the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat through an in-film injection molding process. Alternatively, in a non-illustrated embodiment, the translation fitting 231 can also be detachably mounted to the mounting seat barrel 222 by fasteners such as screws. Specifically, the top surface of the mounting seat cylinder part 222 is provided with a downwardly recessed mounting groove, and the translation fitting part 231 is fixed in the mounting groove. The translation fitting 231 may be provided with multiple block-shaped components, or provided with one circular ring-shaped component, etc. For the embodiment of a plurality of translation fittings 231, the plurality of translation fittings 231 can be arranged at intervals along the circumference of the first installation seat 220, preferably arranged in an annular array. The washing bin assembly 200 also includes a bin main body base 217. The bin main body base 217 is located below the washing bin main body 210 and is detachably connected to the washing bin main body 210 by means such as a fastening connection. The second mounting base 250 is supported on the bin main body base 217 below it. The rotating fitting 232 can be arranged on the outer peripheral surface extending vertically of the second mounting seat 250, so that there may be a small distance in the radial direction between the rotating fitting 232 and the rotating driving member 322, and a sufficiently large magnetic force can be generated so that Mount 240 rotates. The rotation driving part 322 and the rotation matching part 232 can be provided with a plurality of block-shaped components. A plurality of rotating driving elements 322 are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission body 310. A plurality of rotating fittings 232 are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the second mounting seat 250. When the transmission assembly 300 is at the driving position, the projections of the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 on a plane parallel to the axial direction overlap. When the transmission assembly 300 is at the first driving position, the projections of the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 on a plane parallel to the axial direction have a first overlapping area. When the transmission assembly 300 is at the second driving position, the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 are in the The projection on the plane parallel to the axis has a second repopulation area. The first repopulation area can be greater than the second overlapping area. The plurality of rotating driving parts 322 and the plurality of rotating matching parts 232 can be arranged in one or two rows in the axial direction. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 14 , the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 can be arranged in a row in the axial direction, and can be configured as a long strip, that is, a strip-shaped member. The rotating driving part 322 is placed horizontally, and the rotating matching part 232 is placed vertically. The washing bin main body 210 may further include a bin main body top wall 216, an inner side wall 214 connected to the bin main body top wall 216, and an outer side wall 215 (FIG. 15), these three constitute the above-mentioned side wall portion 6. The inner side wall 214 is radially inward of and spaced radially from the outer side wall 215. The inner wall 214 encloses the second mounting seat 250 of the washing chamber 21L and the mounting seat cylinder portion 222 is located between the inner wall 214 and the outer wall 215. One of the first mounting seat 220 and the second mounting seat 250 may be provided with a seat guide groove 223 extending in the axial direction, and the other of the first mounting seat 220 and the second mounting seat 250 may be provided with a The seat guide part 251 is located in the seat guide groove 223 and can move along a straight line relative to the seat guide groove 223 . By setting the concave-convex guide structure on the first mounting base 220 and the second mounting base 250, the first mounting base 220 can be rotated with the second mounting base 250 on the one hand, and the first mounting base 220 can be held on the other hand. Move in a straight line to avoid displacement. The washing bin assembly also includes a support member. The supporting part is arranged on the main body 210 of the washing bino The supporting part is provided with a seat limiting surface 252 facing upwards, which is used to support the mounting seat 240 upwardsoIn this embodiment, the supporting part includes the second mounting seat 250 and the bin main body base 217. The second mounting base 250 is provided with an upwardly facing seat limiting surface 252 for supporting the first mounting base 220 upward. The bin body base 217 supports the first mount 220 upward. 16 shows that the mounting seat cylinder portion 222 is provided with a seat guide groove 223, and the second mounting seat 250 is provided with a seat guide portion 251. The top surface of the seat guide portion 251 is the seat limit surface 252. In an embodiment not shown, the second mounting base 250 is provided with a seat guide groove 223, and the mounting base cylinder portion 222 is provided with a seat guide portion 251. The bottom surface of the seat guide groove 223 is the seat limit surface 252. Optionally, the cylindrical portion 222 of the mounting base may include an upper portion of the cylindrical portion and a lower portion of the cylindrical portion. The upper part of the cylinder protrudes radially outward from the lower part of the cylinder, that is, the thickness of the upper part of the cylinder is greater than the thickness of the lower part of the cylinder. The seat guide groove 223 can be set on the upper part of the barrel, and the seat opening 224 can be set on the lower part of the barrel. As shown in Fig. 13, Fig. 17 and Fig. 17A, in order to avoid water leakage during the washing action, the washing bin assembly 200 also includes a material opening seal 26L, and the material opening sealing member 261 can be arranged on the outer periphery of the washing bin cover 270 , so as to move up and down together with the washing bin cover 270. When the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position, the material port seal 261 is in contact with the washing bin main body 210 at the discharge port 212. Thus, the washing bin cover 270 is under pressure and does not rotate relative to the first mounting base 220 and the stirring member 19. when washing bin When the cover 270 is in the closed position, the material opening seal 261 can seal the gap between the material washing bin cover 270 and the washing material bin main body 210, so as to prevent washing water from leaking out of the gap when washing materials. When the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position and the agitator 19 rotates, the washing bin cover 270 remains stationary relative to the washing bin main body 210, that is, the relative position with the washing bin main body 210 remains unchanged, and will not move with the agitating member. 19 spin together. It can ensure that the sealing effect of the material port seal 261 is better, and the washing bin cover 270 is more tightly closed to avoid water leakage. The washing bin cover 270 is arranged on the side of the mounting base 221 facing the washing chamber 211, specifically on the upper side of the mounting base 221. The mounting base 221 can be rotatable relative to the washing bin cover 270. The outer peripheral portion of the washing bin cover 270 may be provided with a cover groove 273 recessed radially inward. The cover groove 273 is annular. A portion of spout seal 261 can sit within cover groove 273. In one embodiment, as shown in the embodiment, the inlet seal 261 can be located below the main body 210 of the washing bin. The washing bin cover 270 can have a cover support surface 27L. The cover support surface 271 faces the side where the discharge port 212 is located, specifically faces upward. The feed port seal 261 can abut against the cover support surface 271 to provide the upward support force of the feed port seal 261. When the material washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position, the material port seal 261 is sandwiched between the bottom of the material washing bin main body 210 and the cover supporting surface 271, and the washing material bin cover 270 is subjected to downward pressure at the cover supporting surface 271 to It remains stationary relative to the main body 210 of the washing bin. In this embodiment, the bottom surface of the side wall 6 can abut against the spout seal 261, specifically, the bottom surface of the inner side wall 214 can abut against the spout seal 261. The spout seal 261 is pressed downwards. In other embodiments not shown, the inner surface of the side wall portion 6 can be in contact with the feed port seal 261, and the friction between the feed port seal 261 and the side wall portion 6 can limit the movement of the washing bin cover 270. turn. As shown in FIG. 17A, the bottom of the main body 210 of the washing bin is provided with a main body arc-shaped surface 218, and the main body arc-shaped surface 218 can abut against the material port seal 261. The contact area between the bottom of the washing bin main body 210 and the sealing member 261 of the feed port will increase, which is conducive to a more stable contact between the two and a better sealing effect. The feed opening seal 261 is an annular member and is sheathed on the outer periphery of the washing bin cover 270. The outer periphery of the washing bin cover 270 may be provided with a cover boss 272 protruding radially outward. The feed port seal 261 is arranged on the cover boss 272. The upper surface of the cover boss 272 is a cover supporting surface 271, which can support the washing bin cover 270. The base 221 of the installation base can be provided with a cover installation part 263, and the washing bin cover 270 can be provided with a cover installation hole 264. The cover installation part 263 can be located in the cover installation hole 264. An installation seal 262 is provided between the cover installation portion 263 and the wall of the cover installation hole 264 to seal the gap between the installation seat base 221 and the washing bin cover 270. The cover installation part 263 is provided with a radially recessed installation part groove 265, which is installed The mounting seal 262 is located in the groove 265 of the mounting portion. An abutment boss is provided in the cover installation hole 264, and the abutment boss is provided with a seat arc surface 274 facing the groove 265 of the installation part, so as to increase the contact area between the installation seal 262 and the cover installation hole 264, and improve the sealing effect. The stirring member 19 can be located on the side opposite to the base 221 of the mounting base 270 of the washing bin cover 270, specifically the upper side. That is to say, the washing bin cover 270 is located between the stirring member 19 and the base 221 of the installation seat. The stirring member 19 is connected to the lid mounting portion 263. One of the stirring member 19 and the cover installation part 263 may be provided with a connection protrusion, and the other of the two may be provided with a connection groove, and the connection protrusion is located in the connection groove. Fasteners such as screws may be attached through the mount base 221 to the attachment bosses to connect the stirrer 19 to the mount base 221. The figure schematically shows that the stirring member 19 is provided with a connecting protrusion, and the cover installation part 263 is provided with a connecting groove. In the illustrated embodiment, the washing bin cover 270, the mounting seat base 221, the stirring member 19 and the feed port seal 261 are combined together. When the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position, the washing bin cover 270, the installation part The base 221, the agitator 19 and the feed port seal 261 block the discharge port 212 together. When the agitator 19 and the bottom 211 of the mounting seat rotate together, neither the washing bin cover 270 nor the feed opening seal 261 rotates, that is, the relative position to the washing bin main body 210 remains unchanged. It can ensure that the sealing effect of the sealing member 261 of the feed port is better, and the cover of the washing bin 270 is more tightly closed to avoid water leakage. Optionally, the discharge port 212 can be blocked in other ways, such as the washing bin cover 270 alone blocking the discharge port 212, or the washing bin cover 270 can be combined with one of the sealing member, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat or A plurality of discharge openings 212 are blocked together. One or more of the sealing member, the stirring member 19, and the mounting seat can move synchronously with the washing bin cover 270, that is, move together to open and close the discharge port 212 together. One or more of the sealing member, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat can also be moved separately from the washing bin cover 270 to open and close the discharge port 212. Optionally, the discharge port 212 can be blocked only by the washing bin cover 270, and the discharge port 212 can be covered only by the washing bin cover 270. Further, a seal can also be provided between the material washing bin cover 270 and the main body of the washing material bin, and the discharge port 212 can be blocked together by the washing material bin cover 270 and the sealing member, and the sealing member can be arranged on the material washing bin cover 270 , can also be set on the main body of the washing bin. Optionally, the discharge port 212 is blocked by the washing bin cover 270 and part of the installation seat together, and further, a seal may be included, and the discharge port 212 is blocked by the washing bin cover 270, part of the installation seat and the seal . The seal can be arranged on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, some mounting seats, and the main body of the washing bin to better seal the discharge port 212. It can be understood that the blocking method of this kind of discharge port 212 is to open and close part of the discharge port 212 through the washing bin cover 270, which also belongs to the opening position and cover of the washing bin cover 270 when the discharge port 212 is opened. The case of moving between the closed positions of the discharge opening 212. Optionally, the washing bin cover 270 can also be integrally formed with the mounting seat. Optionally, the discharge port 212 is blocked together by the washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19, and further, a seal is also included, and the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the sealing member are used to block the discharge port 212 together, A seal can be provided on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin main body, so as to better seal the discharge port 212. Optionally, the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat are formed into one piece. Optionally, the discharge port 212 is blocked together by the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19 and the mounting seat, further, a seal is also included, and the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat and the sealing member are sealed together. To block the discharge port 212, the sealing member can be arranged on one or more of the washing bin cover 270, the stirring member 19, the mounting seat, and the main body of the washing bin. It can be understood that the blocking method of the above discharge port 212 belongs to opening and closing part of the discharge port 212 through the washing bin cover 270, and also belongs to the opening position and closing of the washing bin cover 270 when the discharge port 212 is opened. The movement between the closed positions of the discharge port 212 also belongs to the case where the washing bin cover 270 opens and closes the discharge port 212 . As shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 17B, the washing bin cover 270 can be kept in the closed position by magnetic connection in the initial state. Specifically, the washing bin assembly 200 may also include a holding member 237 and a holding fitting member 238. The holding member 237 can be arranged on the main body 210 of the washing bin. In other implementations not shown, the holding member 237 can be arranged on the mounting bracket. The installation support frame is connected with the pot cover 4. The installation support frame can be a separate support frame directly fixed on the pot cover 4. Both the retaining member 237 and the retaining engagement member 238 are magnetic members. At least one of the holding member 237 and the holding fitting member 238 is a magnet. For example, the holding member 237 is a magnet, and the holding member 238 is at least one of magnets, iron, car standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel; the holding member 237 It is at least one of iron, car standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, and austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steel, and the retaining matching member 238 is a magnet. Under the action of the magnetic force between the retaining member and the retaining fitting member 238, the washing bin cover 270 remains in the closed position in the initial state. Thus, the washing bin cover 270 can be kept closed due to the magnetic force between the holding member 237 and the holding fitting member 238. When the washing chamber 211 is not used, for example, when the cooking appliance 1 is not working or the cooking appliance 1 is cooking, The feed port 212 can be kept closed to isolate the space of the inner pot 3 from the outside world, and prevent foreign matter such as dust and insects from entering the inner pot 3, so that the inner pot 3 is not polluted and kept clean when the cooking utensil 1 is not working. 1. During cooking, the food in the inner pot 3 will not be polluted and the heat preservation effect is good, which is conducive to improving the cooking efficiency. The retaining member 237 can be arranged up and down with the retaining mating member 238 and have magnetic poles facing each other. On the contrary, the magnetic force between them is magnetic attraction. The washing bin cover 270 is held in the closed position by the magnetic force between the retaining member 237 and the retaining mating member 238. For the illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17B, the retaining member 237 is located above the retaining fit member 238. The holding member 237 can be pre-embedded in the main body 210 of the washing bin, for example, formed in the main body 210 of the washing bin through an in-film injection molding process. Alternatively, in an unshown embodiment, the holding member 237 can also be detachably mounted to the washing bin main body 210 by fasteners such as screws. A retaining member 237 may be provided on the top wall 216 of the bin body. In the illustrated embodiment, the retaining fitting member 238 and the translation fitting 231 are integrally formed. In an embodiment not shown, the retaining fitting member 238 and the translation fitting member 231 are separate members. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 17C , the upper end surface of the translation fitting 231 may have an included angle a with the side end surface of the rotation fitting 232, where 30°<a<150°, for example, a is 30°. , 50. , 70. , 80. , 90. , 100. , 110. , 120. , 130. , 150. wait. Preferably, 85° < a < 95°o Therefore, the magnetic fields generated by the translational fitting 231 and the rotating fitting 232 are independent and do not interfere with each other as much as possible. When the transmission main body 310 is in the driving position, there is a first magnetic force between the translational driving member 321 and the translational fitting 231, a second magnetic force between the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating fitting 232, and the first magnetic force and the second magnetic force There is an included angle P between them, wherein 30° < p < 150°, for example, P is 30. , 50. , 70. , 80. , 90. , 100. , 110. , 120. , 130. , 150. wait. Preferably, 85° < 3 < 95%. FIG. 17C schematically shows that the translation fitting 231 is subjected to the first magnetic force Fa from the translation driving member 321, and the rotation fitting 232 is subjected to the second magnetic force from the rotation driving member 322. There is an included angle po between Fb, Fa and Fb. As shown in FIGS. 18 to 20 , the transmission assembly 300 may also include a transmission support 330 , a mounting bracket 340 and a rotation drive device 30L. The transmission support 330 can be located in the central hole 313 of the main body. And connected with the transmission main body 310 . The transmission body 310 is rotatable relative to the transmission support 330. The mounting bracket 340 is located above the transmission main body 310 and can be connected with the transmission support 330, for example, the two can be connected together by fasteners such as screws. The rotary driving device 301 can be arranged on the mounting bracket 340, and its output shaft is connected with the transmission body 310 to make the transmission body 310 rotate. The installation bracket 340 supports the rotary drive device 301 upwards. In this embodiment, the rotary drive device 301 can move along a straight line with the transmission body 310, so that the charged rotary drive device 301 can be arranged at a position other than the pot cover 4. Specifically, the transmission support 330 may have a support support surface 332 facing downward, and the support support surface 332 is used to abut against the linkage support surface 13L. When the feeding bin 110 moves between the first position and the second position, the support support The support surface 332 abuts against the linkage support surface 131, so that the transmission assembly 300 can be flat Move steadily. When the feeding bin 110 moves between the second position and the additional position, the bearing support surface 332 is separated from the linkage support surface 131. The support surface 332 of the seat can be adapted to the shape of the linkage support surface 131, for example, it can also be configured as a slope inclined in the vertical direction, and can be, for example, an annular tapered surface. The transmission support 330 can be provided with a support center hole 331 and a radially outwardly extending support boss 333o It can be understood that the center hole 331 of the support is located at the center of the transmission support 330. The feeding bin 110 can be located in the central hole 331 of the support, and the supporting surface 332 of the support is arranged around the central hole 331 of the support. The top of the transmission body 310 can be located between the support boss 333 and the mounting bracket 340, which can limit the linear movement of the transmission body 310 relative to the transmission support 330. The top of the transmission body 310 can be provided with an upwardly protruding gear part 314, and the gear part 314 surrounds the center hole 331 of the support and has a ring of teeth. The output shaft is provided with a transmission gear 302, and the teeth of the transmission gear 302 mesh with the teeth of the gear part 314. The illustrated embodiment schematically shows that there is one transmission gear 302 between the output shaft and the gear part 314, however, the number of transmission gears 302 is not limited, and can be set to two or more as required. The mounting bracket 340 may be provided with a bracket guiding portion 341, and the bracket guiding portion 341 extends along the vertical direction. Referring back to FIG. 10 , the storage bin 13 can be correspondingly provided with a vertically extending guide wall 102, at least a part of the guide wall 102 is located inside the storage bin 13 and connected to the fixed bracket 122, so as to isolate the transmission structure from the space for storing ingredients. open. FIG. 10 schematically shows that the guide wall 102 is connected to the bottom wall of the storage bin 13, a part is located above the bottom wall, and a part extends downward from the bottom wall. The bracket guide part 341 is located in the sliding channel 46 surrounded by the guide wall 102. The mounting bracket 340 may include a bracket base 342 and a bracket stand 343 above the bracket base 342. The bracket base 342 can be provided with a bracket guide part 34L integrally formed with it. The bracket guide part 341, for example, can include three walls connected in sequence, and the bracket stand 343 is located in a roughly square area surrounded by these three walls. And the bracket stand 343 is detachably connected to the bracket base 342 by fasteners such as screws. The rotary drive 301 is mounted to the bracket stand 343 and is also located within the bracket guide 341. The middle part of the bracket stand 343 is provided with a support tube, and the output shaft of the rotary driving device 301 is located in the support tube. The lower end of the support tube is connected to the transmission gear 302 to limit the axial movement of the transmission gear 302. As shown in Fig. 5, Fig. 8, Fig. 21 and Fig. 22, the first axis of rotation Ax1 may be collinear with the second axis of rotation Ax2. The washing cavity 211 is configured to be symmetrical about the center, for example, the shape of the washing cavity 211 can be cylindrical. The central axis of the washing chamber 211 is collinear with the first axis of rotation Ax1. The first axis of rotation Ax1 and the second axis of rotation Ax2 may both extend vertically. The central axis of the washing chamber 211 can also be along the vertical to extend. A plurality of rotating fittings 232 may be arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat 240, specifically, arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the second mounting seat 250. A plurality of rotating driving members 322 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body 310. The plurality of rotating fittings 232 have the same magnetism, and are arranged symmetrically around the center of the first rotating axis Ax1. The magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating driving parts 322 are the same, and they are arranged symmetrically around the center of the second rotating axis Ax2. A plurality of rotating fittings 232 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat 240; a plurality of rotating driving members 322 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body 310. In this way, the magnetic force received by the second mounting seat 250 in the circumferential direction can be equal and uniform, so that the first rotation axis Ax1 and the second rotation axis Ax2 can be kept collinear. The magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating fittings 232 can also be different, but the number of rotating fittings 232 with different magnetic properties must be equal. Preferably, the different magnetic rotating fittings 232 are arranged evenly and at intervals on the premise that the numbers are equal. For example, a group of first magnetic rotating fittings may be arranged first, and then another group of magnetic rotating fittings may be arranged. Then set a set of first magnetic rotating fittings, and then set a second set of magnetic rotating fittings, so that the intervals are repeated to ensure that the rotating fittings of adjacent two groups have different magnetic properties but the same number, and the number of magnetic bodies in each group The quantity is the same and is greater than or equal to 1, which can be flexibly set according to needs, for example, the quantity can be two, three, four, five or six, and so on. For example, the total number of rotating fittings 232 can be two and evenly arranged, one of the magnets facing outward is the N pole, and the other magnet is facing outward as the S pole. There can be two rotary drives corresponding to this. Or as shown in Figure 22, there are 4 groups of rotating fittings, each group has 3 magnets, and the magnetic poles of one group of 3 magnets facing outward can be set as N poles, and the adjacent group of 3 magnets facing outward The magnetic poles are all set as S poles, and the outward magnetic poles of the rotating fittings are respectively NNN, SSS, NNN, and SSS. Correspondingly, the magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating driving parts 322 matched therewith also need to be different, but the numbers need to be equal and they need to be arranged evenly and at intervals. For example, as shown in FIG. 22, there are 16 rotating driving parts in total, which can be set into 4 groups, and the magnetic poles facing outward of one group of 4 magnets are all set as N poles, and the magnetic poles of the 4 adjacent magnets facing outward are all set as N poles. If it is set as the S pole, the magnetic poles facing outward of the rotary driving member are NNNN, SSSS, NNNN, and SSSS respectively. When rotating, the outward-facing magnetic poles of the NNNN group of rotating driving parts cooperate with the outward-facing magnetic poles of the SSS group of rotating fittings to generate magnetic force, and the outward-facing magnetic poles of the SSSS group of rotating driving parts cooperate with the outward-facing magnetic poles of the NNN group The rotating mating pieces mate to create a magnetic force. Thus, the magnetic force received by the second mounting base 250 in the circumferential direction can be equal in magnitude and uniform. The washing bin assembly 200 can also include limiting parts. The mounting base 240 rotates around the limiting component, and the opposing surfaces of the limiting component and the mounting base 240 abut against each other. In this embodiment, the second mounting base 250 drives the first mounting base 220 to rotate around the limiting component, and the limiting component includes the inner wall 214 and the outer wall 215 of the main body 210 of the washing bin.o The transmission main body 310 is configured in a center-symmetrical shape, specifically a turntable shape as described above. The mount 240 is configured as a centrosymmetric shape. Specifically, both the first mount 220 and the second mount 250 are cylindrical in shape. In this embodiment, as mentioned above, the mounting base 240 and the stirring member 19 can be separate components, specifically the first mounting base 220 and the stirring component 19 are separate components, so as to facilitate the installation of the washing bin cover 270. As shown in FIG. 21, when the transmission main body 310 is in the first driving position and the second driving position, that is, when the rotating driving member 322 is in the driving position, the rotating driving member 322 corresponds to the radial position of the rotating matching member 232, and The magnetic poles facing each other are opposite. At this time, the magnetic force between the rotating driving part 322 and the rotating matching part 232 is a magnetic attraction force, and the stirring part 19 is rotated by the magnetic attraction force. As shown in FIG. 22, when the rotary driving member 322 is in the driving position, it is radially offset from the rotating matching member 232, and the magnetic poles facing each other are the same. At this time, the magnetic force between the rotating driving member 322 and the rotating matching member 232 is a magnetic repulsion force, and the stirring member 19 is rotated by the magnetic repulsion force. There are a plurality of rotating driving members 322 arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission main body 310. The transmission side wall 312 has a plurality of transmission installation surfaces 315 arranged in the circumferential direction ( FIG. 10 ), the transmission installation surfaces 315 are flat and extend vertically, and the rotary driving member 322 is installed on the transmission installation surfaces 315 . A plurality of rotating fittings 232 are arranged at intervals along the circumference of the transmission body 310. The second mounting seat 250 has a plurality of seat mounting surfaces 253 arranged in the circumferential direction. The seat mounting surfaces 253 are flat and extend vertically. The rotating fitting 232 is mounted to the seat mounting surfaces 253. One of the rotating matching member 232 and the rotating driving member 322 can be arranged in one row, and the other of the two can be arranged in two rows at vertical intervals. Alternatively, the rotating fittings 232 and the rotating driving members 322 may both be provided in a row, and one of them may be in the shape of a vertically arranged elongated bar. Pot cover back Referring to Fig. 13 to Fig. 15, the pot cover 4 includes a pot cover main body and a washing bin main body 210 connected to the pot cover main body. The main body of the pot cover and the side wall portion 6 of the main body 210 of the washing bin are constructed as one piece, and the base 217 of the bin main body is detachably connected to the main body of the pot cover. When the cooking utensil 1 is in the initial state shown in FIG. 2, there is a distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin assembly 200 on the pot cover 4. Using this distance, the user can put the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2 together Lift it from the base 12 and take it out from the base 12 together, or the user can just take off the pot cover 4 from the pot body 2 to clean the material washing chamber 211 and the stirring member 19. The pot cover 4 is provided with a sewage discharge structure connected with the sewage outlet 213 of the washing bin main body 210 and the sewage tank 48, and is used to discharge the washing water to the sewage tank 48. Specifically, the sewage structure has There is a sewage pipe 10, and the sewage pipe 10 includes a sewage channel 105, a pipe joint 106 and a sewage pipe 107 arranged on the side wall 6. The sewage channel 105 communicates with the sewage outlet 213 and the pipe joint 106, and one end of the sewage pipe 107 is connected to the pipe joint 106, and the other end extends to the waste water tank 48. Optionally, as shown in the illustrated embodiment, the sewage pipe 10 may include a siphon pipe with an inverted U-shaped structure. As an example, the sewage channel 105 can be configured in an inverted U shape as a siphon pipe. The position of the pipe joint 106 is located in the middle of the side wall portion 6. Thus, siphon drainage can be realized. Alternatively, the sewage discharge structure can be configured such that the position of the sewage discharge outlet 213 is flush with or higher than the position of the sewage discharge channel. Thereby, gravity drainage can be realized. This embodiment can automatically flow from the washing chamber 211 to the drainage sewage tank 48 through the height difference of the water, avoiding the use of a water pump, which can reduce the number of internal parts of the cooking appliance 1 and reduce production costs. Optionally, other sewage discharge methods can also be used, such as setting a separate electromagnetic valve for opening and closing the sewage outlet 213, and directly controlling whether to drain water by directly controlling the opening and closing state of the electromagnetic valve. Optionally, the pot cover 4 may include a pot cover main body and a detachable cover (not shown) detachably connected to the pot cover main body. Part or all of the sewage pipes 10 are detachably or non-detachably arranged on the detachable cover. When the user intends to clean the sewage pipe 10, the detachable cover can be removed for cleaning. Referring back to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2, the cooking appliance 1 also includes a water inlet component for supplying water to the washing chamber 211. The water inlet assembly may include a clean water tank 81 and a water inlet pipe (not shown). The outlet of the clean water tank 81 can communicate with the water inlet 113 of the feeding bin 110 through the water inlet pipe, and an electric control valve can be arranged between the two to control the water inlet, for example. The clean water in the clean water tank 81 can flow automatically to the feeding bin 110 through the height difference of the water, or be transported to the feeding bin 110 by a water pump. The clean water tank 81 is detachably arranged on the body assembly 11, so that it is convenient for the user to add water. The clean water tank 81 is arranged close to the material storage mechanism and is located above the dirty water tank 48. The water inlet pipe can be located in the storage mechanism. For the scheme of setting a water pump, the water pump can also be located in the storage mechanism. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the body assembly 11 also includes a main frame 101. The pot body 2 is located on the first side of the main frame 101. As shown above, the feeding mechanism 100 is used to transport the food materials in the storage mechanism to the material washing chamber 21L. above. Arranged in this way, the feeding mechanism 100 can be close to the storage mechanism, occupying space, and can use gravity to make the material automatically enter the washing chamber 211 through the feeding mechanism 100, without additional driving devices such as feeding pumps and feeding pipelines, which reduces the cost. The structure of the cooking appliance 1 is simplified, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product; the transmission assembly 300 can be connected from the washing chamber The top of 211 drives the stirring member 19, so that the charged driving device can be arranged at a position other than the pot cover 4, which is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover 4 and the washing bin assembly 200. The water inlet component and the sewage component can be arranged on the second side of the main frame 101 different from the first side. Specifically, the clean water tank 81 and the dirty water tank 48 are arranged on the second side of the main frame 101. FIG. 1 shows that the first side and the second side of the main chassis 101 face away from each other. The clean water tank 81 can correspond to the upper and lower positions of the sewage tank 48, that is, the clean water tank 81 is located directly above the sewage tank 48. The clear water in the clear water tank 81 can flow to the feeding bin by itself through the height difference of the water, without a water pump for boosting. The cooking appliance 1 may also include a main board and a display board. The display panel can be arranged on the storage mechanism, specifically the front side of the storage bin 13. A control panel may be provided on the outside of the display panel. The main board can be arranged in the main frame 101. The main board is located above the dirty water tank 48, and the side of the clean water tank 81 facing the pot body 2. The sewage tank 48 may be provided with a top opening for receiving sewage and pouring water from the sewage pipe 10. The cooking appliance 1 may also include a charging device. The charging device is arranged on the main frame 101, not on the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2. The electrified device includes a driving device, a main board, a heating device, a display board, etc. for driving part of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate and move in a straight line. The charging device can be set at a position other than the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2, which is convenient for the user to clean the pot cover 4, the washing bin assembly 200 and the inner pot of the pot body 2, and the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2 There is no need to consider the waterproofing of live devices during the manufacturing stage. As above, there may be a first magnetic force between the translation fitting part and the translation driving part, and there may be a second magnetic force between the rotation fitting part and the rotation driving part. The translation fitment can be connected with the lid mounting base, and the rotation fitment can be connected with the stirring piece mount. Thus, more specifically, there may be a first magnetic force between the cover mounting base and the transmission assembly 300, and a second magnetic force between the transmission assembly 300 and the stirring element mounting base. According to another aspect of the present invention, a control method is provided. The control method is realized by the control device of the above-mentioned cooking appliance. As shown in Figure 47, the control method includes at least the following steps: S1 prepares for feeding, S2 executes feeding, S3 executes washing, S4 executes blowdown, S5 executes blanking, S6 executes reset, etc. The control unit is configured to control the cooking appliance to perform the above steps.
S1 准备入料 在执 行入料之 前, 需确定洗料 仓盖 270是否位于关 闭位置。 对于 图示实施 方式, 洗料仓盖 270在初始状 态时位 于关闭位 置 (如图 2 所示 ), 在该方案下, 在准备入料的 过程中不 对洗料仓 盖 270执行 动作。 在执 行入料步 骤之前 , 还需将送料仓和 传动组 件 300从收纳 位置移动 至 配合 位置。 本实施方 式中, 配合位置 可以是第 一驱动位 置、 第二驱动位 置和 附加 位置。 控制装置 控制送料 仓带动传 动组件 300从收纳位 置向下 移动至配 合位 置。 具体地, 为了能够在 入料后 直接洗料 , 控制传动组件 300从收纳位 置向 下移动 至第一驱 动位置 。 S1 Prepare to feed materials Before performing material feeding, it is necessary to determine whether the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position. For the illustrated embodiment, the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position (as shown in FIG. 2 ) in the initial state, and under this solution, no action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 during the process of preparing materials. Before performing the feeding step, the feeding bin and the transmission assembly 300 need to be moved from the storage position to the mating position. In this embodiment, the matching positions may be the first driving position, the second driving position and the additional position. The control device controls the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move downward from the storage position to the distribution position. fit position. Specifically, in order to directly wash the materials after feeding, the control transmission assembly 300 moves downward from the storage position to the first driving position.
S2 执行入料 将物 料和水经 由入料 口送入洗 料腔 211中。 执行 入料步骤 包括增 大第一磁 力, 以使洗料仓 盖 270保持在 关闭位置 。 这使 得洗料仓 盖 270和仓盖 安装座 能够承受 较大的物 料和水 的重量 。 需要说 明的 是, 对于图示实 施方式 , 洗料仓盖 270在初始 状态时位 于关闭位 置, 在 该方 案下, 可以增大 第一磁力 。 在一 个实施方 式中, 第一磁力通过电磁 铁产生 。 控制方法还包 括增大 电 流或 接通电 流以增大 第一磁力 。 控制装置改变 电流的状 态, 来实现洗料 仓盖 270 的关闭 。 在另一个实施方 式中, 第一磁力通 过磁体 产生。 控制方法还 包 括控 制传动组 件 300向下移 动以增 大第一磁 力, 具体是向下 移动至 第一驱动 位置 。 控制装置控制 传动组件 300的移动 以减小传 动组件 300与仓盖安装 座 之 间的距离 , 从而实现洗料仓 盖 270的关 闭。 对于 洗料仓盖 270在初始状 态时位 于打开位 置的实施 方式, 在准备入料 步骤 中已经增 大第一磁 力, 由此, 在执行入料步骤不用 再次增 大第一磁 力。 执行 入料步骤 包括执行 下料 , 用于将物料的送 入洗料腔 21L 控制 装置控制 送料仓 110向下移动 至使进料 通道与储 料仓 13和洗料腔 211 均连通的 配合位置 , 即附加位置 (如图 4所示), 以将位于储料 仓 13内 的物 料送入 洗料腔 211。送料仓 110经由入料 口 201伸入洗料 腔 211内,位于 其侧 壁的进料 口 111能够与储料仓 13连通,位于其 侧壁的 出料口 112能够与 洗料 腔 211连通。 在下料完成后, 控制装置控制送料 仓 110向上移动至使 进 料通 道与洗料 腔 211不连通 的位置 , 例如第二位置 中的第一 驱动位置 (如图 5 所示 )□ 执行 入料步骤 包括执行 进水 , 向洗料腔 211供水。 一个 实施方式 是,经由送 料仓 110的进水通道 、入料口 201向洗料腔 211 供水 。 供水与下料的 顺序不分 先后。 优选为可 以先下料 后进水 , 或者先进水 后下 料, 或者在下料 时进水 以节省时 间。 需要说明的是 , 出水口 113位于送 料仓 110的下表面 , 在执行进水时 , 送料仓 110位于洗料 腔 211上方时 的位 置可 以作为其 与洗料 腔 211连通的 位置, 例如附加位 置、 第一驱动位 置和第 二驱 动位置 。 送料仓 110在这些位 置时都可 以向洗料 腔 211供水。 可以将清 水箱 81内的水经 由进水 管、 送料仓 110的进水通道, 供入洗料 腔 211。 可替 代地 , 进水组件可以 包括进水 管和水 泵, 控制方法包括 控制进 水组件 向洗料 腔 211供水。 控制装置可 以控制水 泵以开始 进水和 终止进水 。 另一 个可替代 的实施 方式是, 可以经由进水管 等进水装 置直接 向洗料腔 211供 水。 在下 料完成且 在进水 完成后或 进水之前 将送料 仓 110向上移 动至使进 料 通道 与洗料腔 211不连通 的位置, 以终止物料的传输 。 入料口 201可以是 一 个 , 物料和水均从该一 个入料 口 201送入洗 料腔 211。 可替代地, 入料口 201 可以 是两个或 多个, 物料和水分别从 不同的入 料口 201送入洗料腔 211。 S2 Perform material feeding to send materials and water into the material washing chamber 211 through the material inlet. Performing the feeding step includes increasing the first magnetic force to keep the wash bin cover 270 in the closed position. This enables the washing bin cover 270 and the bin cover mounting seat to bear the weight of larger materials and water. It should be noted that, for the illustrated embodiment, the washing bin cover 270 is in the closed position in the initial state, and in this solution, the first magnetic force can be increased. In one embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet. The control method further includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force. The control device changes the state of the current to realize the closing of the washing bin cover 270 . In another embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet. The control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move downward to increase the first magnetic force, specifically to move downward to the first driving position. The control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, so as to realize the closing of the material washing compartment cover 270 . For the embodiment in which the washing bin cover 270 is in the open position in the initial state, the first magnetic force has been increased in the step of preparing for loading materials, thus, the first magnetic force does not need to be increased again in the step of loading materials. The step of feeding materials includes performing unloading, which is used to send materials into the washing chamber 21L. The control device controls the feeding bin 110 to move down to a matching position where the feeding channel communicates with the storage bin 13 and the washing chamber 211. That is, the additional position (as shown in FIG. 4 ) is used to send the materials in the storage bin 13 into the washing chamber 211 . The feeding bin 110 extends into the material washing chamber 211 through the material inlet 201 , the material inlet 111 located on its side wall can communicate with the storage bin 13 , and the material outlet 112 located on its side wall can communicate with the material washing chamber 211 . After the unloading is completed, the control device controls the feeding bin 110 to move upwards to a position where the feeding channel is not communicated with the washing chamber 211, such as the first driving position in the second position (as shown in Figure 5) □ Carry out the feeding step Including performing water intake and supplying water to the washing chamber 211. In one embodiment, water is supplied to the washing chamber 211 through the water inlet channel of the feeding bin 110 and the material inlet 201 . The order of water supply and cutting is not in particular order. It is preferable to feed water after feeding, or feed water first, or feed water during feeding to save time. It should be noted that the water outlet 113 is located on the lower surface of the feeding bin 110. When water is being fed, the position where the feeding bin 110 is located above the washing chamber 211 can be used as a position communicating with the washing chamber 211, such as an additional position, A first drive position and a second drive position. When the feeding bin 110 is in these positions, water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211. The water in the fresh water tank 81 can be supplied into the washing chamber 211 through the water inlet pipe and the water inlet channel of the feeding bin 110 . replaceable Alternatively, the water inlet assembly may include a water inlet pipe and a water pump, and the control method includes controlling the water inlet assembly to supply water to the washing chamber 211. The control device can control the water pump to start water intake and stop water intake. Another alternative embodiment is that water can be directly supplied to the washing chamber 211 via a water inlet device such as a water inlet pipe. After the feeding is completed and the feeding bin 110 is moved upwards to a position where the feeding channel is not connected to the washing chamber 211 after the water feeding is completed or before the water feeding is completed, the transmission of the materials is terminated. There may be one material inlet 201 , and the material and water are sent into the washing chamber 211 from the one material inlet 201 . Alternatively, there may be two or more material inlets 201, and materials and water are fed into the washing chamber 211 from different material inlets 201 respectively.
S3 执行洗料 对洗 料腔 211内的物料进行 清洗。 控制 传动组件 300能够驱动 搅拌件 19旋转以进 行洗料 时的甩料操 作。 对于 图示实施 方式, 控制方法 还包括控 制传动 组件 300移动至第一驱 动 位置 以准备进 行洗料 时的甩料 。 可以理解, 如果传动组 件 300已经在 准备入 料步 骤和执行 入料步 骤中移动 至第一 驱动位置 , 则在执行洗料 步骤不用 执行 此操 作 o 具体 地, 控制装置控 制位于第 一驱动位 置的传 动组件 300驱动搅拌件 安 装座 带动搅拌 件 19旋转, 以进行洗料操作 。 在执行洗料的步 骤中, 传动组件 300在 第一驱 动位置 与搅拌件 安装座之 间存在 第二磁力 。 通过第二磁力 , 传 动组 件 300驱动搅 拌件安 装座带动 搅拌件 19旋转。 具体地, 控制位于第一驱 动位 置的传动 主体 310围绕第二旋 转轴线旋 转, 搅拌件安装 座受周 向磁力作 用与 传动主体 310围绕第二 旋转轴 线一起旋 转, 以带动位于 洗料腔 211内的 搅拌 件 19旋转。 传动组件 300、 和搅拌件 19同步旋转 , 搅拌件 19的旋转 可 以 实现洗料 。 对于 图示实施 方式,第二安装 座 250受到来 自传动组件 300的第二磁 力, 当传 动组件 300的传动主体 310旋转时 ,作为搅拌件安装 座的第 一安装座 220 在第 二磁力 的作用下 与第二安 装座 250一起旋转以 带动搅拌 件 19旋转。 需要 说明的是 , 上述入料中的 下料和进 水, 以及洗料 步骤不限 制先后顺 序 , 可以是依次进行 , 即下料-进水-洗料; 也可以是在下料 的过程 中进水 , 并 在进 水之后 洗料; 也可以是在 下料之 前进水 , 并在下料之后洗 料; 也可以是 在洗 料的过程 中下料 和进水等 等。 S3 Execute material washing to clean the materials in the material washing chamber 211. The control transmission assembly 300 can drive the agitator 19 to rotate to carry out the operation of throwing the material during washing. For the illustrated embodiment, the control method also includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move to the first driving position to prepare for throwing the material during washing. It can be understood that if the transmission assembly 300 has already moved to the first driving position during the step of preparing for feeding materials and executing the step of feeding materials, this operation does not need to be performed during the step of washing materials. Specifically, the control device controls the transmission assembly at the first driving position 300 drives the mounting seat of the stirring element to drive the stirring element 19 to rotate for washing operation. In the step of washing materials, the transmission assembly 300 has a second magnetic force between the first driving position and the mounting seat of the stirring member. Through the second magnetic force, the transmission assembly 300 drives the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate. Specifically, the transmission main body 310 at the first driving position is controlled to rotate around the second rotation axis, and the agitator mounting seat is subjected to circumferential magnetic force to rotate together with the transmission main body 310 around the second rotation axis, so as to drive the Stirrer 19 rotates. The transmission assembly 300 and the stirring member 19 rotate synchronously, and the rotation of the stirring member 19 can realize washing. For the illustrated embodiment, the second mounting base 250 is subjected to the second magnetic force from the transmission assembly 300, and when the transmission body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 rotates, the first mounting base 220 as the stirring member mounting base is under the action of the second magnetic force Rotate together with the second mounting base 250 to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate. It should be noted that there is no limitation on the order of the steps of feeding, feeding, and washing in the above-mentioned feeding, and they can be performed sequentially, that is, feeding-water-washing; water can also be fed during the feeding process. , and wash the material after entering the water; it can also be to enter the water before the material is unloaded, and to wash the material after the material is unloaded; it can also be to unload the material and enter the water during the washing process, etc.
S4 执行排 污 在洗 料完成后 将洗料腔 211内的污 水排出, 具体是从洗料腔 211底部的 排污 口经由排 污管道 10排至污水 箱 48O 排水方式可 以是重 力排水和 虹吸排 水 。对于虹吸排 水方案 ,执行排水步 骤还包括 向洗料 腔 211供水至 洗料腔 211 内的 水位高 于虹吸管 道的最 高部分, 以触发虹吸排水 。 S4 Execute the sewage discharge and discharge the sewage in the washing chamber 211 after the washing is completed, specifically from the bottom of the washing chamber 211 The sewage outlet is discharged to the sewage tank 48 through the sewage pipe 10. The drainage method can be gravity drainage and siphon drainage. For the siphon drainage scheme, the step of performing drainage also includes supplying water to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the siphon pipe, so as to trigger siphon drainage.
S5 执行落料 需要 将洗料仓 盖 270打开 而后落料 。 本实施方式的执 行落料 步骤包括 减 小仓 盖安装座 与传动 组件 300之间的第一磁 力, 以使洗料仓 盖 270因重力 从 关 闭位置向 下移动至 打开位置 , 并且清洗后的 物料落入 锅体。 借助于磁力驱 动洗 料仓盖 270移动以使排 料口 212打开, 可以容易地 实现洗料 仓盖 270的 打开 动作, 工作效率高, 自动化水平高, 并且可以避免 洗料水 弄脏传动 组件 300, 减少洗料仓组 件的清 洗工作量 , 提升用户的体 验感。 在一 个实施方 式中, 第一磁力通过电磁 铁产生 , 控制方法还包括 减小 电 流或 切断电 流以减小 第一磁力 ; 控制装置改变 电流的状 态, 来实现洗料 仓盖 270 的打开 。 在另一个实施方 式中, 第一磁力通 过磁体 产生, 控制方法还 包 括控 制传动组 件 300向上移 动以减 小第一磁 力。 控制装置控 制传动 组件 300 的移 动以减 小传动组 件 300与仓盖 安装座之 间的距 离, 来实现洗料仓 盖 270 的打 开。 对于 磁体的方 案, 控制方法还 包括控制 传动组 件 300移动至 第二驱动 位 置以 准备进行 落料时 的甩料 。 具体是, 控制传动组件 300从第一驱动 位置移 动至 第二驱动 位置。 传动组件 300在第一驱 动位置 与第二驱 动位置之 间的切 换 包括控制传 动组件 300从第一驱动位 置向上 移动第一 距离 L1至非驱动位 置 以减 小所述 第一磁力 , 使得洗料仓盖 270因重力从 关闭位置 向下移动 至打开 位置 。控制传动组件 300从非驱动位 置向下移 动第二距 离 L2至第二 驱动位 置, 并且 洗料仓盖 270保持在打 开位置 。 在洗料仓盖 270位于打开位 置时, 洗料 腔 211与内锅 3连通。 第一距离 L1大于 第二距 离 L2。 也就是说, 第二驱动 位置 位于第一 驱动位 置的上方 。 如此控制, 不仅可以 实现排料 口 212的打开 以及 洗料工位 和落料 工位之 间的切换 , 使洗料工作过程 顺利进 行, 而且可以 减小 传动主体 310的高度 , 优化烹饪器具 1的结构。 本实施方 式的控制 方法 可以 将传动组 件 300的高度 设计成 期望的较 小的尺 寸, 一方面可以合 理设计 传动 组件 300与锅盖 4之间 的距离, 以便锅体 2和锅盖 4的放置和拿 取更容 易操 作, 并且不会碰到机 体组件 11 , 避免了机体组件 11造成损伤 ; 另一方面 可以 减小烹饪 器具 1的整体高度 , 有利于产品小 型化。 第一 距离 L1可以为 6mm~ 100mm,例 如, 6mm、 10mm、 20mm、 30mm、 40mm 、 50mm 、 60mm、 70mm、 80mm、 90mm 、 100mm。 第一距离与第二 距 离 的差值 L1-L2可以为 5mm〜 20mm,例戈口 , 5mm、 8mm、 10mm、 12mm、 14mm、 mm 、 16mm、 18mm、 20mm o 本方 案的传动 组件 300的传动主体 310的高度相 对于直接 将其从 第一驱 动位 置移动 至第二驱 动位置 的切换方 法可以减 小数值 小于或等 于第一距 离 L1 的尺寸 , 在第一距离 L1等于洗料 仓盖 270从打 开位置到 关闭位 置之间的 移动 的距离 的方案 中,传动主体 310的高度减 小等于 第一距 离 L1的尺寸 ,在 第一 距离 L1大于 洗料仓盖 270从打开位置 到关闭位 置之间 的移动的 距离的方 案 中, 传动主体 310的高度减小 小于第一距 离 L1的尺 寸。 可选 地, 第一距离 L1可以为 20mm〜 30mm。 一个优选示例为第 一距 离 L1 为 25mm, 第二距离为 20mm。 另一个优选示 例为第 一距离 L1为 25mm, 第二 距离为 5 mm o 下面 采用对 比的方式描 述本控 制方法 的有益效 果。 作为 示例, 可以限定 : 洗料 仓盖 270在打开位置和 关闭位 置之间移 动的行程 为 a, 如图 7所示。 需要 说明的是 , 行程 a一般与洗 料仓盖 270的尺寸与排 料口的 尺寸的 比例有 关 。 传动 主体 310在洗料工位 和落料工 位之间移 动的行 程为 bo 平动 配合件 231与平动驱动 件 321之间能够产生 有效耦合 的耦合 宽度为 L。 洗料 仓主体 210的仓主体顶 壁 216的厚度 为 t, 如图 7所示。 传动 组件 300的高度, 具体是传动 主体 310的高度为 H, 如图 1所示。 高度 H满足 如下关 系: H=L+b+t。 由此可见,行程 b减小, 高度 H相应减小 。 对于 传动组件 300从洗料 工位直接 切换至 落料工位 的实施方 式, 为了在 切换 时使洗 料仓盖 270同时打开 , 行程 bl包含行程 a。 即高度 Hl=L+bl+t。 对于 本实施方 式的增加 执行动 作以将传 动组件 300从洗料工 位直接切 换 至 落料工位 的实施 方式, 行程 b2不 包含行程 a。 即高度 H2=L+b2+t。 因此, Hl-H2=a, 因此, 本实施方式的传 动主体 310的高度 H减小了尺 寸 a。 当烹饪 器具 1整体高度 不变时 , 传动组件 300与锅盖 4上的洗料 仓主体 210之间的 间 隔距离 D(如图 1所示 )可以增加尺 寸 a, 从而锅体 2和锅盖 4的放置 和拿 取更 容易操作 。 当然, 如果需要和/或期望 , 可以将传动组件 300减小的 尺寸 a设 计成将 烹饪器具 1的整体 高度较小 ,以及将传动组 件 300与锅盖 4之间的 间 隔距离 D调整至合 适值。 作为 一个示例 , 行程 a=20mm, 行程 bl=22mm, 耦合宽度 L=10mm, 厚 度 t=6mm。 高度 H 1 =L+b 1 +t=38mm , 高度 H2=Hl-a=18mm。 当洗 料仓盖 270被打开以及 传动组件 300就位于 落料工位 时, 可以控制 搅拌 件 19旋转, 进行落料时的甩 料。 具体 地, 控制位于第 二驱动位 置的传 动组件 300驱动搅拌件 安装座 带动 搅拌 件 19一起旋转。 在执行落料的 步骤中 , 传动组件 300在第一驱 动位置 与 搅拌 件安装座 之间存 在第二磁 力。 通过第二磁 力, 传动组件 300驱动搅拌件 安装 座带动搅 拌件 19旋转。 具体地, 控制位于第 二驱动位 置的传 动组件 300 的传 动主体 310围绕第二旋 转轴线 旋转, 搅拌件安 装座受周 向磁力 作用与传 动主 体 310围绕第 二旋转 轴线一起 旋转, 从而带动搅 拌件 19随之旋转, 实现 落料 时的甩料 动作, 以将洗料腔 211内的物 料落入 内锅 3。 S5 To perform blanking, it is necessary to open the washing bin cover 270 and then blank. The blanking step of this embodiment includes reducing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing cover 270 moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity, and the cleaned material into the pot. The washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to open the discharge port 212, so that the opening action of the washing bin cover 270 can be easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the washing water can be avoided from dirtying the transmission assembly 300 , Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience. In one embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet, and the control method further includes reducing the current or cutting off the current to reduce the first magnetic force; the control device changes the state of the current to realize the opening of the washing bin cover 270 . In another embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet, and the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward to reduce the first magnetic force. The control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, so as to realize the opening of the washing compartment cover 270 . For the solution of magnets, the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move to the second driving position to prepare for material throwing during material blanking. Specifically, the transmission assembly 300 is controlled to move from the first driving position to the second driving position. The switching of the transmission assembly 300 between the first driving position and the second driving position includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upwards by a first distance L1 from the first driving position to the non-driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin Lid 270 moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity. The transmission assembly 300 is controlled to move down the second distance L2 from the non-driving position to the second driving position, and the washing bin cover 270 remains in the open position. When the material washing bin cover 270 is in the open position, the material washing chamber 211 communicates with the inner pot 3 . The first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2. That is to say, the second driving position is located above the first driving position. Such control can not only realize the opening of the discharge port 212 and the switching between the material washing station and the material blanking station, so that the material washing process can be carried out smoothly, but also can reduce the height of the transmission body 310, and optimize the cooking utensil 1. structure. The control method of this embodiment can design the height of the transmission assembly 300 to a desired smaller size. On the one hand, the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the pot cover 4 can be reasonably designed, so that the placement of the pot body 2 and the pot cover 4 and It is easier to take and operate, and will not touch the body assembly 11, avoiding damage to the body assembly 11; on the other hand, the overall height of the cooking appliance 1 can be reduced, which is beneficial to the miniaturization of the product. The first distance L1 may be 6mm~100mm, for example, 6mm, 10mm, 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 50mm, 60mm, 70mm, 80mm, 90mm, 100mm. The difference L1-L2 between the first distance and the second distance can be 5mm~20mm, for example, 5mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 14mm, mm, 16mm, 18mm, 20mm. The transmission body of the transmission assembly 300 of this solution The height of 310 can be reduced by a value less than or equal to the first distance L1, which is equal to the distance L1 from the open position of the washing bin cover 270, relative to the switching method of directly moving it from the first driving position to the second driving position. In the solution of the moving distance to the closed position, the height of the transmission body 310 is reduced by a dimension equal to the first distance L1, and the first distance L1 is greater than that of the movement of the washing bin cover 270 from the open position to the closed position. In the distance scheme, the height of the transmission body 310 is reduced by a dimension smaller than the first distance L1. Optionally, the first distance L1 may be 20mm˜30mm. A preferred example is that the first distance L1 is 25mm, and the second distance is 20mm. Another preferred example is that the first distance L1 is 25 mm, and the second distance is 5 mm. The beneficial effects of this control method will be described below in a comparative manner. As an example, it may be defined that: the stroke of the washing bin cover 270 moving between the open position and the closed position is a, as shown in FIG. 7 . It should be noted that the stroke a is generally related to the ratio of the size of the washing bin cover 270 to the size of the discharge opening. The stroke of the transmission body 310 moving between the washing station and the blanking station is bo, and the effective coupling width between the translation matching part 231 and the translation driving part 321 is L. The thickness of the bin body top wall 216 of the washing bin body 210 is t, as shown in FIG. 7 . The height of the transmission assembly 300, specifically the height of the transmission body 310 is H, as shown in FIG. 1 . The height H satisfies the following relationship: H=L+b+t. It can be seen that the stroke b decreases and the height H decreases accordingly. For the embodiment in which the transmission assembly 300 is directly switched from the washing station to the blanking station, in order to open the washing bin cover 270 at the same time when switching, the stroke b1 includes the stroke a. That is, the height Hl=L+bl+t. For the embodiment in which an action is added to directly switch the transmission assembly 300 from the washing station to the blanking station in this embodiment, the stroke b2 does not include the stroke a. That is, the height H2=L+b2+t. Therefore, H1-H2=a, therefore, the height H of the transmission body 310 in this embodiment is reduced by a dimension a. When the overall height of the cooking utensil 1 is constant, the distance D (as shown in FIG. 1 ) between the transmission assembly 300 and the main body 210 of the washing bin 4 on the pot cover 4 can increase the dimension a, so that the pot body 2 and the pot cover 4 Easy to place and take. Of course, if needed and/or desired, the reduced dimension a of the transmission assembly 300 can be designed to reduce the overall height of the cooking utensil 1, and to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the pot cover 4 Adjust the distance D to an appropriate value. As an example, stroke a=20mm, stroke bl=22mm, coupling width L=10mm, thickness t=6mm. Height H 1 =L+b 1 +t=38mm, height H2=Hl-a=18mm. When the material washing bin cover 270 is opened and the transmission assembly 300 is located at the blanking station, the agitator 19 can be controlled to rotate to perform material rejection during blanking. Specifically, the transmission assembly 300 located at the second driving position is controlled to drive the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate together. In the step of performing the blanking, the transmission assembly 300 has a second magnetic force between the first driving position and the mounting seat of the stirring element. Through the second magnetic force, the transmission assembly 300 drives the stirring member mounting seat to drive the stirring member 19 to rotate. Specifically, the transmission main body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 at the second driving position is controlled to rotate around the second rotation axis, and the stirrer mounting seat is subjected to circumferential magnetic force to rotate together with the transmission main body 310 around the second rotation axis, thereby driving the stirrer 19 Rotate thereupon to realize the action of throwing the material during blanking, so as to drop the material in the washing chamber 211 into the inner pot 3.
S6 执行复位 将洗 料仓盖 270、 传动组件 300和送料仓 110复位。 需要说明的是 , 复 位动 作可以在 落料之 后的任何 阶段中 执行。 例如, 可以在复位 之前向 内锅 3 加水 , 在加水之后将 洗料仓盖 270、 传动组件 300和送料仓 110复位。 例如 烹饪 完毕后 进行复位 。 洗料 仓盖 270的复位: 本 实施方式 的洗料仓 盖 270在初始状 态时位 于关闭位 置, 在落料之后 直 接复 位或者在 烹饪之 后复位 时, 如果洗料仓盖 270当前位于 打开位 置, 则需 要执 行洗料仓 盖 270的复位 。 执行复位包括 : 控制传动组件 300从第二驱 动 位置 移动至 第一驱动 位置, 洗料仓盖 270受向上磁 力从打开 位置移 动至关 闭 位置 以实现 洗料仓盖 270的复位。在落 料之后直 接复位 或者在 烹饪之后 复位, 如果 洗料仓盖 270当前位 于关闭位 置, 则在执行复 位的过程 中不对 洗料仓盖 270执 行动作 。 送料 仓 110和传动 组件 300的复位: 可以控制送 料仓 110带动传动组件 300从 配合位 置向上移 动至收 纳位置 , 以复位送料仓 110和传动组件 300o 送 料仓 110和 /或传动组件 300在收纳位 置部分 或全部 收纳于机 体组件 内部。 对 于 图示实施 方式, 送料仓 110在收纳位置 大致全部 或者说 大部分收 纳于机体 组件 内部, 传动组件 300的旋转驱 动装置 301大致全部 或者说 大部分收 纳于 机体 组件内部 。 在上 述相关步 骤中, 控制方法 还包括 : 控制送料仓 110上下移动以带 动 传动 组件 300一起沿直线移 动; 控制直线驱 动装置 120驱动送料 仓 110沿直 线移 动; 控制传动组 件 300与旋转 驱动装 置一起上 下移动 , 具体是控制送料 仓 110带动传动组 件 300与旋转 驱动装 置一起上 下移动 ; 控制旋转驱动装 置 301驱 动传动 组件 300的一部分旋 转, 具体是控制旋 转驱动 装置 301驱动传 动组 件 300的传动 主体 310旋转。 传动 组件 300的移动通过控 制送料 仓 110的移动 而实现 。 具体是, 控制 装置 控制直 线驱动装 置 120驱动送 料仓 110沿直线移动 , 送料仓 110与传动 组件 300可接合从 而带动传 动组件 300上下移动 。 在执行复位的 步骤中 , 控 制送 料仓 110向上移动以 带动传动 组件 300一起向上移动 至收纳 位置。 在执 行洗 料和执行 落料的 步骤中 , 控制旋转驱动装 置 301驱动传 动组件 300的传 动主 体 310旋转 , 从而带动洗料仓 盖 270及其上 的搅拌件 19旋转。 对 于图示 实施方式 , 搅拌件 19和洗料 仓盖 270均设于第一 安装座 250, 在该 实施方 式中,控制方 法还包括 驱动洗料 仓盖 270与搅拌件 19一起在打开 位置 和关闭位 置之 间移动。 在其他实施方式 中, 仓盖安装座 与搅拌件 安装座 为分 体构件 并独立设 置, 在该实施方 式中, 控制方法 还包括 独立地驱 动洗料 仓盖 270在打开位 置和关 闭位置之 间移动 , 和独立地驱动搅 拌件 19旋转。 在执 行排污步 骤之后 向洗料腔 211加水以向 锅体加水 。 可以在排污之 后 落料 之前, 或者落料 时或者 落料之后 经由洗料 腔 211向内锅 3加水。 在一个 实施 方式中 ,在执行落料步 骤之后 直接执行 烹饪操作 。在另一个实 施方式 中, 控制 单元可 以控制烹 饪器具循 环执行 上述步骤 中的入料 、 洗料、 排污和落料 等步 骤,具体的循 环次数 由用户选 择的物 料量决定 。例如, 当选择一杯米 时, 上述 步骤循环 一次; 当选择两杯米 时,上述步骤循 环两次 ; 当选择 N杯米时, 上述 步骤循环 N次 。 N次步骤之 后进入 烹饪步骤 。 下 文参考 图 2 -图 9对第一实施方式的烹 饪器具 1的整个洗料 工作过 程进 行描 述: 如 图 2所示 ,烹饪器具 1处于初始状 态。此时送料仓 110和传动组 件 300 均处 于第一位 置中的 初始位置 ,送料仓 110与储料仓 13的出口以及 洗料仓组 件 200的入料口 201均不连通 ,洗料仓盖 270处于 关闭位置 。在初始状态 下, 洗料 仓盖 270的受力关系 为 F1+F2 2 G1+G2,其中 F1为平动配合 件 231与平 动驱 动件 321之间的磁力 ; F2为保持构件 237与保持配 合构件 238之间的磁 力 ; G1为洗料仓盖 270及随其 沿直线移 动的随动 负载的 总重量 , 在本实施方 式 中, 随动负载至少 包括第一 安装座 220、 平动配合件 231和搅拌件 19; G2 为洗 料腔 211内的水和物料 的重量 。 可以理解, G1为 固定值, Fl、 F2和 G2 为可 变值。 在该状态 下, F1较小 , 甚至可能接近或 等于 0, 当 Fl=0时, F2 2 G1+G2; F2最大, 即 F2max; G2=0, 或者 G2为洗料 腔 211上清洗后 少量 残 留水的重 量。 当意欲进行 下料操作 时,首先直线 驱动装置 120可以带动螺 杆 121动作, 从 而螺杆 121可以带动 送料仓 110向下运动 至第二位 置中的第 一驱动 位置。 如 图 3所示, 烹饪器具 1处于准备下料 状态。此时 送料仓 110和传动组件 300 均处 于第二位 置中的 第一驱动 位置,送料 仓 110与储料仓 13的出口以及洗料 仓组 件 200的入 料口 201仍均不连通 , 洗料仓盖 270仍处 于关闭位 置。 在图 3 所示的状 态下, 洗料仓盖 270的受力 关系为 F1+F2>G1+G2, 其中 Fl和 F2 最 大, 即 Flmax、 F2max, G2与初始状 态相 同。 由此, 洗料仓盖 270受到向 上 的磁力以及 洗料仓 组件 200存在径向上 的磁力连接 。接着直线驱 动装置 120 可 以继续带 动螺杆 121动作, 送料仓 110继续向下运 动并伸入 洗料腔 211 内 而传 动组件 300不随之运 动。 如图 4所示 , 烹饪器具 1处于 下料状态 。 此时 送料 仓 110处于附加位置 , 传动组件 300处于第二位 置中的 第一驱动 位置, 送料 仓 110与储料仓 13的出口以及 洗料仓组 件 200的入料 口 201仍均连通, 洗料 仓盖 270仍处于关闭位 置。储料仓 13中的物料 经由进 料口 111进入送料 仓 110, 再经由出料 口 112进入 洗料腔 211 中, 进行下料动作。 流入洗料腔 211 的物料量 可以通过 时间来计 算, 烹饪器具 根据用 户所需 的物料 量来控 制 送料 仓 110 处于附加位 置的 时间, 以实现定量下 料。 在该下料状 态下还 可 以向 洗料腔 211供水, 可以同时下 料和供 水,也可 以等下 料完后 再进行 供水 动作 。 清水箱 81中的清 水经由管 路、 进水口 113进入送料仓 110, 再经由出 水 口 114进入 洗料腔 211。 下料和供水完成时 , 洗料仓盖 270的受 力关系 为 F1+F2>G1+G2, 其 中 Fl、 F2为 Flmax、 F2max, G2为水 和物料的 重量。 当下料操作 完成时 ,直线驱动装 置 120再次带 动螺杆 121动作,螺杆 121 带动 送料仓 110向上运动 至第二位 置中的 第一驱动 位置, 如图 5所示。 在图 5 所示的 状态下 , 可以向洗料腔 211供水, 或者也可以在图 4状态下 向洗料 腔供 水。 当在图 5所示 的状态下 供水时 , G2的重量增加 。 供水完成后 , 旋转 驱动 装置 301可以带动传 动主体 310旋转, 进而旋转 驱动件 322与旋转配合 件 232之间的磁 力可以 带动第二 安装座 250旋转 , 进而带动第一安 装座 220 及其 上的搅拌 件 19一起旋转, 以进行洗料 动作。 可以理解 , 对于图示实施方 式 , 在进行洗料动作 时, 洗料腔 211 内的水位低于排污管 道 10的最高部分 。 在未 示出的 其他实施 例方式 中, 可以设置单独 的开启和 关闭排 污口 213的电 磁 阀门, 通过直接控 制电磁 阀门的打 开和关 闭的状 态来直接 控制是 否排水 , 该种 排水方 式可以不 限制洗料 腔 211 内的水位必须低于 排污管道 的最高部 分。 对于 图示实施 方式 , 当完成洗料动作 意欲进 行排水 时, 先向洗料腔 211 供水 至洗料腔 211内的水位 高于排 污管道 10的最高部分 ,利用虹吸 原理进行 排水 。 并且排水通道 的最高位 置会具有 一个速 度水头 , 由此形成排污管 道 10 的满 流。 当水位高度下 降至低 于排污管 道 10的最 高位置时 , 由于此处排水通 道 已经处于 满流状态 , 此时由于洗料 腔 211 内的水位高于 排污管 107的出水 口 114的水位 , 根据伯努特原理 , 此时排污管 107的出口会 具有一个 速度水 头 , 可以将洗料仓 内水排干净 。 在排水完成 时, 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 F1+F2>G1+G2, 其 中 Fl、 F2为 Flmax、 F2max, G2为 吸水后的 物料和 少量 残 留水的重 量。 如果需要, 还可以在排水后 添加清 水, 以用于烹饪 ; 在该情 况下 , G2为吸水 后的物料 和清水 的重量 。 可以 重复执行 供水 、 洗料时甩料和排 水的动 作, 实现单次物 料的多 次洗 料 。 当完 成排水动 作意欲 进行落料 时, 直线驱动装 置 120带动送料仓 110向 上运 动至第一 位置中 的中间位 置, 如图 6所示 。 在图 6所示的状 态下, 洗料 仓盖 270的受力 关系为 F1+F2<G1+G2, 其中 F1减小 , 即 FKFlmax. F2为 F2max, G2与排 水完成 时相同。 由于 F1+F2<G1+G2, 使得洗料仓 盖 270受力 不平 衡, 不能保持在 关闭位置 将向下 移动, 排料口 212将打开 。 烹饪器具从 图 6所示的状 态很快切 换至图 7所示的状 态, 即洗料仓盖 270向下移 动至打 开位 置, 此过程 F1继续减小 , F2减小。 如图 7所示 , 洗料仓盖 270已位 于 打开 位置,排料 口 212已打开。此时会有 部分物 料和 /水落入内锅 3 , G2减小。 在 图 7 所示的状态下 , 洗料仓盖 270 的受力关 系为 F1+F2VG1+G2 , 其中 FKFlmax. F2 最小, 即 F2min, G2为剩余吸水 的物料和 少量残 留水的重 量。 接着 直线驱 动装置 120带动螺杆 121使传动主 体 310从中间位置 向下运动 至 第二 位置中 的第二驱 动位置 。 此时如图 8所示 , 烹饪器具 1处于落料状 态。 平动 驱动件 321与平动配合 件 231之间具有距 离 dl , 并且洗料仓盖 270的受 力 关系为 F1+F2VG1+G2, 其中 FKFlmax. F2为 F2min, G2与图 7所示状态 相 同, 使得在落料过 程中, 洗料仓盖 270始终保 持在打 开位置 。 接着旋转驱 动装 置 301再次 带动传动 主体 310旋转, 使得搅拌件 19旋转, 开始甩料, 进 行 落料动作 ,物料受离心力的作 用快速 地落入 内锅 3。在甩料时 G2继续减 小, 在甩 料完成后 ,洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 F1+F291+G2, 其中 FKFlmax. F2 为 F2min, G2为 少量残 留水的重 量。 作为示例, 此时 F1+F2与 G1+G2之 间 的差值可 以为 30go 当完 成落料动 作之后 , 需要进行复位 时, 直线驱动装置 120继续 带动螺 杆 121使传动主 体 310从第二 驱动位 置移动至 第一驱 动位置 , 如图 9所示, 此过 程 F1增 大, 此时平动驱动 件 321与平动配合件 231之间 具有距 离 d2, d2 小于 dl , 洗料仓盖 270的受力关系为 F1+F2>G1+G2, 其中 F1为 Flmax、 F2 为 F2max, G2为 少量残 留水的重量 , 使得洗料仓盖 270将受磁 力作用 而 向上 移动至 关闭位置 , 例如图 3所示 , 实现洗料仓盖 270的复位。 烹饪器具 从 图 9所示的 状态很快 切换至 图 3所示 的状态 , 即洗料仓盖 270向上 移动至 关 闭位置, 此过程 F1继续增大至 Flmax, F2增大 至 F2max, G2与图 9状态 相 同, 此时 F1+F2>G1+G2O 可以 重复执行 下料至 落料的 过程中 的各个动 作, 实现多次物 料的洗料 ; 即重 复执行 图 3至图 9所示的各状 态。 接着 直线驱动 装置 120带动送料 仓 110向上运动至第 一位置 中的初始位 置 , 如图 2所示, 实现送料仓 110和传动组件 300的复位。 此过程 F1减小 至 较 小, 甚至可能接近 或等于 0, F2 为 F2max, G2 与图 9 状态相同 , 此时 F1+F2>G1+G2O 第二 实施方式 以 下, 参照图 23至图 26, 对第二实施方式 的烹饪器 具进行说 明。 除了 传动 结构、搅拌 件 19和洗料仓盖 270外, 第二实施方式的 烹饪器具 具有与第 一 实施方式 的烹饪器 具 1相同 的结构和/或构造 。 因此, 具有与第一实施 方式 中 的功能基 本相同 的功能的 元件将在 此进行 相同的编 号, 并且为了 简洁起见 将不 再对其 进行详细 描述和/或图 示。 本 实施方式 中, 如图 23所示, 排料口 212为常开状态 。 平动配合件 231 设于 洗料腔 211的外部。旋转配合件 232和搅拌件 19设于洗料腔 211的内部 。 洗料 仓盖 270的开关与搅拌 件 19的旋转能够各 自独立 , 彼此互不影响。 洗料 仓盖 270和搅拌件 19设于不 同安装座 240。 旋转驱动件 322在驱动位 置时位 于旋 转配合件 232的径向 内侧。 具体 地, 安装座 240包括第一安 装座 220和第二安 装座 250。 第一安装 座 220位于洗料 腔 211的径 向外侧, 具体是内侧壁 214的径向外侧 , 外侧壁 的径 向内侧 。 第二安装座 250位于洗料腔 211的内部 。 洗料仓盖 270和平 动 配合 件 231设于第 一安装 座 220, 搅拌件 19和旋转配合件 232设于第二 安装 座 250。 因此, 在本实施方式中, 第一安装座 220和第 二安装座 250为分体 构件 并独立设 置, 独立运动, 第一安装座 220为仓盖安装 座, 第二安装座 250 为搅 拌件安 装座。 在本实施方 式中, 洗料仓盖 270封堵 排料 口 212, 即仅靠 洗料 仓盖 270即可完全将排 料口 212盖合。 传动 主体 310包括第一 传动主体 310a和第二 传动主 体 310bo 第一传动 主体 310a和第二传 动主体 310b均相对 于洗料仓 主体 210在非驱动位 置和驱 动位 置之间 可移动。并且 第二传动 主体 310b相对于洗料 仓主体 210围绕第二 旋转 轴线 Ax2可旋 转。 第二传动主 体 310b具有一个驱 动位置 , 旋转驱动件 322 在驱动位 置时位 于旋转配 合件 232的径向内侧 。 因此,在本实施方式中 , 第一 传动主体 310a与第二传 动主体 310b为分体构件 并独立 设置。 烹饪 器具 1还可以包括用 于驱动第 一传动 主体 310a沿直线移 动的驱 动装 置 (未示出)、用于驱动第二 传动主体 310b沿直线 移动的驱 动装置 (未示出 ) 和用 于驱动 第二传动 主体 310b旋转的驱动装 置 (未示出)。 第一 安装座 220包括安装 座筒部 222,洗料仓盖 270位于安装座 筒部 222 的底 部。洗料仓盖 270与第一安装 座 220成型为 一体件 。如果需要和/或期望 , 洗料 仓盖 270与第一安装 座 220可以 为分体构 件。 洗料仓主体 210包括形成 接收 槽 226的槽体部分 225, 槽体部分 225位于洗料 腔 211 内, 第二传动主 体 310b位于接收槽 226内。 第二安装座 250为带底壁的 筒体构件 , 槽体部分 225位 于第二 安装座 250内。 第二安装座 250可旋转地设 于槽体部 分 225。 例 如第 二安装座 250可以 卡接于槽 体部分 225的径向 外表面 。 第二安装座 250 与搅 拌件 19成型为一 体件。 如果需要和 /或期望, 第二安装座 250与搅拌件 19 可以为分 体构件 并固定地 连接至第 二安装 座 250o 在本 实施方 式中, 第二安装 座 250围绕槽 体部分 225旋转, 两者之间在 径向 上具有预 定间 隙, 由此第二安装 座 250的旋 转在径 向所在 的平面上 可以 不受 约束。 如图 26所示, 多个旋转配 合件 232沿第二安装 座 250的周向 均匀 设置 , 多个旋转驱动件 322沿第二传 动主体 310b的周向均 匀设置。 第一旋转 轴线 Axl能够 与第二旋 转轴线 Ax2共线 。 在本实施方式中 , 支撑部件为仓主 体基 座 217。 仓主体基座 217连接至洗 料仓主体 210的下 侧, 并设置有面 向 上方 的座限位 面, 用于向上 支撑第一 安装座 220。 对 于本实施 方式的 烹饪器具 , 其控制方法除 了第一 实施方式 中提及 的各 个步 骤, 还包括独立 地驱动 洗料仓盖 270在打开 位置和 关闭位置 之间移 动, 和独 立地驱 动搅拌件 19旋转。 第三 实施方式 以 下, 参照图 27至图 30, 对第三实施方式 的烹饪器 具进行说 明。 除了 传动 结构、搅拌 件 19和洗料仓盖 270外, 第三实施方式的 烹饪器具 具有与第 一 实施方式 的烹饪器 具 1相同 的结构和/或构造 。 因此, 具有与第一实施 方式 中 的功能基 本相同 的功能的 元件将在 此进行 相同的编 号, 并且为了 简洁起见 将不 再对其 进行详细 描述和/或图 示。 本 实施方式 中,如图 27所示 ,排料口 212为常开 状态。平动配 合件 231、 旋转 配合件 232和搅拌 件 19设于洗料 腔 211 的内部, 并且设于同一安装 座 240。 也就是说, 第一安装座 和第二 安装座成 型为一体 件, 安装座 240设置有 一个 。 本实施方式的 安装座 240既是搅 拌件安装 座, 也是仓盖安 装座, 也就 是说 , 搅拌件安装座 与仓盖安 装座成型 为一体 件。 洗料仓盖 270与搅拌件 19 一起 沿直线移 动, 但洗料仓盖 270不随搅拌件 19旋转。 旋转驱动件 322在驱 动位 置时位 于旋转配 合件 232的径向内侧 。平动驱动件 321和旋转驱动件 322 设 于同一传 动主体 310, 也就是说 , 第一传动主体 和第二传 动主体 成型为 一 体件 。 传动主体 310的移动和旋 转与第 一实施 方式大致 相同, 为简洁起见 此 处不 再描述 。 安装 座 240位于 洗料腔 211 内, 并且包括安装座基部 221和与安装 座基 部 221相连的安 装座筒部 222。 洗料仓盖 270和平动 配合件 231设于安 装座 基部 221 , 旋转配合件 232设于安装座 筒部 222。 洗料仓主体 210包括形成接 收槽 226的槽体 部分 225, 槽体部分 225位于洗料腔 211 内, 传动主体 310 位于 接收槽 226内。 槽体部分 225位于安装座 筒部 222内。 安装座 240可移 动地 设于槽体 部分 225, 具体地, 安装座 240相对于槽体 部分 225沿直线移 动并 围绕槽体 部分 225旋转。 例如安装 座筒部 222可以卡接 于槽体 部分 225 的径 向外表 面。 安装 座 240与洗 料仓盖 270为分体构件 。 安装座基部 221的下侧设 置有 径向 向内延伸 的第一^ 扣 227, 洗料仓盖 270设置 有径向 向外延伸 的第二 卡 扣 275, 第二卡扣 275与第一^ 扣 227卡接, 并且安装座 240相对于 洗料仓 盖 270可旋转。安装座 240与搅拌件 19成型为一 体件。如果 需要和/或期 望, 安装 座 240与搅拌 件 19可以为分体 构件, 并且搅拌件 19随安装 座 240一起 旋转 。 在本 实施方 式中, 安装座 240围绕槽体部 分 225旋转 , 两者之间在径 向 上具 有预定 间隙, 由此安装座 240的旋转在径 向所在的 平面上可 以不受 约束。 如 图 30所示, 多个旋转配 合件 232沿安装座 240的周向设置 , 多个旋转驱动 件 322沿传动主 体 310的周 向设置。 多个旋转配合件 232围绕第一 旋转轴 线 Axl 非中 心对称设 置, 多个旋转驱 动件 322围绕第二旋 转轴线 Ax2中心对 称 设置 。 图 30示出了安装座 240在未旋转 时的状 态, 此时安装座 240相对于传 动主 体 310不偏 离, 安装座 240的轴向 中心线与 第二旋 转轴线 Ax2共线。 当 传动 主体 310位于驱动位 置时 , 安装座 240在周向上 受到的磁 力大小 不同, 受力 不均匀 , 从而如图 30A所 示, 安装座 240会被小 幅度地朝 向一侧 偏离于 传动 主体 310,使得第一旋转 轴线 Axl偏离第二 旋转轴 线 Ax2,两者不 共线。 且第 一旋转 轴线 Axl与第二 旋转轴 线 Ax2之 间的偏 离距离 小于等于 20mm o 在未 示出的 实施方式 中, 多个旋转驱 动件 322可以围绕第二 旋转轴 线 Ax2非 中心 对称设 置。 第四 实施方式 以 下, 参照图 31至图 39, 对第四实施方式 的烹饪器 具进行说 明。 除了 传动 结构、搅拌 件 19和洗料仓盖 270外, 第四实施方式的 烹饪器具 具有与第 一 实施方式 的烹饪器 具 1相同 的结构和/或构造 。 因此, 具有与第一实施 方式 中 的功能基 本相同 的功能的 元件将在 此进行 相同的编 号, 并且为了 简洁起见 将不 再对其 进行详细 描述和/或图 示。 本 实施方式 中, 如图 31所示, 排料口 212为常开 状态。 并且洗料仓 配合 件 230位于洗料 腔 211的内部 , 即平动配合件 231和旋转 配合件 232设于洗 料腔 211 的内部, 并且设于 同一安装座 240。 也就是说, 第一安装座 和第二 安装 座成型 为一体件 , 安装座 240设置有 一个。 本实施方式的安 装座 240既 是搅 拌件安 装座, 也是仓盖 安装座 , 也就是说, 搅拌件安装 座与仓盖 安装座 成型 为一体件 。 搅拌件 19与洗料仓盖 270构造成一体 件, 或者搅拌件 19与 洗料 仓盖 270为分体构件 , 并且搅拌件 19固定地连接至 洗料仓 盖 270。 由此 洗料 仓盖 270与搅拌件 19一起沿直 线移动以 及随搅拌 件 19旋转。 旋转驱动 件 322在驱动位 置时位于 旋转配合 件 232的径向内侧 。 平动驱动件 321和旋 转驱 动件 322设于同 一传动主 体 310, 也就是说, 第一传动主体 和第二 传动 主体 成型为一 体件。 安装 座 240位于 洗料腔 211 内, 并且包括安装座基部 221和与安装 座基 部 221相连的安 装座筒部 222 o 洗料仓盖 270和平动配 合件 231可以设置 于 安装 座基部 221 , 旋转配合件 232设于安 装座筒部 222的顶部 。 洗料仓主体 210 包括形成 接收槽 226的槽体部 分 225, 槽体部分 225位于洗料 腔 211 内, 传动 主体 310位于接收槽 226内, 槽体部分 225位于安装座 筒部 222内。 安 装座 筒部 222可移动地设 置于槽 体部分 225, 具体地, 安装座 240相对于槽 体部 分 225沿直 线移动并 围绕槽体 部分 225旋转。 例如安装座 筒部 222可以 卡接 于槽体部 分 225的径 向外表面 。 传动 组件 300还包括安 装支架 340和旋转 驱动装置 301。 旋转驱动装置 301 设置 于安装支 架 340, 并且其输出轴与传 动主体 310相 连以使传 动主体 310旋 转。 在图示实施 方式中 , 输出轴直接插入 传动主 体 310的安装 孔内。 本 实施方式 的控制 方法与第 一实施 方式的控 制方法 大致相 同, 主要不同 是: S6 Perform reset to reset the washing bin cover 270, the transmission assembly 300 and the feeding bin 110. It should be noted that the reset action can be performed in any stage after blanking. For example, water can be added to the inner pot 3 before reset, and the washing bin cover 270, transmission assembly 300 and feeding bin 110 can be reset after adding water. For example, reset after cooking. Reset of the washing bin cover 270: The washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the closed position in the initial state, and when it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, then It is necessary to perform a reset of the washing bin cover 270 . Executing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move from the second driving position to the first driving position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the open position to the closing position by upward magnetic force to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 . To reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the material washing compartment cover 270 is currently in the closed position, no action is performed on the material washing compartment cover 270 during the reset process. Resetting of the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300: the feeding bin 110 can be controlled to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the matching position to the storage position, so as to reset the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 o The feeding bin 110 and/or the transmission assembly 300 are in the storage position Some or all of them are housed inside the body components. For the illustrated embodiment, the feeding bin 110 is substantially all or most stored inside the body assembly at the storage position, and the rotary drive device 301 of the transmission assembly 300 is almost all or mostly stored inside the body assembly. In the above related steps, the control method further includes: controlling the feeding bin 110 to move up and down to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move along a straight line; controlling the linear drive device 120 to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line; controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down together with the rotary drive device To move, specifically to control the feeding bin 110 to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down together with the rotary drive device; to control the rotary drive device 301 to drive a part of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate, specifically to control the rotary drive device 301 to drive the transmission body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate. The movement of the transmission assembly 300 is realized by controlling the movement of the feeding bin 110 . Specifically, the control device controls the linear drive device 120 to drive the feeding bin 110 to move along a straight line, and the feeding bin 110 is engageable with the transmission assembly 300 to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move up and down. In the reset step, the feeding bin 110 is controlled to move upward to drive the transmission assembly 300 to move upward together to the storage position. In the steps of washing and dropping materials, the rotation driving device 301 is controlled to drive the transmission main body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 to rotate, thereby driving the material washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19 on it to rotate. For the illustrated embodiment, the agitator 19 and the material washing bin cover 270 are both arranged on the first mount 250, and in this embodiment, the control method further includes driving the material washing bin cover 270 together with the agitator 19 in the open position and closed Move between locations. In other embodiments, the cover mounting base and the agitator mounting base are separate components and are set independently. In this embodiment, the control method further includes independently driving the washing bin cover 270 to move between the open position and the closed position. , and independently drive the stirring member 19 to rotate. Add water to the washing chamber 211 to add water to the pot body after performing the blowdown step. Water can be added to the inner pot 3 via the washing chamber 211 after the sewage discharge and before the material is discharged, or during or after the material is discharged. In one embodiment, the cooking operation is performed directly after performing the blanking step. In another embodiment, the control unit can control the cooking utensil to cycle through the steps of feeding, washing, draining, and dropping among the above steps, and the specific number of cycles is determined by the amount of material selected by the user. For example, when one cup of rice is selected, the above steps are cycled once; when two cups of rice are selected, the above steps are cycled twice; when N cups of rice are selected, the above steps are cycled N times. Enter the cooking step after N steps. The entire cleaning process of the cooking appliance 1 in the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2-9 : As shown in FIG. 2 , the cooking appliance 1 is in an initial state. At this time, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are all in the initial position in the first position, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are not connected, and the washing bin cover 270 is in the Close position. In the initial state, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2 2 G1+G2, wherein F1 is the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation driving part 321; F2 is the holding member 237 and the holding fit member 238 between the magnetic Force; G1 is the total weight of the washing bin cover 270 and the follow-up load that moves along with it in a straight line. In this embodiment, the follow-up load includes at least the first mounting seat 220, the translation fitting 231 and the stirring member 19; G2 is the weight of water and materials in the washing chamber 211. It can be understood that G1 is a fixed value, and F1, F2 and G2 are variable values. In this state, F1 is small, and may even be close to or equal to 0. When Fl=0, F2 2 G1+G2; F2 is the largest, that is, F2max; G2=0, or G2 is a small amount of residue after cleaning on the washing chamber 211 weight of water. When the unloading operation is intended, the linear driving device 120 can firstly drive the screw 121 to move, so that the screw 121 can drive the feeding bin 110 to move down to the first driving position in the second position. As shown in Fig. 3, the cooking utensil 1 is in a state of preparing for feeding. At this time, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are all in the first driving position in the second position, and the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the material inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still not connected, and the washing bin Lid 270 is still in the closed position. In the state shown in FIG. 3, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, wherein F1 and F2 are the largest, namely Flmax, F2max, and G2 is the same as the initial state. Thus, the washing bin cover 270 is subjected to an upward magnetic force and the washing bin assembly 200 is magnetically connected in a radial direction. Then the linear drive device 120 can continue to drive the screw 121 to move, the feeding bin 110 continues to move downwards and extends into the washing chamber 211 without the transmission assembly 300 moving accordingly. As shown in Fig. 4, the cooking utensil 1 is in an unloading state. At this time, the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, the transmission assembly 300 is in the first driving position in the second position, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still connected, and the washing The lid 270 is still in the closed position. The material in the storage bin 13 enters the feeding bin 110 through the material inlet 111, and then enters the material washing chamber 211 through the material outlet 112 to perform the unloading action. The amount of material flowing into the washing chamber 211 can be calculated by time, and the cooking appliance controls the time that the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position according to the amount of material required by the user, so as to realize quantitative feeding. Water can also be supplied to the washing chamber 211 in this loading state, and the loading and water supply can be performed at the same time, or the water supply action can be performed after the loading is completed. The clean water in the clean water tank 81 enters the feeding bin 110 through the pipeline and the water inlet 113, and then enters the washing chamber 211 through the water outlet 114. When the blanking and water supply are completed, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, wherein F1 and F2 are Flmax and F2max, and G2 is the weight of water and materials. When the unloading operation is completed, the linear driving device 120 drives the screw 121 to move again, and the screw 121 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the first driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 5 . In the state shown in FIG. 5 , water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211, or in the state shown in FIG. 4 , water can be supplied to the washing chamber. When water is supplied in the state shown in Fig. 5, the weight of G2 increases. After the water supply is completed, the rotation driving device 301 can drive the transmission body 310 to rotate, and then the rotation driving member 322 cooperates with the rotation The magnetic force between the components 232 can drive the second mounting base 250 to rotate, and then drive the first mounting base 220 and the stirring component 19 on it to rotate together to perform washing action. It can be understood that, for the illustrated embodiment, the water level in the washing chamber 211 is lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10 during washing. In other embodiments not shown, a separate electromagnetic valve for opening and closing the sewage outlet 213 can be set, and whether to drain water can be directly controlled by directly controlling the opening and closing state of the electromagnetic valve. The water level in the material chamber 211 must be lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe. For the illustrated embodiment, when the washing action is completed and the water is intended to be drained, water is first supplied to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10, and the siphon principle is used for drainage. And the highest position of the drainage channel will have a velocity head, thereby forming a full flow of the sewage pipe 10 . When the water level dropped to the highest position lower than the sewage pipe 10, since the drainage passage here was in a full flow state, at this moment, the water level in the washing chamber 211 was higher than the water level of the water outlet 114 of the sewage pipe 107. According to Nut's principle, the outlet of the sewage pipe 107 will have a velocity head at this time, which can drain the water in the washing bin. When the drainage is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2>G1+G2, where F1 and F2 are Flmax and F2max, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water. If necessary, water can also be added after draining for cooking; in this case, G2 is the weight of the material and water after absorbing water. The actions of water supply, material rejection and drainage during washing can be performed repeatedly to realize multiple washing of a single material. When the draining action is completed and material is to be dropped, the linear drive device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the intermediate position in the first position, as shown in FIG. 6 . In the state shown in FIG. 6, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2<G1+G2, wherein F1 decreases, that is, FKFlmax. F2 is F2max, and G2 is the same as when the drainage is completed. Due to F1+F2<G1+G2, the force on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced, it cannot be kept in the closed position and will move downward, and the discharge port 212 will be opened. The cooking appliance switches from the state shown in FIG. 6 to the state shown in FIG. 7 quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves down to the open position, and during this process F1 continues to decrease, and F2 decreases. As shown in FIG. 7 , the washing bin cover 270 has been in the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, some materials and/or water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease. In the state shown in Fig. 7, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2VG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax. F2 is the smallest, ie F2min, and G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water. Then the linear driving device 120 drives the screw 121 to move the transmission body 310 downward from the middle position to the second driving position in the second position. At this time, as shown in FIG. 8 , the cooking utensil 1 is in a blanking state. There is a distance d1 between the translational driving part 321 and the translational matching part 231, and the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F2VG1+G2, where FKFlmax. F2 is F2min, G2 is the same as the state shown in Figure 7 The same, so that during the blanking process, the washing bin cover 270 is always kept in the open position. Then the rotating drive device 301 drives the transmission main body 310 to rotate again, so that the agitator 19 rotates, starts to throw the material, and performs a material dropping action, and the material falls into the inner pot 3 quickly under the action of centrifugal force. G2 continues to decrease during material rejection. After material rejection is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1+F291+G2, wherein FKFlmax. F2 is F2min, and G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water. As an example, the difference between F1+F2 and G1+G2 can be 30g at this time . When the blanking action is completed, when it is necessary to reset, the linear drive device 120 continues to drive the screw 121 to make the transmission body 310 start from the second drive position. Move to the first driving position, as shown in Figure 9, this process F1 increases, at this time there is a distance d2 between the translation driving part 321 and the translation matching part 231, d2 is less than d1, the force of the washing bin cover 270 The relationship is F1+F2>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, F2 is F2max, and G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water, so that the washing bin cover 270 will be moved upward to the closed position by magnetic force, as shown in Figure 3 for example, Realize the reset of the material washing bin cover 270. The cooking utensil switches from the state shown in Figure 9 to the state shown in Figure 3 very quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards to the closed position, and in this process F1 continues to increase to Flmax, F2 increases to F2max, G2 and Figure 3 9 states are the same, at this time F1+F2>G1+G2. O can repeatedly execute each action in the process from blanking to blanking, and realize multiple times of material washing; that is, repeatedly execute each state shown in Figure 3 to Figure 9 . Then the linear drive device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the initial position in the first position, as shown in FIG. 2 , to realize the reset of the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 . In this process, F1 is reduced to a small value, and may even be close to or equal to 0. F2 is F2max, and G2 is in the same state as in FIG. The cooking utensil of 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated. The cooking appliance of the second embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment except for the transmission structure, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 . Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 23, the discharge port 212 is normally open. The translation matching part 231 is disposed outside the washing chamber 211 . The rotating matching part 232 and the stirring part 19 are arranged inside the washing chamber 211 . The switch of the washing bin cover 270 and the rotation of the agitator 19 can be independent of each other without affecting each other. The washing bin cover 270 and the stirring member 19 are arranged on different installation seats 240 . The rotary driving part 322 is located radially inside the rotary matching part 232 in the driving position. Specifically, the mount 240 includes a first mount 220 and a second mount 250 . The first mounting seat 220 is located on the radially outside of the washing chamber 211, specifically the radially outside of the inner wall 214, and the radially inside of the outer wall. The second mounting base 250 is located inside the washing chamber 211 . The washing bin cover 270 and the translation fitting 231 are arranged on the first installation seat 220 , and the stirring member 19 and the rotation fitting 232 are arranged on the second installation seat 250 . Therefore, in this embodiment, the first mounting base 220 and the second mounting base 250 are separate components and are set independently and move independently. seat. In this embodiment, the material washing bin cover 270 blocks the discharge port 212, that is, the material discharge port 212 can be completely covered only by the material washing bin cover 270. The transmission main body 310 includes a first transmission main body 310a and a second transmission main body 310bo. The first transmission main body 310a and the second transmission main body 310b are movable relative to the washing bin main body 210 between a non-driving position and a driving position. And the second transmission body 310b is rotatable relative to the washing bin body 210 around the second rotation axis Ax2. The second transmission main body 310b has a driving position, and the rotating driving member 322 is located at the radial inner side of the rotating matching member 232 in the driving position. Therefore, in this embodiment, the first transmission main body 310a and the second transmission main body 310b are separate components and are set independently. The cooking appliance 1 may also include a driving device (not shown) for driving the first transmission body 310a to move in a straight line, a driving device (not shown) for driving the second transmission body 310b to move in a straight line, and a driving device (not shown) for driving the second transmission body 310b to move in a straight line. Two driving devices (not shown) for rotating the transmission body 310b. The first mounting base 220 includes a mounting base cylinder portion 222, and the washing bin cover 270 is located at the bottom of the mounting base cylinder portion 222. The washing bin cover 270 and the first mounting seat 220 are integrally formed. If needed and/or desired, the washing bin cover 270 and the first mount 220 may be separate components. The washing bin main body 210 includes a tank part 225 forming a receiving tank 226 , the tank part 225 is located in the washing chamber 211 , and the second transmission main body 310b is located in the receiving tank 226 . The second mounting seat 250 is a cylindrical member with a bottom wall, and the groove portion 225 is located in the second mounting seat 250 . The second mounting base 250 is rotatably disposed on the tank portion 225 . For example, the second mounting seat 250 can be engaged with the radially outer surface of the groove body portion 225 . The second mounting base 250 and the stirring member 19 are integrally formed. If needed and/or desired, the second mounting base 250 and the stirring member 19 can be separate components and fixedly connected to the second mounting base 250 o In this embodiment, the second mounting base 250 rotates around the tank portion 225, There is a predetermined gap between the two in the radial direction, so that the rotation of the second installation base 250 can be unconstrained on the plane where the radial direction is located. As shown in FIG. 26 , a plurality of rotating fittings 232 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the second mounting base 250 , and a plurality of rotating driving members 322 are evenly arranged along the circumferential direction of the second transmission main body 310b. The first axis of rotation Ax1 can be collinear with the second axis of rotation Ax2. In this embodiment, the supporting component is the warehouse owner Body base 217. The bin body base 217 is connected to the lower side of the washing bin body 210, and is provided with an upwardly facing seat limiting surface for supporting the first mounting seat 220 upward. For the cooking appliance in this embodiment, the control method includes independently driving the washing bin cover 270 to move between the open position and the closed position, and independently driving the stirring member 19 in addition to the various steps mentioned in the first embodiment. rotate. Third Embodiment Hereinafter, a cooking appliance according to a third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 30 . The cooking appliance of the third embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment except for the transmission structure, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 . Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 27 , the discharge port 212 is normally open. The translation matching part 231 , the rotating fitting part 232 and the stirring part 19 are arranged inside the washing chamber 211 and are arranged on the same mounting base 240 . That is to say, the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat are formed as one piece, and one mounting seat 240 is provided. The mounting seat 240 in this embodiment is not only the mounting seat of the stirring element, but also the mounting seat of the cover, that is to say, the mounting seat of the stirring element and the mounting seat of the cover are integrally formed. The washing bin cover 270 moves along a straight line with the stirring member 19, but the washing bin cover 270 does not rotate with the stirring member 19. The rotary driving part 322 is located radially inside the rotary matching part 232 in the driving position. The translational driving part 321 and the rotating driving part 322 are arranged on the same transmission body 310, that is to say, the first transmission body and the second transmission body are integrally formed. The movement and rotation of the transmission body 310 are substantially the same as those in the first embodiment, and will not be described here for the sake of brevity. The mounting base 240 is located in the washing chamber 211 and includes a mounting base base 221 and a mounting base barrel 222 connected to the mounting base 221 . The washing bin cover 270 and the translation matching part 231 are arranged on the base part 221 of the installation seat, and the rotation fitting part 232 is arranged on the cylinder part 222 of the installation seat. The washing bin main body 210 includes a tank part 225 forming a receiving tank 226 , the tank part 225 is located in the washing chamber 211 , and the transmission main body 310 is located in the receiving tank 226 . The groove part 225 is located in the mounting seat cylinder part 222 . The installation base 240 is movably disposed on the tank part 225 , specifically, the installation base 240 moves along a straight line relative to the tank part 225 and rotates around the tank part 225 . For example, the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat can be engaged with the radially outer surface of the groove portion 225 . The mounting base 240 and the material washing bin cover 270 are separate components. The underside of the mounting seat base 221 is provided with a first snap button 227 extending radially inward, and the washing bin cover 270 is provided with a second clip extending radially outward. Buckle 275, the second buckle 275 is engaged with the first buckle 227, and the mounting base 240 is rotatable relative to the washing bin cover 270. The mounting base 240 and the stirring member 19 are integrally formed. If needed and/or desired, the mounting base 240 and the stirring member 19 may be separate components, and the stirring member 19 rotates together with the mounting base 240 . In this embodiment, the mounting base 240 rotates around the groove body portion 225, and there is a predetermined gap in the radial direction between the two, so that the rotation of the mounting base 240 can be unconstrained on the plane where the radial direction is located. As shown in FIG. 30 , a plurality of rotating fittings 232 are arranged along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat 240 , and a plurality of rotating driving members 322 are arranged along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body 310 . The plurality of rotating fittings 232 are arranged non-centrosymmetrically around the first rotating axis Ax1, and the plurality of rotating driving members 322 are arranged centrally symmetrically around the second rotating axis Ax2. FIG. 30 shows the state of the mounting base 240 when it is not rotating. At this time, the mounting base 240 does not deviate relative to the transmission body 310, and the axial centerline of the mounting base 240 is collinear with the second rotation axis Ax2. When the transmission main body 310 is at the driving position, the magnetic force received by the mounting seat 240 in the circumferential direction is different and the force is uneven, so as shown in FIG. Make the first rotation axis Ax1 deviate from the second rotation axis Ax2, and the two are not collinear. And the deviation distance between the first rotation axis Ax1 and the second rotation axis Ax2 is less than or equal to 20mm. In an embodiment not shown, the plurality of rotation driving members 322 may be arranged asymmetrically around the second rotation axis Ax2. Fourth Embodiment Hereinafter, a cooking appliance according to a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 39 . The cooking appliance of the fourth embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment except for the transmission structure, the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 . Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31, the discharge port 212 is normally open. And the washing chamber fitting 230 is located inside the washing chamber 211 , that is, the translation fitting 231 and the rotating fitting 232 are arranged inside the washing chamber 211 and are arranged on the same mounting seat 240 . That is to say, the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat are formed as one piece, and one mounting seat 240 is provided. The mounting seat 240 in this embodiment is not only the mounting seat for the stirring element, but also the mounting seat for the cover, that is to say, the mounting seat for the stirring element and the mounting seat for the cover are integrally formed. The stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 are constructed as one piece, or the stirring member 19 and the washing bin cover 270 are separate components, and the stirring member 19 is fixedly connected to the washing bin cover 270 . Thus, the washing bin cover 270 moves linearly together with the stirring member 19 and rotates with the stirring member 19 . rotary drive Member 322 is located radially inwardly of rotationally fitting member 232 in the drive position. The translational driving part 321 and the rotating driving part 322 are disposed on the same transmission body 310, that is to say, the first transmission body and the second transmission body are integrally formed. The mounting base 240 is located in the washing chamber 211, and includes the mounting base 221 and the mounting base barrel 222 connected to the mounting base 221. The washing bin cover 270 and the translational fitting 231 can be arranged on the mounting base 221 for rotational fit. The member 232 is disposed on the top of the mounting base cylinder portion 222 . The washing bin main body 210 includes a tank part 225 forming a receiving tank 226, the tank part 225 is located in the washing chamber 211, the transmission main body 310 is located in the receiving tank 226, and the tank part 225 is located in the mounting seat cylinder part 222. The installation seat cylinder part 222 is movably disposed on the tank body part 225 , specifically, the installation seat 240 moves along a straight line relative to the tank body part 225 and rotates around the tank body part 225 . For example, the barrel portion 222 of the mounting seat can be engaged with the radially outer surface of the groove portion 225 . The transmission assembly 300 also includes a mounting bracket 340 and a rotation driving device 301 . The rotation driving device 301 is disposed on the mounting bracket 340 , and its output shaft is connected with the transmission body 310 to rotate the transmission body 310 . In the illustrated embodiment, the output shaft is directly inserted into the installation hole of the transmission body 310 . The control method of this embodiment is roughly the same as the control method of the first embodiment, the main difference is:
S1 准备入料 需要 将洗料仓 盖 270关闭 。 由此, 准备入料步骤包括 增大仓 盖安装座 与 传动 组件 300之间的第一磁 力, 以使洗料仓 盖 270从打开 位置向 上移动至 关 闭位 置。 这实现了通 过磁力驱 动洗料 仓盖 270移动 以关闭排 料口, 容易地实 现洗 料仓盖 270的关闭动作 , 工作效率高 , 自动化水平高 , 并且可以避免洗 料水 弄脏传动 组件 300,减少洗料仓 组件的清 洗工作 量,提升用户 的体验感 。 在 一个实施 方式中 , 第一磁力通过 电磁铁产 生。 控制方法还 包括增 大电 流或 接通电 流以增 大第一磁 力。 控制装置改 变电流 的状态, 来实现洗料仓盖 270 的关闭。 在另一个实 施方式 中, 第一磁力通 过磁体产 生。 控制方法还 包 括控 制传动组 件 300向下移动 以增大第 一磁力 , 具体是向下移动 至第一驱 动 位置 。 控制装置控制 传动组件 300的移动 以减小传 动组件 300与仓盖 安装座 之 间的距离 , 从而实现洗料仓 盖 270的关 闭。 S1 is ready to feed the material, and the washing bin cover 270 needs to be closed. Thus, the step of preparing for feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards from the open position to the closed position. This realizes that the washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to move to close the discharge port, and the closing action of the washing bin cover 270 is easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the transmission assembly 300 can be avoided from being dirty by washing water. Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience. In one embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet. The control method also includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force. The control device changes the state of the current to realize the closing of the washing compartment cover 270. In another embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet. The control method also includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move downward to increase the first magnetic force, specifically to move downward to the first driving position. The control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, thereby realizing the closing of the washing compartment cover 270.
S3 执行洗料 搅 拌件安装 座受到 来自传动 组件 300的第二磁力 , 当传动组件 300的传 动主 体 310旋转 时, 搅拌件安装座 在第二磁 力作用 下带动搅 拌件 19旋转。 S6 执行复位 本 实施方式 的洗料仓 盖 270在初始状 态时位 于打开位 置, 在落料之后 直 接复 位或者在 烹饪之 后复位 时, 如果洗料仓盖 270当前位于 打开位 置, 则在 执行 复位的 过程中不 对洗料仓 盖 270执行动 作。 如果洗料仓 盖 270当前位 于 关 闭位置, 则需要执行洗料仓 盖 270的复位 。 执行复位包括 : 控制传动组件 300从 第一驱 动位置 向上移动 , 例如直接向上移 动至收纳 位置, 洗料仓盖 270 受重 力从关 闭位置移 动至打开 位置以 实现洗料 仓盖 270的复位。 进一步说 , 控制 送料仓 110带动传动组 件 300一起复位时 , 洗料仓盖 270也同时 复位。 其 他步骤与 第一实 施方式 的控制步骤 大致相 同, 为简洁起见 对其进行 简 要描 述。 本 实施方 式的整个 洗料工作 过程与 第一实施 方式大 致相同 , 因此为简洁 起见 对其进 行简要描 述。 不同的是本 实施方 式的排料 口在初 始状态 时为打开 状 态 , 需要先将洗料仓 盖 270关闭。 具 体地, 图 32示出了烹饪 器具处 于初始状 态,此时送 料仓 110与传动组 件 300处于第一 位置中 的初始位 置, 洗料仓盖 270处于打开位 置。 在初始状 态下 ,洗料仓盖 270的受力 关系为 FKG1+G2 ,其中 F1最小即为 Fmin; G2=0, 或者 G2为洗 料腔 211上清洗后少量 残留水 的重量。 接 着送料仓 110与传动组件 300向下运动至 第一驱 动位置 ,如图 33所示。 在此 过程中 , F1增大; 在图 33所示 的状态 下, 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 FDG1+G2, 其中 G2与 初始状 态相同。 由于 F1>G1+G2, 使得洗料仓盖 270 受力 不平衡 , 不能保持在打 开位置将 受磁力 作用向 上移动至 关闭位 置。 如图 34 所示, 洗料仓盖 270已位于关 闭位置 , 排料口 212已关闭。 烹饪器具从图 33 所示的 状态很快 切换至 图 34所示 的状态 , 即洗料仓盖 270向上移动 至关 闭位 置, 此过程 F1继续 增大至 Flmax, 受力关系为 FDG1+G2 。 接着送料仓 110继 续向下 运动至洗 料腔 211内, 此时如图 35所示 , 送料仓 110的出料 口 112和 出水 口 114与洗料腔 211连通, 烹饪器具处于 下料状态 ,在该状态 下进 行下 料。 在图 33至图 35所示的状 态中的 至少一个 状态下 进行供水 动作。 下 料和 供水完 成时,洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 F1>G1+G2,其中 F1为 Flmax, G2 为水 和物料 的重量。 当完 成下料和 供水后 , 送料仓 110向上运动至 第一驱动 位置, 如图 36所 示 , 在图 36所示的状态下 , 旋转驱动装置 301带动传动主体 310旋转而 使洗 料仓 盖 270旋转, 进行洗料时 的甩料动作 。 洗料完进行排 水动作 。 在排水完 成 时, 洗料仓盖 270的受力关系 为 F1>G1+G2, 其中 F1为 Flmax, G2为 吸 水后 的物料 和少量 残留水的 重量。 如果需要 , 还可以在排水 后添加 清水, 以 用于 烹饪; 在该情况 下, G2为吸水后 的物料 和清水 的重量。 可以重复 执行供 水 、 洗料时甩料和排 水的动作 , 实现单次物料 的多次 洗料。 当完成排水 动作后 , 送料仓 110与传动组 件 300向上运动至 中间位置 , 如 图 37所示。在图 37所示的状态 下,洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 Fl <G1+G2, 其 中 Fl减小, 即 FKFlmax, G2与排水完 成时相 同。 由于 FKG1+G2, 使得 洗料 仓盖 270受力不平 衡, 不能保持在 关闭位置 将向下运 动。 烹饪器具从图 37 所示的 状态很快 切换至 图 38所示 的状态 , 即洗料仓盖 270向下移动 至打 开位 置,此过程 F1继续减 小。如图 38所示 ,洗料仓盖 270已位于打开 位置, 排料 口 212 已打开。 此时会有部分物料 和 /水落入内锅 3 , G2减小。 在图 38 所示 的状态 下, 洗料仓盖 270的受力 关系为 FKG1+G2, 其中 FKFlmax, G2 为剩 余吸水 的物料和 少量残 留水的重 量。 接着传动主体 310从 中间位置 向下 运动 至第二位 置中的 第二驱动 位置, 如图 39所示。 在图 39所示的 状态下 , 洗料 仓盖 270的受力关系 为 FKG1+G2, 其 中 FKFlmax, G2与 图 37所示状 态相 同。接着旋转驱 动装置 301再次带动传 动主体 310旋转而使 洗料仓盖 270 旋转 , 进行落料时的 甩料动作 。 在甩料时 G2 继续减小 , 在甩料完成后 , 洗 料仓 盖 270的受 力关系 为 FKG1+G2, 其 中 FKFlmax, G2 为少 量残留水 的 重量 。 作为示例, 此时 F1与 G1+G2之 间的差值 可以为 30g。 接 着当完成 落料后 可以进行 如下动作 。 一 种方案是 ,可以将洗 料仓盖 270关闭。 即将烹饪器具从 图 39所述 的状 态切 换至图 34所示的状 态。将送料仓 110与传动组 件 300移动 至第一驱 动位 置 以使洗料仓 盖 270移动 至图 34所示的关闭位 置,此过程 洗料仓盖 270的受 力情 况参见 上述基于 图 33和图 34的描述 。 此时锅盖 4与锅体 2之间的 烹饪 腔 关闭。 在烹饪时 , 关闭洗料仓盖 270可以使热 量不会被 蒸汽大 量带走 , 可 以使 烹饪腔 前期快速 升温; 以及当水沸腾时避 免泡沫 溢到洗料 腔 211 内, 使 烹饪 完后, 洗料腔 211内残留淀粉 等污渍 , 影响用户使用体 验。 接 着, 还可以进 行排气 或烹饪完 复位的 动作。 可以将烹饪器 具从图 34 所示 的状态切 换至 图 32所示的状 态, 即将送料仓 110与传动组件 300向上移 动至 初始位 置。 在此过程中 , 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 FKG1+G2 , 使得 洗料 仓盖 270受力不平衡 ,不能保持在关 闭位置 ,因此向下移动 至打开位 置。 即完 成送料仓 110、 传动组件 300和 洗料仓盖 270的复位 。 由于排料口 212 打开 , 在烹饪时, 洗料腔 211可以作为蒸汽 通道。 由此, 可以取消单独的 蒸 汽 阀, 这有利于 简化锅 盖 4的结 构, 便于生产 制造 , 有利于产品 小型化 。 另 一种方案 是, 直接进行复位动 作, 即将烹饪器具 由图 39所示的状态切 换至 图 32所示 的状态。 送料仓 110和传动组件 300向上运动 以复位 。 第五 实施方式 以 下, 参照图 40至 图 46, 对第五实施方式 的烹饪器 具进行说 明。 第五 实施 方式的 烹饪器具 具有与第 一实施 方式的 烹饪器具 1相同的结构 和/或构造, 不 同的是洗料 仓盖 270设置成在 初始状 态时位于 打开位 置。 因此, 具有与第 一 实施方式 中的功 能基本相 同的功 能的元件 将在此进 行相 同的编号 , 并且为 了 简洁起见将 不再对 其进行详 细描述 和/或图示。 本 实施方式 中, 如图 40所示, 排料口 212为常开 状态。 进一步说 , 本实 施方 式不设 置保持构件 和保持 配合构件 , 由此, 洗料仓盖 270在初始状态 时 位于 打开位 置。 本 实施方式 的控制 方法与第 一实施 方式的控 制方法 大致相 同, 主要不同 是: S3 Perform washing. The stirring member mounting seat receives the second magnetic force from the transmission assembly 300. When the transmission main body 310 of the transmission assembly 300 rotates, the stirring member mounting seat drives the stirring member 19 to rotate under the action of the second magnetic force. S6 Execute reset. The washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the open position in the initial state. When it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, the process of performing reset No action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 in the middle. If the material washing bin cover 270 is currently in the closed position, then the washing material bin cover 270 needs to be reset. Performing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the first driving position, for example, directly moving upward to the storage position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the closed position to the open position by gravity to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 . Furthermore, when the feeding bin 110 is controlled to drive the transmission assembly 300 to reset together, the washing bin cover 270 is also reset at the same time. Other steps are substantially the same as the control steps of the first embodiment, and are briefly described for brevity. The whole washing process of this embodiment is roughly the same as that of the first embodiment, so it will be briefly described for the sake of brevity. The difference is that the discharge port of this embodiment is opened in the initial state, and the washing bin cover 270 needs to be closed first. Specifically, Fig. 32 shows that the cooking appliance is in the initial state, at this time, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are in the initial position in the first position, and the washing bin cover 270 is in the open position. In the initial state, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein the minimum of F1 is Fmin; G2=0, or G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water on the washing chamber 211 after washing. Then the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move down to the first driving position, as shown in FIG. 33 . During this process, F1 increases; in the state shown in Figure 33, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FDG1+G2, where G2 is the same as the initial state. Since F1>G1+G2, the force on the washing compartment cover 270 is unbalanced, and it cannot be kept in the open position and moved upward to the closed position by the magnetic force. As shown in FIG. 34, the washing bin cover 270 has been in the closed position, and the discharge port 212 has been closed. The cooking utensil switches from the state shown in FIG. 33 to the state shown in FIG. 34 quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves upward to the closed position. During this process, F1 continues to increase to Flmax, and the force relationship is FDG1+G2. Then the feeding bin 110 continues to move downwards into the washing chamber 211. At this time, as shown in FIG. Unloading is performed in this state. The water supply operation is performed in at least one of the states shown in FIGS. 33 to 35 . When material feeding and water supply are completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, wherein F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of water and materials. After finishing the blanking and water supply, the feeding bin 110 moves upwards to the first driving position, as shown in FIG. 36. In the state shown in FIG. The silo cover 270 rotates to perform the action of throwing away materials during washing. Drainage after washing. When the drainage is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water. If necessary, water can also be added after draining for cooking; in this case, G2 is the weight of the material and water after absorbing water. The actions of water supply, material rejection and drainage during washing can be performed repeatedly to realize multiple washing of a single material. After the draining operation is completed, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move upward to the middle position, as shown in FIG. 37 . In the state shown in FIG. 37, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is Fl<G1+G2, wherein Fl decreases, that is, FKFlmax, G2 is the same as when the drainage is completed. Due to FKG1+G2, the force on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced, and it cannot be kept in the closed position and will move downward. The cooking appliance switches from the state shown in FIG. 37 to the state shown in FIG. 38 very quickly, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves down to the open position, and F1 continues to decrease during this process. As shown in Figure 38, the material washing bin cover 270 has been positioned at the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, some materials and/or water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease. In the state shown in FIG. 38, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax, G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water. Then the transmission body 310 moves downward from the middle position to the second driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 39 . In the state shown in FIG. 39, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax, G2 are the same as the state shown in FIG. 37. Then the rotating driving device 301 drives the transmission main body 310 to rotate again to make the washing bin cover 270 rotate, and perform the material throwing action during blanking. G2 continues to decrease during material rejection, and after completion of material rejection, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, where FKFlmax, G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water. As an example, the difference between F1 and G1+G2 at this time may be 30g. Then when the blanking is completed, the following actions can be performed. One solution is that the washing bin cover 270 can be closed. That is, the cooking appliance is switched from the state shown in FIG. 39 to the state shown in FIG. 34 . Move the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 to the first driving position so that the washing bin cover 270 moves to the closed position shown in FIG. description of. This moment, the cooking cavity between the pot cover 4 and the pot body 2 is closed. When cooking, closing the washing material compartment cover 270 can prevent the heat from being taken away by a large amount of steam, and can quickly heat up the cooking cavity in the early stage; and when the water boils, avoid foam overflowing into the material washing cavity 211, so that after cooking, washing Stains such as starch remain in the material cavity 211, which affects the user experience. Then, it is also possible to perform the action of exhausting or resetting after cooking. The cooking appliance can be switched from the state shown in FIG. 34 to the state shown in FIG. 32 , that is, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are moved upward to the initial position. During this process, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that The washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot remain in the closed position, so it moves downwards to the open position. That is, the resetting of the feeding bin 110, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 is completed. Since the discharge port 212 is opened, the washing cavity 211 can be used as a steam channel during cooking. Thus, a separate steam valve can be eliminated, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the pot cover 4, facilitate production and manufacture, and facilitate product miniaturization. Another solution is to perform a reset action directly, that is, to switch the cooking appliance from the state shown in FIG. 39 to the state shown in FIG. 32 . The feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 move upward to reset. Fifth Embodiment Hereinafter, a cooking appliance according to a fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 40 to 46 . The cooking appliance of the fifth embodiment has the same structure and/or structure as the cooking appliance 1 of the first embodiment, except that the washing bin cover 270 is set to be in an open position in an initial state. Therefore, elements having substantially the same functions as those in the first embodiment will be numbered the same here, and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail for the sake of brevity. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 40, the discharge port 212 is normally open. Furthermore, the present embodiment does not provide a holding member and a holding fitting member, thus, the washing bin cover 270 is in an open position in an initial state. The control method of this embodiment is roughly the same as the control method of the first embodiment, the main difference is:
S1 准备入料 需要 将洗料仓 盖 270关闭 。 由此, 准备入料步骤包括 增大仓 盖安装座 与 传动 组件 300之间的第一磁 力, 以使洗料仓 盖 270从打开 位置向 上移动至 关 闭位 置。 这实现了通 过磁力驱 动洗料 仓盖 270移动 以关闭排 料口, 容易地实 现洗 料仓盖 270的关闭动作 , 工作效率高 , 自动化水平高 , 并且可以避免洗 料水 弄脏传动 组件 300,减少洗料仓 组件的清 洗工作 量,提升用户 的体验感 。 在 一个实施 方式中 , 第一磁力通过 电磁铁产 生。 控制方法还 包括增 大电 流或 接通电 流以增 大第一磁 力。 控制装置改 变电流 的状态, 来实现洗料仓盖 270 的关闭。 在另一个实 施方式 中, 第一磁力通 过磁体产 生。 控制方法还 包 括控 制传动组 件 300向下移动 以增大第 一磁力 , 具体是向下移动 至第一驱 动 位置 。 控制装置控制 传动组件 300的移动 以减小传 动组件 300与仓盖 安装座 之 间的距离 , 从而实现洗料仓 盖 270的关 闭。 S1 is ready to feed the material, and the washing bin cover 270 needs to be closed. Thus, the step of preparing for feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly 300, so that the washing bin cover 270 moves upwards from the open position to the closed position. This realizes that the washing bin cover 270 is driven by magnetic force to move to close the discharge port, and the closing action of the washing bin cover 270 is easily realized, the work efficiency is high, the automation level is high, and the transmission assembly 300 can be avoided from being dirty by washing water. Reduce the cleaning workload of the washing bin components and improve the user experience. In one embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet. The control method also includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the first magnetic force. The control device changes the state of the current to realize the closing of the washing compartment cover 270. In another embodiment, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet. The control method also includes controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move downward to increase the first magnetic force, specifically to move downward to the first driving position. The control device controls the movement of the transmission assembly 300 to reduce the distance between the transmission assembly 300 and the cover mounting seat, thereby realizing the closing of the washing compartment cover 270.
S5 执行落料 传动 组件 300在第一驱 动位置与 第二驱 动位置之 间的切换 包括如 下方式: 控制 传动组件 300从第 一驱动位 置向上 移动至第 二驱动 位置以减 小第一磁 力, 使得 洗料仓盖 270因重力从 关闭位 置向下移 动至打 开位置 。 由此控制, 可以 直接 将传动组 件 300由洗料工位切 换至落料 工作 , 同时能够实现排 料口的打 开 , 该切换方式, 操作动作 少, 可以提高工作 效率。 S5 Executing the switching between the first driving position and the second driving position of the blanking transmission assembly 300 includes the following methods: The control transmission assembly 300 moves upward from the first driving position to the second driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover 270 moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity. With this control, the transmission assembly 300 can be directly switched from the washing station to the blanking operation, and at the same time, the opening of the discharge port can be realized. This switching method requires less operation and can improve work efficiency.
S6 执行复位 本 实施方式 的洗料仓 盖 270在初始状 态时位 于打开位 置, 在落料之后 直 接复 位或者在 烹饪之 后复位 时, 如果洗料仓盖 270当前位于 打开位 置, 则在 执行 复位的 过程中不 对洗料仓 盖 270执行动 作。 如果洗料仓 盖 270当前位 于 关 闭位置, 则需要执行洗料仓 盖 270的复位 。 执行复位包括 : 控制传动组件 300从 第一驱 动位置 向上移动 , 例如直接向上移 动至收纳 位置, 洗料仓盖 270 受重 力从关 闭位置移 动至打开 位置以 实现洗料 仓盖 270的复位。 进一步说 , 控制 送料仓 110带动传动组 件 300一起复位时 , 洗料仓盖 270也同时 复位。 其 他步骤与 第一实 施方式 的控制步骤 大致相 同, 为简洁起见 对其进行 简 要描 述。 下 文参考 图 40-图 46对本实施方 式的烹饪 器具 1的整个洗料工 作过程 进 行描 述: 如 图 40所示, 烹饪器具 1处于初始 状态。 此时送料 仓 110和传动组件 300 均处于第 一位置 中的初始 位置, 送料仓 110与储料仓 13的出口以及 洗料 仓组 件 200的入 料口 201均不连通, 洗料仓盖 270处于打 开位置 。 在初始状 态下 , 洗料仓盖 270的受力 关系为 FKG1+G2, 其中 F1为平动配合 件 231与 平动 驱动件 321之间的磁 力; G1为洗料仓 盖 270及随其 沿直线移 动的随 动负 载 的总重量 , 在本实施方式 中, 随动负载至 少包括 第一安装 座 220、 平动配 合件 231和搅拌 件 19; G2为洗料 腔 211 内的水和物料 的重量 。 可以理解, G1 为 固定值, F1和 G2为可变值 。 在该状态下 , F1最小即为 Fmin, 甚至可 能接 近或等 于 0, G2=0,或者 G2为洗料腔 211上清洗后 少量残 留水的重 量。 当意欲进行 下料操作 时,首先直线 驱动装置 120可以带动螺 杆 121动作, 从 而螺杆 121可以带动 送料仓 110向下运动 至第二位 置中的第 一驱动 位置, 传动 组件 300也随之向 下运动至 第二位置 中的第 一驱动位 置, 如图 41所示 , 烹饪 器具处 于第一准 备下料状 态。此时送 料仓 110与储料仓 13的出口以及 洗 料仓 组件 200的入料口 201仍均不连 通, 在此过程 中, F1增大; 在图 41所 示 的状态下 , 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 F1>G1+G2, 其中 G2与初 始状态相 同 。 由于 F1>G1+G2, 使得洗料仓盖 270受力 不平衡 , 不能保持在打开 位置 将受 磁力作用 向上移 动至关 闭位置。 如图 42所示 , 洗料仓盖 270已位于关 闭 位置 , 排料口 212已关 闭。 烹饪器具从 图 41所示的状 态很快 切换至 图 42所 示的 状态,即洗料仓 盖 270向上移动 至关闭位 置,此过程 F1继续增 大至 Flmax, 受力 关系为 F1>G1+G2。 其中 F1为 Flmax, 其中 G2与初 始状态相 同。 可 以理解 的,也可以在 图 42状态 下向洗料 腔 211供水, 即可以选择 在下 物料 之前先 向洗料腔 内供水 。 清水箱 81中的清水经 由管路 、 进水口 113进入 送料 仓 110, 再经由出水口 114进入洗料腔 211。 当选择在图 42状态下 供水 且供 水完成 时, 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 FDG1+G2, 其 中 F1为 Flmax, G2 为水 的重量 。 接 着送料仓 110继续向 下运动至 洗料腔 211 内而传动组件 300不随之运 动 。 此时如图 43所示, 此时送料仓 110处于附加 位置, 传动组件 300处于第 二位 置中的 第一驱动 位置, 送料仓 110与储料 仓 13 的出口以及洗料 仓组件 200 的入料 口 201均连通 , 洗料仓盖 270仍处于 关闭位置 。 储料仓 13中的物 料经 由进料 口 111进入送料 仓 110, 再经由出料口 112进入洗料 腔 211中, 进 行下 料动作 。 即在该状态下 大米、 小米、 玉米粒、 黑豆、 红豆、 绿豆等固体 物料 可经送料 仓 110输送至洗料腔 211中。 流入洗料腔 211的物料 量可以通 过时 间来计 算, 烹饪器具根 据用 户所需 的物料 量来控 制送料 仓 110处于 附 加位 置的 时间, 以实现定量下 料。 还 可以选择 在该下料 状态下 向洗料腔 211供水, 或者可以 同时下料 和供 水 ,或者也可 以等下料 完后再 进行供 水动作 。清水箱 81中的清 水经由 管路、 进水 口 113进入送料仓 110, 再经由出水口 114进入洗料腔 211。 下料和供水 完成 时, 洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 F1>G1+G2, 其中 F1为 Flmax, G2为 水和 物料的 重量。 可 以理解 的,也可以在 图 42和图 43状态下不 进行供水 , 即在图 43状态 下仅 下物料 , 在之后的状态, 如在图 44的状态下再执 行供水 动作, 当然如果 在 图 42和图 43状态下并未供 水, 则图 42状态下 的 G2与 初始状 态相同, 图 43 状态下的 G2为初 始状态加 物料的 重量。 当完成下料 或者完 成下料加 供水后 ,直线驱动装置 120再次带动螺杆 121 动作 , 螺杆 121带动送料 仓 110向上运动至 第二位置 中的第一 驱动位 置, 如 图 44所示, 可以理解地 , 可以选择不在图 42, 图 43状态进行供水 , 在图 44 状态 下进行供 水, 比如选择在 图 44的旋转 动作前供 水, 甚至可以在旋 转动作 中途 供水。在图 44所示的 状态下 ,旋转驱动装置 301带动传动主 体 310旋转, 进而 旋转驱动 件 322与旋转配合 件 232之间的磁力 可以带 动第二安 装座 250 旋转 , 进而带动第一安 装座 220及其上的搅拌 件 19一起旋转, 以进行洗料动 作 。 可以理解, 对于图示实施 方式, 在进行洗料动作 时, 洗料腔 211 内的水 位低 于排污 管道 10的最高部分 。 在未示出的其他实 施例方式 中, 可以设置单 独的 开启和 关闭排污 口 213的 电磁阀门 , 通过直接控制 电磁阀 门的打开和 关 闭的 状态来 直接控制 是否排水 , 该种排水方式 可以不 限制洗料 腔 211 内的水 位必 须低于排 污管道 的最高部 分。 对 于图示 实施方式 , 当完成洗料动 作意欲进 行排水 时, 先向洗料腔 211 供水 至洗料腔 211内的水位 高于排 污管道 10的最高部分 ,利用虹吸 原理进行 排水 。 并且排水通道 的最高位 置会具有 一个速 度水头 , 由此形成排污管 道 10 的满 流。 当水位高度下 降至低于 排污管 道 10的最 高位置时 , 由于此处排水通 道 已经处于 满流状态 , 此时由于洗料 腔 211 内的水位高于 排污管 107的出水 口 114的水位, 根据伯努特原理 , 此时排污管 107的出口会具 有一个 速度水 头 , 可以将洗料仓 内水排干 净。 洗料完进行 排水动作 。 在排水完成 时, 洗料 仓盖 270的受力 关系为 F1>G1+G2, 其中 F1为 Flmax, G2为吸 水后的物 料 和少 量残留 水的重量 。 如果需要, 还可以在排 水后往 洗料腔 211 内再添加清 水 , 以用于烹饪; 在该情况下 , G2为吸水后 的物料和 清水的 重量。 可以重复 执行 供水、 洗料和排水的动作 , 实现单次物料 的多次 洗料。 当完成排水 动作意欲 进行落 料时, 直线驱动装置 120带动送料仓 110向 上运 动至第二 位置的 第二驱动 位置, 如图 45所示。 在图 45所示的 状态下 , 洗料 仓盖 270的受力关系 为 FKG1+G2, 其 中 F1减小, 即 FKFlmax, G2与 排水 完成时相 同, 如果在图 44状态的排 水后添加 了清水则 G2还 包含加入 的 清水 的重量 。 由于 Fl <G1+G2, 使得洗料 仓盖 270受力不平衡 , 不能保持在 关 闭位置将 向下移动 。 烹饪器具从图 45所示的 状态很快 切换至 图 46所示 的 状态 , 如图 46所示, 洗料仓盖 270已位 于打开位 置, 排料口 212已打开 。 此 时会 有部分物 料或者 部分物料 和水落入 内锅 3 , G2减小。 在图 46所示 的状 态下 , 洗料仓盖 270的受力关系 为 FKG1+G2, 其 中 FKFlmax, G2 为剩 余 吸水 的物料和 少量残 留水的重 量。 此时旋转驱 动装置 301可再次 带动传 动主 体 310旋转, 使得搅拌件 19旋转, 开始甩料, 物料受离心 力的作用 快速地 落 入 内锅 3。 在甩料时 G2继续 减小, 在甩料完成后 , 洗料仓盖 270的受 力关系 为 F1 91+G2, 其中 FKFlmax. G2 为少量 残留水 的重量 。 作为示例, 此时 F1 与 G1+G2之间 的差值可 以为 30g。 除了可以在图 44排水后 添加清水 , 也 可 以选择在 图 46状态中 添加清水 , 比如可以在甩料 前或者在 甩料后 , 甚至可 以在 甩料中途 添加清 水,可以根据 需要灵 活进行设 置。清水添加 到洗料 腔 211 后 , 再通过排料口 212输入到内锅 3内, 以用于后续 的烹饪 。 可 以重复执 行下料 至落料 的过程中 的各个动 作, 实现多次物 料的洗料 ; 即重 复执行 图 41至 图 46所示 的各状 态。 即在图 46状态后, 直线驱动装置 120 带动送料 仓 110向上运动至第二 位置的 第一驱动 位置, 即到达图 41所示 的位 置。 之后重复执 行图 41至图 46所述 的各状 态, 直至多次物料 的洗料 和 下料 完成。 接 着当完成 落料和加 水动作 后可以 进行如下 动作。 一 种方案是 ,可以先将 洗料仓盖 270关闭。 即将烹饪器具 从图 46所述的 状 态切换至 图 42所示的 状态。将送料 仓 110与传动组件 300移动至第一 驱动 位置 以使洗料 仓盖 270移动至图 42所示的关 闭位置, 在此过程 中, 洗料仓盖 270 的受力 关系为 FDG1+G2, 其中 F1为 Flmax, G2为少量残 留水的重 量, 使得 洗料仓盖 270受力 不平衡 , 不能保持在打开 位置, 因此向上移动至 关闭 位置 , 此时, 蒸汽入口 202被关 闭, 锅盖 4与锅体 2之间的 烹饪腔关 闭。 在 烹饪 时,关闭洗料仓 盖 270可以使热 量不会被 蒸汽由 蒸汽入 口 202大量带走 , 可 以使烹饪腔 前期快 速升温 , 加快烹饪速度 。 可 以理解 的, 还可以选择在 烹饪中 途进行排 气的动作 , 即可以将烹饪 器 具从 图 42所示 的状态切 换至图 40或者图 45所示的状态 , 即将送料仓 110与 传动 组件 300向上移 动,在此过程中 ,洗料仓盖 270的受力关 系为 FKG1+G2, 使得 洗料仓盖 270受力 不平衡 , 不能保持在关 闭位置, 因此向下移动至打 开 位置 。 由此, 可以取消单独 的蒸汽 阀, 这有利于 简化锅 盖 4 的结构, 便于 生产 制造 , 有利于产品 小型化 。 排气动作 完成后 , 可以关闭洗 料仓 270, 即切 换至 图 42状态 , 也可以不 关闭洗料 仓 270, 保留在图 40, 或图 46所 示 的状态 。 最后, 在烹饪完成后 , 烹饪器具会保持 图 40或切换 至图 40所示 的状 态, 即将送料仓 110与传动 组件 300的位置保持 或移动 至初始位 置, 使 洗料 仓盖 270处于常开位 置。 可 以理解 的, 还可以在烹饪 中途不排 气, 仅在烹饪 完成后进 行复位 的动 作 , 即烹饪完成后再将 烹饪器具 的状态 切换至 图 40所示的状 态, 即将送料仓 110 与传动组 件 300向上移动 至初始位 置。 在此过程中 , 洗料仓盖 270的受 力关 系为 FKG1+G2, 使得 洗料仓盖 270受力不 平衡,不能保持 在关闭 位置, 因此 向下移动 至打开 位置。 即完成送料 仓 110、 传动组件 300和洗料仓盖 270 的复 位。 该种方案 即能保证 烹饪腔 内的保温 效果, 且能在水 沸腾时避 免泡沫 溢到 洗料腔 211 内, 使烹饪完后, 洗料腔 211 内残留淀粉等 污渍, 影响用户 使用 体验。 另 一种方案 是, 在图 46 状态后直接进行 复位动作 , 即将烹饪器 具由图 46 所示的状 态切换 至图 40所示的状 态, 即将送料仓 110与传动组 件 300向 上移 动至初始 位置以 复位。 由于排料口 212打开 , 在烹饪时, 洗料腔 211可 以作 为蒸汽通 道。 由此, 可以取消 单独的 蒸汽阀 , 这有利于 简化锅盖 4 的 结构 , 便于生产 制造, 有利于 产品小 型化。 可 以理解 的, 在烹饪过 程中 , 也可根据需 要随时 关闭排 料口 212, 当 需要 关闭排 料口 212 时, 只要将送料 仓 110与传动 组件 向下运 动在图 41 位置 , 洗料仓盖 270即可 随之向 上运动 并关 闭排料 口 212。 可以理解的 , 烹饪 过程 中在关 闭排料 口之后 也可根 据需要 打开排 料 口 212, 当需要打开 排料 口 212时, 只要将送料仓 110与传动 组件向 上运动 到图 45位置, 或者 向上 运动到 图 40位置, 洗料仓盖 270即可向 下运动 并关 闭排料 口 212。 最 后,在烹饪完 成后 ,烹饪器具会保持 图 40或切换 至图 40所示的 状态, 即将 送料仓 110与传动组 件 300的位置保持 或移动至 初始位 置, 使洗料仓盖 270 处于常开 位置。 此 外, 在未示出的 实施方式 中, 可以单独设 置与洗料 腔 211可连通的供 水管 , 以直接向洗料 腔 211供水。 由此, 可以在整个洗料 工作 中的任一 阶段 都可 以向洗料 腔 211供水。 可以设置与洗 料腔 211可连通的 送料装置 , 送料 装置 可以相对 于储料 仓 13不移动 ,送料装置 内设置有 诸如旋转 螺杆等 的送料 件 , 以向洗料腔 211供料 。 需要 说明 的是, 本文提及的 受力关 系可以理 解为洗料 仓盖 270及随其沿 直线 移动的 随动负载 所构成 的组件的 受力关 系, 为简洁起见 , 简记为洗料仓 盖 270的受力关 系; 类似地, 本文描述洗 料仓盖 270所使用 的受到磁 力、 受 力 、 受磁力作用、 重力等力 的描述可 以理解为 洗料仓盖 270及随 其沿直 线移 动的 随动负载 所构成 的组件的 力的各种 描述 ,为简洁起见 , 简以洗料仓盖 270 替代 , 作为示例, 洗料仓盖 270受到磁力 理解为 洗料仓盖 270及随其 沿直线 移动 的随动 负载所构 成的组件 受到磁 力。 本 发明实施 例的方 法的步骤 顺序可 以根据 实际需要 进行调整 、 合并或删 减 。 上述的所有优选 实施例 中所述 的流程仅 是示例 。 除非发生不利 的效果 , 否则 可以按 与上述流 程的顺序 不同 的顺序进 行各种处 理操作 。 上述流程的步 骤顺 序也可 以根据实 际需要进 行增加 、 合并或删减。 除非 另有定 义, 本文中所使用 的技术 和科学 术语与本 发明的 技术领域 的 技术 人员通 常理解 的含义相 同。 本文中使用 的术语只 是为 了描述具体 的实施 目的 , 不是旨在限制 本发明 。 本文中在一个 实施方 式中描述 的特征 可以单独 地或 与其它 特征结合 地应用 于另一个 实施方 式, 除非该特征 在该另一 个实施 方式 中不适用 或是另有 说明。 本发 明已经通 过上述 实施例 进行了说 明, 但应当理解 的是 , 上述实施例 只是 用于举 例和说 明的目的 , 而非意在将本 发明限制 于所描 述的实施 例范 围 内 。 此外本领域技术 人员可 以理解 的是, 本发明并 不局限于 上述实施 例, 根 据本 发明的教 导还可 以做 出更多种 的变型和 修改, 这些变型 和修改 均落在本 发 明所要求保 护的 范围以 内。 本发明的保护 范围由 附属的权 利要求 书及其等 效范 围所界 定。 S6 Execute reset. The washing bin cover 270 of this embodiment is in the open position in the initial state. When it is reset directly after blanking or after cooking, if the washing bin cover 270 is currently in the open position, the process of performing reset No action is performed on the washing bin cover 270 in the middle. If the material washing bin cover 270 is currently in the closed position, then the washing material bin cover 270 needs to be reset. Performing the reset includes: controlling the transmission assembly 300 to move upward from the first driving position, for example, directly moving upward to the storage position, and the washing bin cover 270 is moved from the closed position to the open position by gravity to realize the reset of the washing bin cover 270 . Furthermore, when the feeding bin 110 is controlled to drive the transmission assembly 300 to reset together, the washing bin cover 270 is also reset at the same time. Other steps are substantially the same as the control steps of the first embodiment, and are briefly described for brevity. The entire washing process of the cooking appliance 1 in this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 40-46 : As shown in FIG. 40 , the cooking appliance 1 is in an initial state. At this time, both the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are in the initial position in the first position, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the inlet 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are not connected, and the washing bin cover 270 is in the Open location. In the initial state, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, where F1 is the magnetic force between the translation fitting 231 and the translation driving part 321; G1 is the washing bin cover 270 and its The total weight of the moving follower load, in this embodiment, the follower load includes at least the first mounting seat 220, the translation fitting 231 and the stirring member 19; G2 is the weight of water and materials in the washing chamber 211. It can be understood that G1 is a fixed value, and F1 and G2 are variable values. In this state, the minimum of F1 is Fmin, which may even be close to or equal to 0, G2=0, or G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water in the washing chamber 211 after cleaning. When the unloading operation is intended, firstly, the linear drive device 120 can drive the screw 121 to move, so that the screw 121 can drive the feeding bin 110 to move downward to the first driving position in the second position, and the transmission assembly 300 also moves downward accordingly. To the first driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 41, the cooking utensil is in the first ready state for feeding. At this time, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the inlet port 201 of the washing bin assembly 200 are still not connected. During this process, F1 increases; in the state shown in FIG. 41, the washing bin cover The force relationship of 270 is F1>G1+G2, where G2 is the same as the initial state same. Since F1>G1+G2, the force on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced, and it cannot be kept in the open position and moved upward to the closed position by the magnetic force. As shown in Figure 42, the washing bin cover 270 has been in the closed position, and the discharge port 212 has been closed. The cooking appliance quickly switches from the state shown in Figure 41 to the state shown in Figure 42, that is, the washing bin cover 270 moves upward to the closed position, and F1 continues to increase to Flmax during this process, and the force relationship is F1>G1+G2 . Where F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the same as the initial state. It can be understood that water can also be supplied to the washing chamber 211 in the state shown in FIG. 42 , that is, water can be supplied to the washing chamber before loading materials. The clean water in the clean water tank 81 enters the feeding bin 110 through the pipeline and the water inlet 113, and then enters the washing chamber 211 through the water outlet 114. When the water supply is selected in the state shown in Figure 42 and the water supply is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FDG1+G2, wherein F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of water. Then the feeding bin 110 continues to move downwards into the washing chamber 211 without the transmission assembly 300 moving accordingly. At this time, as shown in Figure 43, the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position, the transmission assembly 300 is in the first driving position in the second position, the outlet of the feeding bin 110 and the storage bin 13 and the feeding of the washing bin assembly 200 Ports 201 are all connected, and the washing bin cover 270 is still in the closed position. The material in the storage bin 13 enters the feeding bin 110 through the material inlet 111 , and then enters the washing chamber 211 through the material outlet 112 to perform the unloading action. That is, in this state, solid materials such as rice, millet, corn kernels, black beans, red beans, and mung beans can be transported to the washing chamber 211 through the feeding bin 110. The amount of material flowing into the washing chamber 211 can be calculated by time, and the cooking appliance controls the time when the feeding bin 110 is in the additional position according to the amount of material required by the user, so as to realize quantitative feeding. It is also possible to choose to supply water to the washing chamber 211 in the state of material unloading, or to simultaneously unload the material and supply water, or to wait until the material unloading is completed before performing the water supply action. The clean water in the clean water tank 81 enters the feeding bin 110 through the pipeline and the water inlet 113, and then enters the washing chamber 211 through the water outlet 114. When the feeding and water supply are completed, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, wherein F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of water and materials. It can be understood that it is also possible not to supply water in the state of Figure 42 and Figure 43, that is, only the material is placed in the state of Figure 43, and the water supply action is performed in the subsequent state, such as in the state of Figure 44. And in the state of Figure 43, water is not supplied, then G2 in the state of Figure 42 is the same as the initial state, and G2 in the state of Figure 43 is the initial state plus the weight of the material. When the blanking is completed or the blanking and water supply are completed, the linear drive device 120 drives the screw 121 again, and the screw 121 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the first driving position in the second position, as shown in FIG. 44 , understandably , you can choose not to supply water in the states shown in Figure 42 and Figure 43, and in Figure 44 Water supply in the state, for example, choose to supply water before the rotation action in Figure 44, or even supply water in the middle of the rotation action. In the state shown in FIG. 44 , the rotation driving device 301 drives the transmission main body 310 to rotate, and then the magnetic force between the rotation driving part 322 and the rotation matching part 232 can drive the second mounting base 250 to rotate, and then drive the first mounting base 220 and The agitator 19 on it rotates together to perform washing action. It can be understood that, for the illustrated embodiment, the water level in the washing chamber 211 is lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10 during washing. In other embodiments not shown, a separate electromagnetic valve for opening and closing the sewage outlet 213 can be set, and whether to drain water can be directly controlled by directly controlling the opening and closing state of the electromagnetic valve. The water level in the material chamber 211 must be lower than the highest part of the sewage pipe. For the illustrated embodiment, when the washing action is completed and the water is intended to be drained, water is first supplied to the washing chamber 211 until the water level in the washing chamber 211 is higher than the highest part of the sewage pipe 10, and the siphon principle is used for drainage. And the highest position of the drainage channel will have a velocity head, thereby forming a full flow of the sewage pipe 10 . When the water level dropped to the highest position lower than the sewage pipe 10, since the drainage passage here was in a full flow state, at this moment, the water level in the washing chamber 211 was higher than the water level of the water outlet 114 of the sewage pipe 107. According to Nut's principle, the outlet of the sewage pipe 107 will have a velocity head at this time, which can drain the water in the washing bin. Drainage after washing. When the drainage is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1>G1+G2, where F1 is Flmax, and G2 is the weight of the material after water absorption and a small amount of residual water. If necessary, clean water can also be added into the material washing cavity 211 after draining for cooking; in this case, G2 is the weight of the material and the clean water after absorbing water. The actions of water supply, washing and draining can be performed repeatedly to realize multiple washings of a single material. When the drainage action is completed and material is to be dropped, the linear driving device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the second driving position of the second position, as shown in FIG. 45 . In the state shown in Figure 45, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, where F1 decreases, that is, FKFlmax, G2 is the same as when the drainage is completed, if clear water is added after the drainage in the state of Figure 44 G2 also includes the weight of fresh water added. Since F1<G1+G2, the load on the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced and cannot be kept in the closed position and will move downward. The cooking appliance switches from the state shown in FIG. 45 to the state shown in FIG. 46 very quickly. As shown in FIG. 46, the washing bin cover 270 has been positioned at the open position, and the discharge port 212 has been opened. At this time, part of the material or part of the material and water will fall into the inner pot 3, and G2 will decrease. In the state shown in FIG. 46, the stress relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, wherein FKFlmax, G2 is the weight of the remaining water-absorbing materials and a small amount of residual water. At this time, the rotating drive device 301 can drive the transmission main body 310 to rotate again, so that the stirring member 19 rotates and starts to throw the material, and the material falls rapidly under the action of centrifugal force. Put into the inner pot3. G2 continues to decrease during material rejection. After the material removal is completed, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is F1 91+G2, where FKFlmax.G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water. As an example, the difference between F1 and G1+G2 at this time may be 30g. In addition to adding clean water after draining in Figure 44, you can also choose to add clean water in the state shown in Figure 46. For example, you can add clean water before or after the material is thrown, or even in the middle of the material, and you can set it flexibly according to your needs. After the clean water is added into the washing cavity 211, it is then input into the inner pot 3 through the discharge port 212 for subsequent cooking. Various actions in the process of material blanking to blanking can be repeatedly performed to realize multiple times of material washing; that is, each state shown in Figure 41 to Figure 46 is repeatedly performed. That is, after the state in FIG. 46 , the linear drive device 120 drives the feeding bin 110 to move upward to the first driving position of the second position, that is, to reach the position shown in FIG. 41 . Afterwards, the states described in Fig. 41 to Fig. 46 are repeated until the washing and unloading of the materials are completed. Then, after finishing blanking and adding water, the following actions can be performed. One solution is to close the washing bin cover 270 first. That is, the cooking appliance is switched from the state shown in FIG. 46 to the state shown in FIG. 42 . The feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are moved to the first driving position to move the washing bin cover 270 to the closed position shown in FIG. 42. During this process, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FDG1+G2 Wherein F1 is Flmax, G2 is the weight of a small amount of residual water, so that the force of the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced and cannot be kept in the open position, so it moves upward to the closed position. At this time, the steam inlet 202 is closed, and the pot cover 4 and the The cooking chamber between the pots 2 is closed. When cooking, closing the material washing compartment cover 270 can prevent the heat from being taken away by the steam through the steam inlet 202, which can quickly heat up the cooking cavity in the early stage and speed up the cooking speed. It can be understood that the exhaust action can also be selected during cooking, that is, the cooking utensil can be switched from the state shown in FIG. 42 to the state shown in FIG. 40 or FIG. , during this process, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot be kept at the closed position, so it moves downward to the open position. Thus, the separate steam valve can be eliminated, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the pot cover 4, facilitate production and manufacture, and facilitate product miniaturization. After the exhaust action is completed, the washing bin 270 can be closed, that is, switched to the state shown in FIG. 42 , or the washing bin 270 can not be closed, and remain in the state shown in FIG. 40 or FIG. 46 . Finally, after the cooking is completed, the cooking utensil will remain in the state shown in Figure 40 or switch to the state shown in Figure 40, that is, the positions of the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 will be kept or moved to the initial position, so that the washing bin cover 270 is in the normally open position . It can be understood that it is also possible to not exhaust the gas during cooking, and only perform the action of resetting after the cooking is completed. After cooking, the state of the cooking utensil is switched to the state shown in FIG. 40, that is, the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 are moved upward to the initial position. During this process, the force relationship of the washing bin cover 270 is FKG1+G2, so that the washing bin cover 270 is unbalanced in force and cannot be kept at the closed position, so it moves downward to the open position. That is, the resetting of the feeding bin 110, the transmission assembly 300 and the washing bin cover 270 is completed. This solution can ensure the heat preservation effect in the cooking chamber, and can prevent foam from overflowing into the washing chamber 211 when the water boils, so that after cooking, starch and other stains remain in the washing chamber 211, affecting user experience. Another solution is to perform a reset action directly after the state shown in FIG. 46, that is, to switch the cooking utensil from the state shown in FIG. 46 to the state shown in FIG. . Since the discharge port 212 is opened, the washing cavity 211 can be used as a steam channel during cooking. Thus, the separate steam valve can be eliminated, which is beneficial to simplify the structure of the pot cover 4, facilitate production and manufacture, and facilitate product miniaturization. It can be understood that during the cooking process, the discharge port 212 can also be closed at any time as required. When the discharge port 212 needs to be closed, as long as the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly are moved downward to the position shown in FIG. 41, the washing bin cover 270 Then move upwards and close the discharge port 212 thereupon. It can be understood that the discharge port 212 can also be opened as required after the discharge port is closed during the cooking process. When the discharge port 212 needs to be opened, only the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly are moved upward to the position shown in FIG. 45 , or moved upward When the position shown in FIG. 40 is reached, the material washing bin cover 270 can move down and close the discharge port 212 . Finally, after the cooking is completed, the cooking appliance will remain in the state shown in Figure 40 or switch to the state shown in Figure 40, that is, the position of the feeding bin 110 and the transmission assembly 300 will be kept or moved to the initial position, so that the washing bin cover 270 is in the normally open position . In addition, in an embodiment not shown, a water supply pipe communicated with the washing chamber 211 may be provided separately, so as to directly supply water to the washing chamber 211. Thus, water can be supplied to the washing chamber 211 at any stage in the whole washing work. A feeding device that can communicate with the washing chamber 211 can be provided, and the feeding device can not move relative to the storage bin 13 , and a feeding member such as a rotating screw is arranged in the feeding device to supply materials to the washing chamber 211 . It should be noted that the force relationship mentioned in this article can be understood as the force relationship of the components composed of the washing bin cover 270 and the follower load that moves along a straight line with it. For the sake of brevity, it is simply referred to as the washing bin cover 270; similarly, the description of the magnetic force, force, magnetic force, gravity and other forces used in this article to describe the washing bin cover 270 can be understood as the washing bin cover 270 and its linear movement. Various descriptions of the force of the components constituted by the dynamic load, for the sake of brevity, simply use the washing bin cover 270 Instead, as an example, the fact that the washing bin cover 270 is subjected to a magnetic force is understood to mean that the assembly constituted by the washing bin cover 270 and the follower load that moves linearly therewith is subject to a magnetic force. The sequence of steps in the method of the embodiment of the present invention may be adjusted, combined or deleted according to actual needs. The procedures described in all the preferred embodiments described above are examples only. Unless adverse effects occur, various processing operations may be performed in an order different from that of the flow described above. The sequence of steps in the above process can also be added, combined or deleted according to actual needs. Unless otherwise defined, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the technical field of the invention. The terminology used herein is only for the purpose of describing a specific implementation, and is not intended to limit the present invention. Features described herein in one embodiment may be applied to another embodiment alone or in combination with other features, unless the feature is not applicable in that other embodiment or stated otherwise. The present invention has been described through the above embodiments, but it should be understood that the above embodiments are only for the purpose of illustration and description, and are not intended to limit the present invention to the scope of the described embodiments. In addition, those skilled in the art can understand that the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments, and more variations and modifications can be made according to the teachings of the present invention, and these variations and modifications all fall within the claimed scope of the present invention. within the range. The protection scope of the present invention is defined by the appended claims and their equivalent scope.

Claims

权利要 求书 claims
1.一 种烹饪 器具, 包括锅体 、 盖合于锅体的锅 盖、 设于锅盖的 洗料仓组 件和 传动组件 , 其特征在于 , 所 述洗料仓 组件包括 : 洗料仓 主体, 所述洗料仓主体 形成具有 排料 口的洗料腔 ; 安装座 , 部分或全部 所述安装 座沿直 线可移 动或相对 于所述 洗料仓 主体 围绕第一 旋转轴 线可旋转 ; 洗料仓 盖, 所述洗料仓 盖设于 所述安 装座并且 可随所 述安装座 一起 移动 ; 以及 配合件 , 所述配合件设 于所述 安装座; 所 述传动组 件包括 : 传动主 体; 以及 驱动件 , 所述驱动件设 于所述传 动主体 , 其 中, 所述配合件和 所述驱动 件均为磁 性构件 , 所述配合件和 所述驱动 件之 间存 在磁力 , 当改变所述驱动 件的状 态以改变 配合件和 所述驱 动件之 间的磁 力时 , 部分或全部所 述安装座 沿直线 移动或相 对于所述 洗料仓 主体围绕 所述 第一 旋转轴 线旋转。 1. A cooking utensil, comprising a pot body, a pot cover that covers the pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly disposed on the pot cover, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly includes: a washing bin main body, The main body of the washing bin forms a washing chamber with a discharge port; a mounting seat, part or all of which is movable along a straight line or rotatable around a first rotation axis relative to the main body of the washing bin; the washing bin The cover, the washing bin cover is arranged on the installation seat and can move together with the installation seat; and the fitting, the fitting is arranged on the installation seat; the transmission assembly includes: a transmission main body; and a drive part, the driving part is arranged on the transmission main body, wherein both the fitting part and the driving part are magnetic components, and there is a magnetic force between the fitting part and the driving part, when changing the driving part When the state is to change the magnetic force between the fitting part and the driving part, part or all of the installation seat moves along a straight line or rotates around the first rotation axis relative to the main body of the washing bin.
2.根据 权利要 求 1所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述配合件 包括平动 配合 件, 所述平动配 合件设 于所述安 装座, 所述驱动件包括 平动驱 动件, 所 述平 动驱动 件设于所 述传动 主体, 其中, 所述平动 配合件和 所述平 动驱动件 均 为磁性构件 , 所述平动配 合件和所 述平动 驱动件之 间存在 磁力, 当改变所 述平 动驱动 件的状 态以改变 平动配合 件和所 述平动驱 动件之 间的磁 力时, 所 述 洗料仓盖在 打开所 述排料 口的打开 位置和 盖合所述 排料 口的关闭位 置之间 移动 。 2. The cooking appliance according to claim 1, characterized in that, the fittings include translation fittings, the translation fittings are arranged on the mounting seat, the driving parts include translation driving parts, the The translational driving part is arranged on the transmission main body, wherein both the translational fitting part and the translational driving part are magnetic components, and there is a magnetic force between the translational fitting part and the translational driving part, When the state of the translational driving part is changed to change the magnetic force between the translational fitting part and the translational driving part, the washing bin cover is in the open position of opening the discharge port and covers the Move between the closed position of the discharge opening.
3.根据 权利要 求 2所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述磁性构件 包括磁 体 、 电磁铁、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢中的 至少 一个。 3. The cooking utensil according to claim 2, characterized in that, the magnetic member comprises a magnet, an electromagnet, iron, a car standard, a drill, a ferritic steel, a martensitic steel, an austenitic-ferritic At least one of the duplex steels.
4.根据 权利要 求 3所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述平动配合 件和所 述平 动驱动件 中的至 少一者为 磁体。 4. The cooking utensil according to claim 3, characterized in that at least one of the translation fitting part and the translation driving part is a magnet.
5.根据 权利要 求 2所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于 , 所述 平动配 合件为磁 体, 所述平动驱 动件为 磁体、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体 钢 、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相钢中 的一个; 或者 所述平 动配合件 和所述 平动驱动 件均为磁 体; 或者 所述平 动配合件 为铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素 体双 相钢, 所述平动驱动件为 磁体。 5. The cooking utensil according to claim 2, characterized in that, the translation fitting part is a magnet, and the translation driving part is a magnet, iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel , one of the austenitic-ferritic dual-phase steels; Or both the translation fitting and the translation driving part are magnets; or the translation fitting is iron, turning standard, drill, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-ferritic Duplex steel, the translation drive part is a magnet.
6.根据 权利要 求 2所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于 , 当 改变所述 平动驱动 件的状 态时, 所述洗料 仓盖从所 述打开位 置移动 至 所述 关闭位 置; 或者 当改变 所述平动 驱动件 的状态 时, 所述洗料仓盖 从所述 关闭位置 移 动至 所述打开 位置; 或者 当改变 所述平动 驱动件 的状态 时, 所述洗料仓盖 从所述 打开位置 移 动至 所述关 闭位置以 及从所述 关闭位 置移动至 所述打开 位置。 6. The cooking appliance according to claim 2, characterized in that, when the state of the translational driving member is changed, the washing bin cover moves from the open position to the closed position; or when the state of the translational drive is changed When the state of the translational driving member is changed, the washing bin cover moves from the closed position to the open position; or when the state of the translational driving member is changed, the washing bin cover moves from the open position A position is moved to the closed position and from the closed position to the open position.
7.根据 权利要 求 2所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 相对于 所述 洗料仓 主体沿直 线可移 动, 其中当移动 所述传动 组件时 , 所述洗料仓盖 沿直 线移动 以打开和 关闭所述 排料 口。 7. The cooking appliance according to claim 2, characterized in that, the transmission assembly is movable along a straight line relative to the main body of the washing bin, wherein when the transmission assembly is moved, the washing bin cover moves along a straight line Moves to open and close the discharge opening.
8.根据 权利要 求 3所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述平动配合 件和所 述平 动驱动件 中的至 少一者为 电磁铁 ,其中当改变 所述电磁 铁的通 电状态后 , 所述 洗料仓盖 沿直线 移动以打 开和关 闭所述排 料口。 8. The cooking appliance according to claim 3, characterized in that, at least one of the translational fitting and the translational driving member is an electromagnet, wherein when the energization state of the electromagnet is changed, The washing bin cover moves linearly to open and close the discharge port.
9.根据 权利要 求 2所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述平动驱动 件与所 述平 动配合件 位置相 对应, 并且朝向彼 此的磁 极相反或 相同。 9. The cooking utensil according to claim 2, characterized in that, the position of the translational driving part is corresponding to the position of the translational matching part, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite or the same.
10.根据 权利要 求 2所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于, 所述洗料仓盖 在初始 状态 时位于 所述关闭 位置或所 述打开位 置。 10. The cooking appliance according to claim 2, characterized in that, the washing bin cover is in the closed position or the open position in an initial state.
11.根据 权利要 求 2所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于, 所述洗料仓盖设 于所 述安 装座的底 部, 并且所述 洗料仓盖 在所述 打开位置 时位于 所述排料 口的下 方 , 所述安装座可上 下移动 。 11. The cooking appliance according to claim 2, characterized in that, the material washing bin cover is arranged on the bottom of the mounting base, and the washing material bin cover is located at the discharge opening when the material washing bin cover is in the open position Below, the mount can move up and down.
12.根据 权利要 求 2所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于, 所述平动驱动 件通过 卡接 、 紧固件连接 、 膜内注塑中的至 少一种 方式设于 所述传 动主体 ; 所述平 动配 合件通 过卡接 、 紧固件连接、 膜内注塑 中的至少 一种方 式设于所 述安装 座 。 12. The cooking appliance according to claim 2, characterized in that, the translational driving member is provided on the transmission main body through at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and film injection molding; The moving fitting is arranged on the mounting seat by at least one of clamping, fastener connection, and in-membrane injection molding.
13.根据 权利要 求 2至 12中的任一项 所述的 烹饪器具 , 其特征在于, 所 述配 合件包 括旋转配 合件, 所述旋转配合件 设于所述 安装座 ; 所述洗料仓组 件 包括搅拌件 , 所述搅拌件位 于所述 洗料腔 内并连接 至所述 安装座 , 所述安 装座 相对于 所述洗料 仓主体 围绕第一 旋转轴 线可旋转 , 所述搅拌件 随所述安 装座 一起相对 于所述 洗料仓主 体围绕 所述第一 旋转轴 线可旋转 ; 所 述驱动件 还包括旋 转驱动 件, 所述旋转驱 动件设 于所述传 动主体 , 其 中, 所述传动主体 相对于 所述洗料 仓主体 围绕第二 旋转轴 线可旋转 ; 所述 旋转驱 动件和所 述旋转 配合件 为磁体 , 当所述传动主体 旋转时 , 在所述 旋转 驱动件 和所述旋 转配合件 之间的 磁力作用 下, 所述搅拌件 旋转。 13. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 2-12, characterized in that, the fitting includes a swivel fitting, and the swivel fitting is arranged on the mounting seat; the washing bin assembly It includes a stirring member, the stirring member is located in the material washing chamber and connected to the mounting seat, the mounting seat is rotatable with respect to the main body of the material washing bin around the first rotation axis, and the stirring member is accompanied by the install The seat is rotatable with respect to the main body of the washing bin around the first rotation axis; the driving member also includes a rotating driving member, and the rotating driving member is arranged on the transmission main body, wherein the transmission main body is opposite to The main body of the washing bin is rotatable around the second axis of rotation; the rotating driving part and the rotating matching part are magnets, and when the transmission main body rotates, the rotating driving part and the rotating fitting Under the action of the magnetic force between them, the stirring member rotates.
14.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述第一旋转 轴线 与所 述第二旋 转轴线 共线。 14. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the first axis of rotation and the second axis of rotation are collinear.
15.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料腔构造 成 中心 对称, 所述洗料腔的中 心轴线与 所述第一 旋转轴 线共线; 和 /或所述洗料腔的形状 为圆筒状 。 15. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the washing chamber is configured to be symmetrical about the center, the central axis of the washing chamber is collinear with the first rotation axis; and/or the washing chamber The shape of the material chamber is cylindrical.
16.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述旋转配合 件沿 所述 安装座 的周向 间隔设置 有多个 , 所述旋转驱动件 沿所述 传动主体 的周向 间 隔设置有 多个。 16. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, a plurality of the rotating fittings are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the mounting seat, and the rotating driving members are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the transmission main body There are more than one.
17.根 据权利要 求 16所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 多个 所述旋 转配合件 的磁性 相同, 并且围绕所述第 一旋转轴 线中心对 称 设置 ; 和/或多 个所述旋 转驱动件 的磁性 相同, 并且围绕所 述第二旋 转轴线 中心 对称 设置。 17. The cooking appliance according to claim 16, characterized in that, the magnetic properties of the plurality of rotating fittings are the same, and they are arranged symmetrically around the center of the first rotation axis; and/or the plurality of rotating driving members are magnetically identical and arranged centrally symmetrically about said second axis of rotation.
18.根 据权利要 求 16所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 多个 所述旋 转配合件 沿所述 安装座的 所述周 向均匀设 置; 和 /或多个所述旋 转驱动件 沿所述 传动主体 的所述 周向均 匀设置。 18. The cooking appliance according to claim 16, characterized in that, a plurality of said rotating fittings are evenly arranged along said circumferential direction of said mounting seat; and/or a plurality of said rotating driving members are arranged along said transmission The circumferential direction of the main body is uniformly arranged.
19.根 据权利要 求 16所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 多个 所述旋 转配合件 围绕所 述第一旋 转轴线非 中心对 称设置 ; 和/或多 个所述旋 转驱动件 围绕所 述第二旋 转轴线 非中心对 称设置 。19. The cooking appliance according to claim 16, characterized in that, a plurality of said rotating fittings are non-centrosymmetrically arranged around said first axis of rotation; and/or a plurality of said rotating driving members surround said second The axis of rotation is arranged non-centrosymmetrically.
20.根据 权利要 求 13所述的烹饪 器具, 其特征在于 , 所述第一旋转 轴线 偏 离所述第二 旋转轴 线, 且两者之间 的偏离距 离小于等 于 20mm o 20. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the first axis of rotation deviates from the second axis of rotation, and the distance between them is less than or equal to 20mm o
21.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述 旋转驱 动件在驱 动位置 时位于所 述旋转 配合件的 径向外侧 ; 或者 所述旋 转驱动件 在驱动位 置时位 于所述旋 转配合 件的径向 内侧; 或者 所述旋 转驱动件 在驱动位 置时位 于所述旋 转配合 件上方 。 21. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the rotary driving member is located radially outside of the rotating fitting when in the driving position; or the rotating driving member is located in the rotating position when in the driving position. radially inward of the fitting; or the rotary drive member is located above the rotary fitting in the driven position.
22.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述旋转配合 件位 于所 述洗料腔 的外部 , 或者 所 述旋转配 合件位 于所述洗 料腔的 内部。 22. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the rotating fitting is outside the washing chamber, or the rotating fitting is located inside the washing chamber.
23.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 还包括限位部件 , 所述 安装座 围绕所述 限位部件 旋转 , 所述限位部件与 所述安 装座彼此 相对的 ; ^面寸氐接% 23. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, further comprising a limiting component, the mounting base rotates around the limiting component, the limiting component and the mounting base are opposite to each other; Inch connection%
24.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动主体 构造 成 中心对称形 状, 和 /或所述安装座构造成 中心对称 形状。 24. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, the transmission body is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape, and/or the mounting seat is configured as a centrally symmetrical shape.
25.根 据权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述安装座与 所述 搅拌 件为分体 构件, 或所述安装座与 所述搅拌 件成型 为一体件 。 25. The cooking utensil according to claim 13, characterized in that, the mounting base and the stirring piece are separate components, or the mounting base and the stirring piece are integrally formed.
26.根据 权利要 求 13所述的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述旋转驱动 件在 驱动 位置时 与所述旋 转配合件 位置相 对应, 并且朝向彼此的 磁极相反 , 或者 所述 旋转驱 动件在驱 动位置 时与所述 旋转配 合件在径 向上错 位设置 , 并且朝 向彼 此的磁极 相同。 26. The cooking appliance according to claim 13, characterized in that, when the rotary drive is in the driving position, it corresponds to the position of the rotary fitting, and the magnetic poles facing each other are opposite, or the rotary drive is driving The position is offset radially with the rotating fitting, and the magnetic poles facing each other are the same.
27.根据 权利要 求 13至 26中任 一项所述 的烹饪 器具, 其特征在于 , 所述 旋转 配合件 和所述平 动配合件 均位 于所述洗 料腔的外 部, 所述旋转驱 动件在 驱动 位置时位 于所述 旋转配合 件的径 向外侧 。 27. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 13 to 26, characterized in that, both the rotating fitting and the translation fitting are located outside the washing chamber, and the rotating drive is The drive position is located radially outward of the rotating fitting.
28.根据 权利要 求 27所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述安装座包 括第 一安 装座和 与所述第 一安装 座相连 的第二安 装座, 所述第一 安装座位 于所述 第二 安装座 的径向 内侧并相对 于所述 第二安装 座沿直 线可移动 ,所述搅拌件 、 所述 洗料仓 盖和所述 平动配合 件设于 所述第 一安装座 , 所述旋转配合 件设于 所述 第二安装 座, 所述第一安 装座可 随所述第 二安装座 旋转。 28. The cooking appliance according to claim 27, characterized in that, the mounting base comprises a first mounting base and a second mounting base connected to the first mounting base, and the first mounting base is located on the second mounting base. The radial inner side of the second mounting seat is movable in a straight line relative to the second mounting seat, the stirring member, the washing bin cover and the translation fitting are arranged on the first mounting seat, the The rotating fitting is disposed on the second mounting base, and the first mounting base can rotate with the second mounting base.
29.根据 权利要 求 28所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述第一安装 座包 括安 装座基 部和与所 述安装 座基部相 连的安 装座筒部 , 所述搅拌件和 所述洗 料仓 盖设于 所述安装 座基部 , 所述安装座筒 部位于所 述洗料 腔的径向 外侧且 其底 部沿周 向间隔设 有座开 口,所述平动 配合件设 于所述安 装座筒 部的顶部 。 29. The cooking appliance according to claim 28, characterized in that, the first mounting base includes a base of the mounting base and a cylindrical portion of the mounting base connected to the base of the mounting base, the stirring member and the washing bin The cover is arranged on the base of the mounting seat, the cylindrical portion of the mounting seat is located on the radially outer side of the washing chamber, and the bottom of the mounting seat is provided with seat openings at intervals along the circumferential direction, and the translation fitting is arranged on the mounting seat cylinder the top of the section.
30.根据 权利要 求 29所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述安装座基 部设 置有 沿轴向 凸出的盖 安装部 , 所述洗料仓盖设 置有盖 安装孔 , 所述盖安装部 位于 所述盖安 装孔 内, 所述搅拌件连 接至所 述盖安装 部, 所述洗料仓 盖位于 所述 搅拌件 与所述安 装座基部 之间。 30. The cooking appliance according to claim 29, characterized in that, the base of the installation seat is provided with a cover installation part protruding in the axial direction, the washing bin cover is provided with a cover installation hole, and the cover installation part Located in the cover installation hole, the stirring member is connected to the cover installation part, and the washing bin cover is located between the stirring member and the base of the installation seat.
31.根据 权利要 求 30所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述盖安装部 和所 述盖 安装孔 的孔壁之 间设置有 安装密封 件。 31. The cooking appliance according to claim 30, characterized in that, an installation seal is provided between the cover installation part and the hole wall of the cover installation hole.
32.根据 权利要 求 1至 31中任一项所 述的烹饪 器具, 其特征在于, 所述 洗料 仓组件还 包括料 口密封件 , 所述料口密 封件设置 于所述 洗料仓盖 的外周 部 , 当所述洗料仓盖 位于所 述关闭位 置时, 所述料口密封件 在所述排 料口处 与所 述洗料仓 主体抵接 O 32. The cooking utensil according to any one of claims 1 to 31, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly further includes a material opening seal, and the material opening sealing member is arranged on the lid of the washing material bin Outer peripheral part, when the material washing bin cover is in the closed position, the material opening seal abuts against the main body of the washing material bin at the discharge port.
33.根据 权利要 求 28所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓组 件还 包括 仓主体基 座, 所述仓主体 基座连 接至所 述洗料仓 主体 , 所述第二安装座 支撑 于所述仓 主体基 座并且位 于所述 第一安装 座的径 向外侧。 33. The cooking appliance according to claim 28, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly further comprises a bin body base, the bin body base is connected to the washing bin body, and the second mounting seat It is supported on the base of the bin main body and is located radially outside of the first installation seat.
34.根据 权利要 求 28所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述第一安装 座和 所述 第二安 装座中 的一个设 置有座导 向槽, 所述座导向槽在 轴向上延 伸, 所 述第 一安装 座和所述 第二安 装座中 的另一个设 置有座 导向部 , 所述座导向部 位于 所述座导 向槽 内并对于所 述座导 向槽沿直 线可移动 。 34. The cooking appliance according to claim 28, characterized in that, one of the first mounting seat and the second mounting seat is provided with a seat guide groove, and the seat guide groove extends in the axial direction, so that The other one of the first installation seat and the second installation seat is provided with a seat guide part, and the seat guide part is located in the seat guide groove and is movable along a straight line with respect to the seat guide groove.
35.根据 权利要 求 28所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述第二安装 座设 置有 面向上 方的座限 位面, 用于向上 支撑所述 第一安装 座。 35. The cooking appliance according to claim 28, characterized in that, the second mounting base is provided with an upward-facing seat limiting surface for supporting the first mounting base upward.
36.根据 权利要 求 27所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动主体 构造 成转 盘形状 并且包括 传动顶 壁和与 所述传动 顶壁相连 的传动 侧壁, 所述传动 侧壁 沿竖向 延伸, 所述旋转 驱动件设 于所述 传动侧壁 , 所述平动驱动 件设于 所述 传动顶壁 。 36. The cooking appliance according to claim 27, characterized in that, the transmission main body is configured in the shape of a turntable and includes a transmission top wall and a transmission side wall connected to the transmission top wall, and the transmission side wall is vertically Extending, the rotation driving part is arranged on the transmission side wall, and the translational driving part is arranged on the transmission top wall.
37.根据 权利要 求 13至 26中任 一项所述 的烹饪 器具, 其特征在于 , 所述 旋转 配合件 和所述平 动配合件 均位 于所述洗 料腔的 内部, 所述旋转驱 动件在 驱动 位置时位 于所述 旋转配合 件的径 向内侧 。 37. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 13 to 26, characterized in that, both the rotating fitting and the translation fitting are located inside the washing chamber, and the rotating drive is In the driven position, it is located radially inside the rotating fitting.
38.根据 权利要 求 37所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述安装座包 括安 装座 基部和 与所述安 装座基 部相连 的安装座 筒部, 所述安装 座筒部位 于所述 洗料 腔内, 所述旋转配合件设 于所述 安装座 筒部, 所述洗料 仓盖和所 述平动 配合 件设于 所述安装 座基部 。 38. The cooking appliance according to claim 37, characterized in that, the mounting seat includes a mounting seat base and a mounting seat barrel connected to the mounting seat base, and the mounting seat barrel is located in the washing chamber Inside, the rotating fitting is arranged on the cylinder portion of the mounting seat, and the washing bin cover and the translation fitting are arranged on the base of the mounting seat.
39.根据 权利要 求 38所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓主 体包 括形 成接收槽 的槽体 部分, 所述槽体部分位 于所述 洗料腔 内, 所述传动主体 可接 收于所 述接收槽 , 所述安装座 筒部容纳 所述槽体 部分并 可移动地 设于所 述槽 体部分 。 39. The cooking appliance according to claim 38, characterized in that, the main body of the washing bin includes a tank part forming a receiving tank, the tank part is located in the washing chamber, and the transmission body can receive In the receiving groove, the mounting seat cylinder part accommodates the groove body part and is movably arranged on the groove body part.
40.根据 权利要 求 38所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述搅拌件设 于所 述安 装座筒鄙 。 40. The cooking utensil according to claim 38, characterized in that, the stirring member is arranged under the mounting base.
41.根据 权利要 求 38所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述安装座基 部的 下侧 设置有 径向向 内延伸的 第 — 扣, 所述洗料 仓盖设置 有径向 向外延伸 的 第二 卡扣, 所述第二卡扣与 所述第一^ 扣卡接 , 并且所述安装座 相对于 所述 洗料 仓盖可旋 转。 41. The cooking appliance according to claim 38, characterized in that, the base of the mount The lower side is provided with a radially inwardly extending first buckle, the washing bin cover is provided with a radially outwardly extending second buckle, the second buckle is engaged with the first buckle, and The mounting base is rotatable relative to the washing bin cover.
42.根据 权利要 求 38所述 的烹饪 器具, 其特征在于 , 所述搅拌件与 所述 洗料 仓盖构造 成一体件 , 所述洗料仓盖 与所述 安装座基 部相连 。 42. The cooking utensil according to claim 38, characterized in that, the stirring member and the washing bin cover are constructed in one piece, and the washing bin cover is connected to the base of the mounting base.
43.根 据权利要 求 13至 42中的任一项 所述的 烹饪器具 ,其特征在 于,所 述传 动组件 还包括安 装支架 和旋转驱 动装置 , 所述旋转驱动 装置设 于所述安 装支 架, 并且其输 出轴与所述 传动主 体相连 以使所述传 动主体 旋转。 43. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 13 to 42, wherein the transmission assembly further comprises a mounting bracket and a rotary driving device, the rotary driving device is arranged on the mounting bracket, and its The output shaft is connected with the transmission main body to make the transmission main body rotate.
44.根 据权利要 求 43所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 还包 括传 动支座 , 所述传动主体设 置有主 体中心 孔, 所述传动支 座位于 所述主体 中心 孔内并 与所述传 动主体 相连, 所述安装支架位 于所述传 动主体 的上方并 与所 述传动 支座相连 。 44. The cooking appliance according to claim 43, characterized in that, the transmission assembly further comprises a transmission support, the transmission main body is provided with a central hole of the main body, and the transmission support is located in the central hole of the main body and is in contact with The transmission main body is connected, and the installation bracket is located above the transmission main body and connected with the transmission support.
45.根 据权利要 求 44所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动主体 的顶 部设 置有向 上凸出 的齿轮部 , 所述齿轮部 围绕所述主 体中心 孔, 所述输出轴 设置 有传动 齿轮, 所述传动齿 轮与所 述齿轮部 啮合。 45. The cooking appliance according to claim 44, characterized in that, the top of the transmission main body is provided with an upwardly protruding gear portion, the gear portion surrounds the central hole of the main body, and the output shaft is provided with a transmission gear , the transmission gear meshes with the gear part.
46.根 据权利要 求 45所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述传动支座设 置 有径 向向外 延伸的 支座凸 台, 所述传动主体 的顶部位 于所述 支座凸 台和所述 安装 支架之 间。 46. The cooking appliance according to claim 45, characterized in that, the transmission support is provided with a support boss extending radially outward, and the top of the transmission body is located between the support boss and the between mounting brackets.
47.根 据权利要 求 1至 46中任一项所 述的烹饪 器具 , 其特征在于, 还包 括排 污组件 , 所述洗料仓主 体具有排 污口; 所述排污组件 包括排污 管道, 所 述锅 盖包括锅 盖主体 和与所 述锅盖主 体可拆 卸连接的 可拆盖 , 部分或全部所 述排 污管道 可拆卸或 不可拆 卸地设置 在所述可 拆盖上 。 47. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 1 to 46, further comprising a sewage discharge assembly, the main body of the washing bin has a sewage discharge port; the sewage discharge assembly includes a sewage discharge pipe, and the pot cover includes The main body of the pot cover and the detachable cover detachably connected with the main body of the pot cover, part or all of the sewage pipes are detachably or non-detachably arranged on the detachable cover.
48.根 据权利要 求 1至 47中任一项所 述的烹饪 器具 , 其特征在于, 还包 括主 机架和 带电装置 , 所述带电装 置设置于 所述主机 架, 不设于所 述锅盖和 所述 锅体。 48. The cooking appliance according to any one of claims 1 to 47, further comprising a main frame and a charging device, the charging device is arranged on the main frame, and is not arranged on the pot cover and the charging device. Describe the pot body.
49.根 据权利要 求 48所述 的烹饪器 具, 其特征在于 , 所述带电装置 包括 用于 驱动所 述传动组 件部分 旋转和 沿直线移 动的驱动 装置 、 主板、 加热装置 和显 示板。 49. The cooking appliance according to claim 48, characterized in that, the charging device comprises a driving device, a main board, a heating device and a display board for driving the transmission assembly part to rotate and move linearly.
50. -种 烹饪器具 的控制 方法, 其特征在于 , 所述烹饪器具包括 锅体、 洗 料仓 组件和 传动组件 , 所述洗料仓组 件包括 洗料仓 主体、 洗料仓盖 和仓盖安 装座 , 所述洗料仓主 体形成 洗料腔且 具有入 料口和排 料口 , 所述洗料仓盖与 所述 仓盖安装 座相连 并且两者 在打开 所述排料 口的打 开位置 和盖合所 述排料 口的 关闭位 置之间可 移动, 当所述排料 口打开时所 述洗料腔 与所述 锅体连通, 所述 仓盖安装 座与所 述传动组 件之 间存在第 一磁力 , 所述控制方法至 少包括 如下 步骤: 执行 入料, 将物料和水经由 所述入料 口送入所 述洗料 腔中; 执行 洗料, 对所述洗料腔内 的物料进 行清洗 ; 执行 排污, 将所述洗料腔内 的污水排 出; 以及 执行 落料, 减小所述第一磁 力, 以使所述洗 料仓盖 因重力从 所述关 闭位 置向 下移动 至所述打 开位置 , 并且清洗后的物 料落入 所述锅体 。 50. A control method for a cooking appliance, characterized in that the cooking appliance includes a pot body, a washing bin assembly and a transmission assembly, and the washing bin assembly includes a washing bin main body, a washing bin cover, and a cover installation Seat, the main body of the washing bin forms a washing chamber and has a material inlet and a discharge port, and the washing bin cover is connected with the The bin cover mounting base is connected and both are movable between an open position for opening the discharge port and a closed position for covering the discharge port. When the discharge port is opened, the washing chamber and the The pot body is connected, and there is a first magnetic force between the cover mounting seat and the transmission assembly. The control method includes at least the following steps: performing feeding, sending materials and water into the storage tank through the feeding port in the washing chamber; performing washing to clean the materials in the washing chamber; performing sewage discharge to discharge the sewage in the washing chamber; and performing blanking to reduce the first magnetic force to The material washing bin cover is moved downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity, and the washed material falls into the pot body.
51.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述执行入料 步骤 包括 增大所述 第一磁 力, 以使所述洗料 仓盖保持 在所述 关闭位 置。 51. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the step of performing feeding includes increasing the first magnetic force so as to keep the washing bin cover at the closed position.
52.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 在所述执行入 料步 骤之 前还包 括准备入 料步骤 , 增大所述第一磁 力, 以使所述洗料仓盖 从所述 打开 位置向上 移动至 所述关 闭位置。 52. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, before the step of performing the feeding step, it also includes a step of preparing for feeding, increasing the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover moves from the The open position moves upward to the closed position.
53.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 在所述执行落 料步 骤之 后还包 括增大所 述第一磁 力, 以使所述 洗料仓盖 从所述 打开位置 向上移 动至 所述关 闭位置。 53. The control method according to claim 50, further comprising increasing the first magnetic force after the step of performing the blanking, so that the cover of the washing bin moves upward from the open position to the closed position.
54.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓组 件包 括搅 拌件, 在所述执行 洗料和 /或所述执行落料步骤 中, 控制所述传 动组件驱 动所 述搅拌件 旋转以 进行洗料 和/或落料时 的甩料操 作。 54. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the material washing bin assembly includes an agitator, and in the step of performing material washing and/or performing blanking, the transmission component is controlled to drive the The agitator is rotated to carry out washing and/or throwing operations during material blanking.
55.根 据权利要 求 54所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓组 件包 括搅 拌件安 装座, 所述搅拌件 设于所 述搅拌 件安装座 并且两 者相对于 所述洗 料仓 主体可旋 转, 在所 述执行 洗料和 /或所述执行落 料步骤 中, 所述传动组件与 所述搅拌 件 安装 座之间存 在第二 磁力, 通过所述第二磁 力, 所述传动组 件驱动 所述搅拌 件安 装座带动 所述搅 拌件旋转 。 55. The control method according to claim 54, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly includes an agitating member mounting seat, the agitating member is arranged on the agitating member mounting seat and both are relatively to the washing bin The main body is rotatable, and in the steps of performing washing and/or performing blanking, there is a second magnetic force between the transmission assembly and the mounting seat of the agitator, and through the second magnetic force, the transmission assembly Driving the stirring member mounting base to drive the stirring member to rotate.
56.根 据权利要 求 51至 53中的任一项 所述的控 制方法 , 其特征在于, 所述 第一磁 力通过 电磁铁产 生, 所述控制方 法还包括 增大电 流或接通 电 流以 增大所述 第一磁 力; 或者 , 所述第一磁 力通过磁 体产生 , 所述控制方法还 包括控 制所述传 动 组件 向下移动 以增大 所述第一 磁力。 56. The control method according to any one of claims 51 to 53, characterized in that, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet, and the control method further includes increasing the current or turning on the current to increase the the first magnetic force; or, the first magnetic force is generated by a magnet, and the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly to move downward to increase the first magnetic force.
57.根据 权利要求 50所述的控 制方法 , 其特征在于, 所述 第一磁 力通过 电磁铁产 生, 所述控制方 法还包括 减小 电流或切 断电 流以 减小所述 第一磁 力; 或者 , 所述第一磁 力通过磁 体产生 , 所述控制方法还 包括控 制所述传 动 组件 向上移动 以减小 所述第一 磁力。 57. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the first magnetic force is generated by an electromagnet, and the control method further comprises reducing the current or cutting off the current to reduce the first magnetic force; or, the The first magnetic force is generated by a magnet, and the control method further includes controlling the transmission assembly to move upward to reduce the first magnetic force.
58.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 包括 平动 驱动件 , 所述洗料仓组件 包括平 动配合 件, 所述平动配 合件与 所述仓盖 安装 座相连 , 所述平动配合件 和所述 平动驱 动件为磁 性构件 , 所述平动配合 件和 所述平动 驱动件 之间存在 所述第 一磁力 。 58. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the transmission assembly includes a translational drive member, the washing bin assembly includes a translational fitting, and the translational fitting is installed with the bin cover The translation fitting part and the translation driving part are magnetic components, and the first magnetic force exists between the translation fitting part and the translation driving part.
59.根 据权利要 求 55所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 包括 旋转 驱动件 , 所述洗料仓组件 包括旋 转配合 件, 所述旋转配 合件与 所述搅拌 件安 装座相 连, 所述旋转配 合件和 所述旋转 驱动件 均为磁体 , 所述旋转配合 件和 所述旋转 驱动件 之间存在 所述第 二磁力 。 59. The control method according to claim 55, characterized in that, the transmission assembly includes a rotating drive member, the washing bin assembly includes a rotating fitting, and the rotating fitting is connected to the stirring member mounting base, Both the rotating fitting and the rotating driving part are magnets, and the second magnetic force exists between the rotating fitting and the rotating driving part.
60.根 据权利要 求 54所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述搅拌件与 所述 洗料 仓盖相连 , 所述控制方 法包括驱 动所述 洗料仓盖 与所述搅 拌件一 起在所 述打 开位置和 所述关 闭位置之 间移动 。 60. The control method according to claim 54, characterized in that, the agitating member is connected to the material washing bin cover, and the control method comprises driving the washing material bin cover together with the agitating member in the moves between an open position and the closed position.
61.根 据权利要 求 60所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 具有 对应 于所述 洗料仓盖 的关闭位 置的第 一驱动位 置和对 应于所 述洗料仓 盖的打 开位 置的第二 驱动位 置, 所述 控制方 法包括控 制所述 传动组件 移动至 所述第一 驱动位 置以准备 进 行洗 料时的 甩料, 以及控制 所述传动 组件移 动至第二 驱动位 置以准备 进行落 料时 的甩料 。 61. The control method according to claim 60, characterized in that, the transmission assembly has a first driving position corresponding to the closed position of the washing bin cover and a first driving position corresponding to the opening position of the washing bin cover The second drive position, the control method includes controlling the transmission assembly to move to the first drive position to prepare for throwing materials during washing, and controlling the transmission assembly to move to the second drive position to prepare for blanking When throwing material.
62.根 据权利要 求 61所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述控制方法 包括 控制 所述传 动组件从 所述第 一驱动位 置向上 移动至所 述第二 驱动位 置以减小 所述 第一磁 力, 使得所述洗 料仓盖 因重力从 所述关 闭位置向 下移动 至所述打 开位 置。 62. The control method according to claim 61, characterized in that, the control method comprises controlling the transmission assembly to move upward from the first driving position to the second driving position to reduce the first magnetic force , so that the washing bin cover moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity.
63.根 据权利要 求 61所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述传动组件 还具 有位 于所述 第二驱动 位置上方 的非驱 动位置 , 控制 所述传 动组件从 所述第 一驱动位 置向上移 动第一 距离 L1 至非驱动 位置 以减小 所述第一 磁力, 使得所述 洗料仓 盖因重力 从所述 关闭位置 向下移 动至 所述打开 位置; 以及 控制 所述传 动组件从 所述非驱 动位置 向下移动 第二距 离 L2 至所述第二 驱动 位置, 其中所述 第一距 离 L1大于所 述第二距 离 L2。 63. The control method according to claim 61, characterized in that, the transmission assembly further has a non-driving position located above the second driving position, and the transmission assembly is controlled to move upward from the first driving position by a second a distance L1 to the non-driving position to reduce the first magnetic force, so that the washing bin cover moves downward from the closed position to the open position due to gravity; and Controlling the transmission assembly to move downwards from the non-driving position to the second driving position by a second distance L2, wherein the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2.
64.根 据权利要 求 60所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓组 件包 括搅 拌件安 装座, 所述搅拌件 设于所 述搅拌 件安装座 并且两 者相对于 所述洗 料仓 主体可旋 转, 所述仓盖 安装座与 所述搅拌 件安装 座成型 为一体件 , 所述 搅拌 件与所 述洗料仓 盖为分体 构件并 两者相连 或者所 述搅拌件 与所述 洗料仓 盖成 型为一体 件。 64. The control method according to claim 60, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly includes a stirring member mounting seat, the stirring member is arranged on the stirring member mounting seat and both are relatively to the washing bin The main body is rotatable, the cover mounting seat and the stirring member mounting seat are formed as one piece, the stirring member and the washing bin cover are separate components and connected to each other or the stirring member is connected to the washing The bin cover is molded in one piece.
65.根 据权利要 求 55所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述仓盖安装座 与 所述 搅拌件安 装座为 分体构件 并独立设 置; 所述 控制方 法还包括 独立地 驱动所述 洗料仓 盖在所述 打开位 置和所述 关 闭位 置之间移 动, 和 /或独立地驱动所述搅 拌件旋转 。 65. The control method according to claim 55, characterized in that, the cover mounting base and the stirring member mounting base are separate components and are set independently; the control method also includes independently driving the washing material The lid moves between the open position and the closed position, and/or independently drives the stirring member to rotate.
66.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述烹饪器具还 包 括送 料仓, 所述送料仓具有用 于传输 固体物料 的进料通 道, 所述 执行入 料步骤 包括控制 所述送料 仓向下 移动至使 所述进 料通道 与所 述洗 料腔连通 的配合 位置, 以将物料送入所述 洗料腔 。 66. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the cooking appliance further comprises a feeding bin, the feeding bin has a feeding channel for transporting solid materials, and the step of performing feeding includes controlling the The feeding bin moves down to a matching position where the feeding channel communicates with the washing chamber, so as to send materials into the washing chamber.
67.根 据权利要 求 66所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述执行入料 步骤 还 包括在物料 传送完 成后将 所述送料 仓向上 移动至使 所述进 料通道 与所述洗 料腔 不连通 的位置。 67. The control method according to claim 66, characterized in that, the step of performing material feeding further comprises moving the feeding bin upwards to make the feeding channel and the washing chamber separate from each other after the material delivery is completed. connected location.
68.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述 烹饪器 具还包括 具有进 水通道 的送料仓 , 所述执行入料 步骤包括 经 由所 述进水通 道向所 述洗料腔 供水; 或者 所述烹 饪器具还 包括进 水组件 , 所述进水组件 包括进水 管和水 泵, 所述 控制方 法包括控 制所述进 水组件 向所述洗 料腔供 水。 68. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the cooking utensil further comprises a feeding bin having a water inlet channel, and the step of performing feeding includes supplying water to the washing chamber via the water inlet channel or the cooking appliance further includes a water inlet assembly, the water inlet assembly includes a water inlet pipe and a water pump, and the control method includes controlling the water inlet assembly to supply water to the washing chamber.
69.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述烹饪器具 还包 括送 料仓, 所述控制方法还 包括控制 所述送 料仓带动 所述传 动组件一 起沿直 线移 动。 69. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the cooking appliance further comprises a feeding bin, and the control method further comprises controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move along a straight line.
70.根 据权利要 求 69所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述烹饪器具 包括 机体 组件, 所述送料仓 和所述 传动组件 设于所 述机体组 件, 所述送料仓 和/或 所述 传动组件 在收纳 位置部分 或全部 收纳于所 述机体组 件内部 ; 所述 控制方 法还包括 在所述 执行入料 步骤之 前, 控制所述送 料仓带动 所 述传 动组件从 收纳位 置向下移 动至配合 位置; 并且 /或者所述控制方法还 包括在 所述执行 落料步骤 之后 , 控制所述送料 仓带 动所述传 动组件 从配合位 置向上 移动至收 纳位置 。 70. The control method according to claim 69, characterized in that, the cooking appliance includes a body assembly, the feeding bin and the transmission assembly are arranged on the body assembly, the feeding bin and/or the transmission The component is partially or completely stored inside the body component at the storage position; the control method further includes controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission component to move downward from the storage position to the mating position before the step of performing the feeding step; And/or the control method further includes controlling the feeding bin to drive the transmission assembly to move upward from the mating position to the storage position after the step of performing the blanking.
71.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 在所述执行落 料步 骤之 后还包括 : 执行 烹饪操作 ; 或者 ,在循环执行 N次入 料、洗料、排污和 落料步骤 之后执行 烹饪操作 , 其 中 N由用 户选择 的物料量 决定。 71. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, after performing the blanking step, it further comprises: performing a cooking operation; or, after performing N times of feeding, washing, draining and blanking steps in a cycle Perform a cooking operation, where N is determined by the amount of material selected by the user.
72.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述烹饪器具 还包 括虹 吸管道 , 所述虹吸管道 与所述 洗料仓主 体的排 污口连通 , 所述执行排 污 步骤 包括向 所述洗料 腔供水 至所述 洗料腔 内的水位 高于所述 虹吸管 道的最 高 部分 , 以触发虹吸排 水。 72. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the cooking appliance further comprises a siphon pipe, and the siphon pipe communicates with the sewage outlet of the washing bin main body, and the performing the sewage discharge step includes sending The washing chamber supplies water until the water level in the washing chamber is higher than the highest part of the siphon pipe, so as to trigger siphon drainage.
73.根 据权利要 求 54、 55、 59和 60中的任一项所述的控 制方法 , 其特征 在于 , 还包括控制旋 转驱动装 置驱动 所述传动 组件的一 部分旋 转。 73. The control method according to any one of claims 54, 55, 59 and 60, further comprising controlling a rotation driving device to drive a part of the transmission assembly to rotate.
74.根 据权利要 求 73所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 还包括控制所 述传 动组 件与所述 旋转驱 动装置一 起上下 移动。 74. The control method according to claim 73, further comprising controlling the transmission assembly to move up and down together with the rotary drive device.
75.根 据权利要 求 51所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述洗料仓组 件包 括保 持构件和 保持配 合构件 , 所述保持配合构 件设于 所述仓盖 安装座 , 所述 保持 构件和 所述保持 配合构件 均为磁 性构件并 且两者之 间存在 磁力, 以使所 述洗 料仓盖在 初始状 态时位于 所述关 闭位置。 75. The control method according to claim 51, characterized in that, the washing bin assembly includes a holding member and a holding fitting member, the holding fitting member is provided on the cover mounting seat, the holding member and the The above-mentioned retaining components are all magnetic components and there is a magnetic force between them, so that the washing bin cover is in the closed position in an initial state.
76.根 据权利要 求 58或 75所述的控制 方法,其特征 在于,所述 磁性构件 包括 磁体、 电磁铁、 铁、 车臬、 钻、 铁素体钢、 马氏体钢、 奥氏体 -铁素体双相 钢 中的至少一 个。 76. The control method according to claim 58 or 75, characterized in that the magnetic components include magnets, electromagnets, iron, turning standards, drills, ferritic steel, martensitic steel, austenitic-iron At least one of the body duplex steels.
77.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 还包括在所述 执行 排污 步骤之后 向所述 洗料腔加 水以向 所述锅体 加水。 77. The control method according to claim 50, further comprising adding water to the washing chamber to add water to the pot body after the step of performing the blowdown.
78.根 据权利要 求 50所述 的控制方 法, 其特征在于 , 所述仓盖安装座 与 所述 洗料仓盖 成型为 一体件 , 和/或所述仓盖安装座 安装在所 述洗料仓 主体上 O 78. The control method according to claim 50, characterized in that, the bin cover mounting seat is integrally formed with the material washing bin cover, and/or the bin cover mounting seat is installed in the washing bin O on the subject
70 70
PCT/IB2022/056387 2022-01-26 2022-07-11 Cooking appliance and control method WO2023144599A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202220235369.0 2022-01-26
CN202220259923.9 2022-01-26
CN202210096322.5A CN116530819A (en) 2022-01-26 2022-01-26 Control method and cooking appliance
CN202220259923.9U CN218128120U (en) 2022-01-26 2022-01-26 Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN202210096322.5 2022-01-26
CN202210093264.0A CN116530834A (en) 2022-01-26 2022-01-26 Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN202210093264.0 2022-01-26
CN202220235369.0U CN217565735U (en) 2022-01-26 2022-01-26 Material washing system and cooking utensil with same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023144599A1 true WO2023144599A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=87470981

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2022/056387 WO2023144599A1 (en) 2022-01-26 2022-07-11 Cooking appliance and control method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023144599A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003093227A (en) * 2001-09-26 2003-04-02 Kubota Corp Rice cooker
CN104257251A (en) * 2014-09-17 2015-01-07 苏州合欣美电子科技有限公司 Fully-automatic electric cooker
CN105747942A (en) * 2016-04-18 2016-07-13 杭州九阳欧南多小家电有限公司 Intelligent electric cooker
CN106419500A (en) * 2016-10-28 2017-02-22 范伟伟 Full-automatic cooking robot
CN106618157A (en) * 2016-12-13 2017-05-10 美的集团股份有限公司 Cooking apparatus
CN107960875A (en) * 2016-10-20 2018-04-27 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司 Wash material component, upper cover and cooking apparatus
CN208286839U (en) * 2017-09-11 2018-12-28 浙江苏泊尔家电制造有限公司 Cooking apparatus
CN109480637A (en) * 2019-01-16 2019-03-19 王晓晖 Intelligent rice cooking device and charging component for intelligent rice cooking device
CN209436931U (en) * 2018-08-09 2019-09-27 九阳股份有限公司 A kind of pressure cooker of automatic blanking
CN210540752U (en) * 2019-05-22 2020-05-19 九阳股份有限公司 Cooking utensil and integrated kitchen
CN211511400U (en) * 2019-08-19 2020-09-18 上海爱餐机器人(集团)有限公司 Storehouse door control mechanism, loading attachment, cooking machine, culinary art heating and rinse-system

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003093227A (en) * 2001-09-26 2003-04-02 Kubota Corp Rice cooker
CN104257251A (en) * 2014-09-17 2015-01-07 苏州合欣美电子科技有限公司 Fully-automatic electric cooker
CN105747942A (en) * 2016-04-18 2016-07-13 杭州九阳欧南多小家电有限公司 Intelligent electric cooker
CN107960875A (en) * 2016-10-20 2018-04-27 佛山市顺德区美的电热电器制造有限公司 Wash material component, upper cover and cooking apparatus
CN106419500A (en) * 2016-10-28 2017-02-22 范伟伟 Full-automatic cooking robot
CN106618157A (en) * 2016-12-13 2017-05-10 美的集团股份有限公司 Cooking apparatus
CN208286839U (en) * 2017-09-11 2018-12-28 浙江苏泊尔家电制造有限公司 Cooking apparatus
CN209436931U (en) * 2018-08-09 2019-09-27 九阳股份有限公司 A kind of pressure cooker of automatic blanking
CN109480637A (en) * 2019-01-16 2019-03-19 王晓晖 Intelligent rice cooking device and charging component for intelligent rice cooking device
CN210540752U (en) * 2019-05-22 2020-05-19 九阳股份有限公司 Cooking utensil and integrated kitchen
CN211511400U (en) * 2019-08-19 2020-09-18 上海爱餐机器人(集团)有限公司 Storehouse door control mechanism, loading attachment, cooking machine, culinary art heating and rinse-system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023144599A1 (en) Cooking appliance and control method
CN217565734U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN218355662U (en) Cooking utensil
KR102295444B1 (en) drinking water dispenser
CN218128120U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN217285417U (en) Cooking utensil
CN218128039U (en) Wash feed bin subassembly and have its cooking utensil
CN217565735U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN217309844U (en) Cooking utensil
CN217565737U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN217565732U (en) Wash feed bin subassembly and have its cooking utensil
CN217285418U (en) Cooking utensil
CN116530819A (en) Control method and cooking appliance
CN217565736U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN116530813A (en) Control method of cooking appliance and cooking appliance
CN217510262U (en) Cooking utensil
CN217565639U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN218074555U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN218074467U (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN217565733U (en) Wash feed bin subassembly and have its cooking utensil
CN217447487U (en) Cooking utensil
CN116530836A (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN116530834A (en) Material washing system and cooking utensil with same
CN116530812A (en) Wash feed bin subassembly and have its cooking utensil
CN116530854A (en) Cooking utensil

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22923702

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1